Biotechnology

Environmental hazards

interactions ; linear Structures System Theory Structural mechanics , static and dynamic analysis Majors and minors in this field have been arranged trol loop ; quantitative and qualitative methods of of structural systems , structural design and biotechnical design and evaluation ; applications to optimization methods , fluid -structure interaction to meet the needs of students whose interests lie in transportation and biomedical systems. (aeroelasticity ), finite element methods and related emerging areas of System Science and in its inter- computational techniques , stability and failure faces with other engineering disciplines and Materials analysis of structures , earthquake effects, soil -struc- eral mathematical characterizations of systems and applications . Particular attention is given to gen- Course work , independent study and research in ture interaction , biostructural mechanics , field and networks , e.g., operator theory of networks , scatter- this department include these areas: laboratory experimental techniques. ing theory of systems and networks . Detailed pro- grams under this heading are arranged indi- Metallurgy System Science vidually when judged to be appropriate by the Department. Fracture of steels and composite materials, joining The Department offers instructional and research of materials; heat treatment of steel, fracture of programs in communication systems and networks, weld metal; high temperature and fatigue fracture; control systems , operations research, theoretical Admission to Graduate mechanics of extrusion , forging and rolling; computer scienc es, computing techniques in sys- materials synthesis , vacuum metallurgy , structure- tem modeling and optimization , stochastic pro- Status in the School of property relationships ; crystal growth , casting and cesses, and system theory with additional applica- Engineering and Applied modern foundry practice; thin films, super con- tions in such interdisciplinary areas as bioengineer- ducting materials. ing, economics , public systems and urban services. Science Specifically established Ph.D. fields include: Applications for admission from graduates of rec- Materials Science ognized colleges and universities will be con- Electron microscopy , x-ray and electron diffraction; Communication Systems sidered . The basis of selection is promise of success in the work proposed , which is judged largely on theoretical metallurgy , phase transformation in Information theory; coding and decoding techni- solids; solidification science; electronic materials; previous college record. Before admission is ques ; channel characterization ; signal detection, approved , an application for Engineering graduate 34 / GRADUATE STUDY IN THE SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE study will be referred by the Graduate Admissions requirements within two calendar years from the Man-Machine-Environment Systems Section of the Graduate Division, to the School of time of admission to the Ph.D. program and to com- Materials Recycling Engineering and Applied Science for recommenda- plete the remaining requirements for the Ph.D. tion. Final approval is granted by the Graduate degree within an additional period of two calendar Mechanical and Admissions Section of the Graduate Division. Aerospace Engineering Thermal years. Science In exceptional cases a student without an M.S. Mechanical Engineering Design Requirements degree will be allowed to proceed toward the Ph.D. Metallurgy and Metal Processing of the Gra- In such cases the student is expected to complete In addition to meeting the requirements the field requirements within five calendar years Nuclear Science and Engineering duate Admissions Section of the Graduate Division, from the time of admission to the Ph.D. program Operations Research the entering student normally will be expected to and to complete the remaining requirements for the have completed the requirements for the bachelor's Problem Solving and Decision Making record Ph.D. degree within an additional period of two degree with an undergraduate scholarship calendar years. Product Safety and Reliability equivalent at least to a 3.0 grade -point average Quantum Electronics (based on 4.0 maximum ) in all course work taken in the junior and senior years. An applicant who fails The Graduate Certificate of Queueing Systems and Network Flows complete additional course work before being to meet these requirements might be required to Specialization in Engineering Science of Materials admitted to graduate status . These additional and Applied Science Soil Mechanics courses will not be accepted as part of the course Each graduate certificate program consists of five Solid Mechanics requirement for the master's degree or graduate courses, two of which must be at the graduate level, Solid State Electronics certificate program. 200-series. No work completed for any previously A student entering the Engineer /Ph.D. program Structural Design awarded degree or credential can be applied to the normally will be expected to have completed the certificate. Successful completion of a certificate Structural Mechanics requirements for the master's degree with a program requires an overall minimum "B" average System Modeling and Optimization scholarship record equivalent at least to a 3.25 in all courses applicable to a graduate Certificate of Urban Systems grade -point average (based on 4.0 maximum) and Specialization in Engineering and Applied Science. to have demonstrated creative ability. Exceptional In addition , graduate certificate candidates are Water Quality Engineering students with research experience and strong evi- required to maintain a minimum "B" average in Water Resources dence of creativity may petition to proceed to can- 200-series courses used in the certificate program. didacy for the Ph.D. degree without the M.S. A minimum of three quarters of academic residence 'Suggested programs of study in these fields are available in degree. is required. The time limitation for completing the the appropriate Department offices. As a student, you may In addition to filing an application for admission requirements propose to the School any other field of study, with the sup- of a certificate program is two calen- port of your advisor. with the Graduate Admissions Section of the Gra- dar years. duate Division , prospective students are required to Courses completed for a Certificate of Specializa- file a special application for admission with the tion in Engineering and Applied Science may sub- Requirements School of Engineering and Applied Science. These sequently apply toward master's and/or doctoral Students meet the requirements by satisfactorily supplements may be secured by writing to the As- degrees. completing appropriate courses chosen in accord- sistant Dean for Graduate Studies, School of En- You can find out more about the certificate pro- ance with a plan prepared in conference with a gra- gineering and Applied Science. grams from the Engineering Graduate Studies Of- duate engineering advisor and approved by the fice in 6730 Boelter Hall, telephone 825-8058 or 825- Graduate Record Examination School. A majority of the total formal course 2794. requirements and a majority of the graduate course Applicants for the graduate Engineering programs requirements must consist of courses in engineer- Advanced Test of the Graduate Record Examina- are required to take the Aptitude The Master of Science in Test and science (for the M.S. in Computer Science). Addi- ing (for the M.S. in Engineering) or in computer tion in the subjects in which they majored for the Engineering tionally, students seeking a graduate degree in graduate Computer Science program are required bachelor's degree, or equivalent. Applicants for the The Master of Science in the Computer Science breadth requirement. Computer Science must demonstrate competence in to take the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Computer Science Two options are available in the M.S. program: Test and Advanced Test in Mathematics or Com- The fields of study leading to the M.S. degree are: Thesis Plan: At least nine courses and a thesis are puter Science. required. Seven of the nine courses must be formal Applied Electromagnetics Applications for the Graduate Record Examination courses, including at least four 200-series graduate may be secured by applying to the Educational Applied Plasma Physics courses and no more than three 100-series upper- Testing Service, Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey Bio-Materials division undergraduate courses. The remaining 08540; or 1947 Center Street, Berkeley, California Biomechanics two courses may be individual study (Engr. 598) 94704 . Applicants should write to whichever involving work on the thesis. No 400-series or other address is closer to their home. Ceramics and Ceramic Processing 500-series courses are applicable toward the M.S. The Educational Testing Service should be re- Chemical Engineering and Applied Chemistry degree requirements. quested to forward the test results to the Assistant Communication Systems Comprehensive Examination Plan: At least nine Dean for Graduate Studies, School of Engineering courses and a comprehensive examination in the and Applied Science. Computability and Algorithms major field of study are required. Of the nine Computer Science: Computer System Modeling and courses, at least five must be 200-series graduate Time Limitations for Analysis 200-series graduate courses or upper-division courses; the remaining four courses may be either Obtaining Graduate Degrees Computer Science: Programming Computer Science: Methodology Languages and undergraduate courses. As a graduate student with advanced degree objec- Systems tives in the School of Engineering and Applied Science you are normally subject to the following Computer Science: System Architecture The Master of Engineering time limitations: The M.S. student is expected to complete the Computer Science: Theory Degree Continuum Mechanics requirements for the master's degree within three Control Systems The requirements for the Master of Engineering calendar years after being admitted to the M.S. pro- degree are satisfied by completion of the Engineer- gram in the School of Engineering and Applied Design ing Executive Program. A limited number ofgradu- Science. Dynamics ate students are selected to enroll in this program at the beginning of each Fall Quarter. The Engr. degree student is expected to complete Dynamic Systems Control the field requirements within two calendar years The Engineering from the time of admission to the Engr. degree pro- Executive Program is a two-year Earthquake Engineering work-study program designed for those engineers gram. The student is required to complete all the Electronic Circuits who eventually will fill high-level executive posi- requirements for the Engr. degree within a period Environmental Engineering Systems tions in industry and government. It consists of of three calendar years (9 quarters) from the time of sequences of graduate-level professional courses admission. Fluid Mechanics (the 400 series) covering significant aspects and The Ph.D. student who already has a master's Human Information Processing new concepts, in the management of technological degree will be expected to complete the field enterprises. Hydrology GRADUATE STUDY IN THE SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE / 35 Admission Science of Materials as follows: faculty member directing the research, To be considered for the program, you must qualify Soil Mechanics chairperson; the School of Engineering and Applied Science; two two additional faculty members from for regular graduate status in engineering at UCLA. Solid State Electronics additional faculty members from related fields in You must have had five years of responsible full- the University of California, but outside the School Structures time professional experience in engineering and of Engineering and Applied Science. The Doctoral must have completed some formal study in System Modeling and Optimization Committee is appointed by the Dean of the Gradu- statistics. Approximately twenty-five applicants System Theory ate Division, based on the nomination proposed by will be selected to enter the program. Criteria for the School. The details of the oral qualifying selection are: educational background, professional Water Resource Systems Engineering experience and potential for a managerial career. In both the major and the minor fields emphasis is examination are at the discretion of the committee placed on an understanding of the fundamentals of but ordinarily will include a broad inquiry into A new group of students is admitted to the program each Fall. They forma your preparation class and remain for research. The Doctoral Com- together for the areas studied, on the sophisticated interpreta- mittee also reviews a prospectus of the dissertation two years, taking the same courses and participat- tion of the bodies of knowledge, and on the ability at the oral qualifying examination . All members of ing in writing two or more group reports. Classes to correlate and apply this knowledge. the committee shall be present and the candidate is meet between 3 00 and 9 30 p.m., one day a week, Minor fields should normally be chosen to provide considered to have failed if more than one member during the Fall, Winter and Spring Quarters. supportn'e knowledge for the major field research. votes "not passed." Special individual and group problems are assigned However, the provinces of knowledge of the major for the Summer Quarters. and minor fields must be distinct. Not all minor Dissertation Applications for admission to the program, includ- fields are required to have primary engineering or You are required to prepare a dissertation in ac- ing official transcripts of college records are due in computer science content, though a relevant rela- cordance with the instructions furnished by the the Graduate Admissions Section of the Graduate tionship should be demonstrable. A Ph.D. program Student and Academic Affairs Section of the Gradu- Division by March 15. There is a fee of $550 each normally should not contain more than one ad hoc ate Division . The orientation meetings on the for- quarter. You may obtain more information from the (nonestablished) field. mat of theses and dissertations are scheduled for Office of the Engineering Executive Program, If you have completed the M.S. degree at another the beginning of each quarter as listed in the calen- School of Engineering and Applied Science, UCLA, institution, you should consult the chairpersons of dar in the Standards and Procedures for Graduate Study Los Angeles, California 90024. The office is located your Field Committees to determine what portion at UCLA. For additional information and assistance in 6288 Boelter Hall. The telephone numbers are of this earlier work might be applicable to the in the preparation and submission of the final (213)825-4628 and 825-4471. requirements of the minor fields. A maximum of copies of the manuscript, you can consult the two courses completed in graduate status at Manuscript Advisor for Theses and Dissertations, The Doctor of Philosophy satisfy partially a minor field requirement, with the another recognized institution can be used to Office of the University Archivist, Powell Library. Degree in Engineering approval of the minor field chairperson and the As- Final Oral Examination (Ph.D.) sistant Dean for Graduate Studies. It is the policy of the School of Engineering and The Doctor of Philosophy Requirements Applied Science to require a final examination of all doctoral candidates. This examination is conducted Degree in Computer Sciences The major field normally has a scope corre- by the entire Doctoral Committee, and deals pri- (Ph.D.) minimum of six courses, at least four of which are sponding to a body of knowledge contained general field in which the subject lies. in a marily with the relation of the dissertation to the The basic program of study toward the Ph.D. 200-series courses, the remainder being either degree in Engineering or Computer Science is built 200-series or 100 series courses, and also the cur- The Engineer Degree field must be based on a clearly specified written around one major field and two minor fields. Each major field is chosen from the list of established rent literature in your area of specialization. If your Program body of knowledge. Certain fields of study have major fields, approval is pro forma. In exceptional The Engineer (Engr.) degree program has been es- been established formally. These established fields cases, an ad hoc maior field may be permitted; in tablished to offer a degree which represents con- of study are: such cases, you must demonstrate that your pro- siderable advanced training and competence in the Applied Dynamic Systems Control posed major field consists of a correlated cohesive Engineering field , but which does not require the research effort and orientation involved in a Ph.D. body of knowledge, of suitable quantity and quality, `Applied Mathematics leading to a research area in which you can find ad- dissertation. Applied Plasma Physics equate dissertation guidance. Students planning to The basic program of study for the Engineer degree Bioengineering use an ad hoc major field in their Ph.D. program is built around one major field and two minor fields should consult the Engineering Graduate Studies drawn from the list of current fields for the Ph.D. Ceramics and Ceramic Processing Office for the procedures governing ad hoc major degree in Engineering. In an exceptional case, you Chemical Engineering fields. All major fields must have primary content may petition to use an ad hoc field when the estab- Communication Systems in the area specified by the degree sought. A written lished fields do not meet your educational objec- preliminary examination in the major field (nor- tive. Computability and Algorithms mally eight hours long) is required. Students t Computer Science: Methodology enrolled in a Ph.D. program of study will be Requirements expected to have passed the written major field pre- t Computer Science: Programming Languages and liminary examinations prior to enrolling for the7th A minimum of 15 courses are required for the En- Systems quarter of full-time graduate study. gineer degree . Nine of these should be at the 200- t Computer Science: System Architecture series level . A minimum of six courses (4 in the 200- t Computer Science: Theory Minor Field Requirement series ) are required for the major field and a mini- t Computer Systems Modeling and Analysis Minor fields should primarily be drawn from the mum of three courses (2 in the 200-series) are list of established fields, but ad hoc minor fields will required for a minor field. Courses in the 500-series Control Systems be accepted when properly justified. Each minor and seminar courses are not applicable for meeting Deformable Solids field normally embraces a body of knowledge the minimum requirements. equivalent to three courses, Dynamics at least two of which are graduate courses. You may petition to take an Field Requirements Earthquake Engineering examination in a minor field in lieu of taking the Students are required to pass an eight -hour written Electric Circuits courses. major field examination , which shall be the same as Electromagnetics Oral Preliminary Examination the Ph. D. preliminary examination in that field. The level of achievement for meriting a pass in this Electronic Circuits An oral preliminary examination (approximately examination shall be the same as that for the Ph.D. Fluid Mechanics two hours long) encompassing the major and degree . For additional details refer to the paragraph Heat and Mass Transfer minor fields is required and should take place on major field requirements for the Ph.D. degree, within a reasonable period of time after the comple- discussed above. Man-Machine-Environment Systems tion of the last of the field requirements. The minor field requirement is the same as for the Metallurgy and Metal Processing Oral Qualifying Examination Ph.D. degree. 'Nuclear Fuels and Material Behavior After you have demonstrated competence in the Nuclear Science and Engineering three fields , you will notify the School of your read- Oral Preliminary Examination Operations Research iness for the oral qualifying examination . The As- After passing the major field examination and Quantum Electronics sistant Dean for Graduate Studies, after consulta- satisfying the requirements of the two minor fields, tion with you and your advisor, will nominate the the candidate shall schedule a two -hour oral Queueing Systems and Network Flows Doctoral Committee for this examination, generally examination , covering all three fields. 36 / GRADUATE STUDY IN THE SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE Residence You can get information in the "academics: resources to help you" section quent research. about "pre-law" advising plete a successful dissertation and continue subse- You are required to complete at least five quarters of later in this Catalog. academic residence in graduate status at the Admission University of California, of which the last two must be spent in continuous residence at UCLA. The Graduate School of Admission to the School requires that the applicant Library and Information meet the University's requirements for admission Award of Degree Science to graduate studies discussed in the "admission" section of this Catalog. In addition, the School has On successful completion of the course and If you are interested in pursuing the academic pro- identified other data needed for evaluation of appli- examination requirements , the candidate is eligible grams offered by the UCLA Graduate School of Li- cants for the MLS program: a satisfactory score on for the Engr. degree and must file the necessary brary and Information Science, you are urged to get the General Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record forms in the Graduate Studies Office, 6730 Boelter a copy of the Announcement of the School by writ- Examination , letters of reference, and an interview. Hall, for the award of the degree by the Graduate ing to Dean Robert M. Hayes, Graduate School of The School has also established requirements with Division. You may, if you choose, to continue in the Library and Information Science, 120 Powell Li- respect to three special competencies: competence Ph.D. program. However, if you terminate your brary Building, 405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, in foreign languages (equivalent to two years of col- studies with the Engr. degree, you have the option California 90024, or calling (213) 825-4351. lege level course work), college level knowledge of of applying for return to the Ph.D. program within statistics, and knowledge of computer program- three years of graduation with the Engr. degree. General Description ming. The Graduate School of Library and Information Admission to the MLS program is in Fall Quarter The School of Law Science offers curricula leading to graduate degrees only. Admission to the Ph.D. program may be in at the master' s and doctoral levels and to Certifi- any quarter. If you are interested in further details about the academic program offered by the School of Law at cates of Specialization. The fields of emphasis in A minimum of six quarters of academic residence in UCLA, you are urged to get a copy of the Announ- these curricula have been grouped into three major graduate status of the University of California is cement of the School by contacting the Admissions areas: librarianship, bibliography, and information required for the doctoral degree, including one year Office, School of Law (213) 825-2080. science. The School also offers a few undergraduate in continuous residence. Graduate students are in courses designed to assist students in the use of academic residence if they complete at least two General Description information resources in their own studies and courses in graduate or upper division work during research. However, the University does not offer an a quarter. Normal progress to the degree, including The School of Law offers a three-year curriculum undergraduate major in librarianship, and admis- preparation for the qualifying examinations and leading to the J.D. degree. The School is accredited sion to the degree programs of the School requires a preparation of the dissertation, is expected to take by the California Committee of Bar Examiners, is a bachelor's degree in a subject major, based on a from three to five years. member of the Association of American Law broad background in the liberal arts and sciences. Schools and is on the approved list of the American Bar Association . Graduates of the School are You can find a detailed description of class offer- The Graduate School of practice in any state of the United States. qualified to become applicants for admission to ings in the "courses" section of this Catalog. Management The School is designed to produce lawyers who are The Master of Library Management are: The primary objectives of the Graduate School of well prepared for the various private and public Science Program roles which are assigned to members of the legal profession. Students do not undertake a specific To provide first-rate professional education for suc- The MLS (Master of Library Science) program of cessful management careers in private and public, major but have the opportunity to enroll in a wide the UCLA Graduate School of Library and Informa- profit and nonprofit, enterprises. variety of courses dealing with various legal fields. tion Science has been accredited by the American To prepare highly qualified teachers and research In addition to the courses in the regular Law School Library Association since 1962, and has been re- scholars in the field of management and manage- curriculum , students may take two courses for accredited under the 1972 standards. This profes- ment-related disciplines. credit in other disciplines in the University. Con- sional master's degree is based upon a course of current degree programs are available for qualified study designed to provide both basic professional To enlarge through research the body of systematic law students with the Graduate School of Manage- competencies and knowledge of a field of knowledge about the management process and the ment, the Department of Economics, and the School specialization. A research paper in the field of environment in which an enterprise functions, and to disseminate of Architecture and Urban Planning and the School this knowledge through publica- specialization and a comprehensive examination of Public Health. are degree requirements. Normally, the program tions and improved teaching materials and learning requires six quarters of residence. Although stu- environment. The Law School program also permits students to dents with applicable prior graduate work may be To provide superior executive education programs participate in clinical training . These activities con- able to complete the program in less time, doing so for professional managers. sist of field work in a variety of Federal and State requires that a field of specialization must have agencies accompanied by seminars in the Law been identified and the applicability of prior course The Graduate School of Management offers cur- School which seek to analyze and expand upon the work must be approved by the faculty. ricula leading to graduate degrees at the master's agency experience. The School also offers an extern program which gives students the opportunity and doctoral levels. The School also offers an to Programs leading to post-MLS Certificates of Executive Program, research conferences, and work in legal agencies away from the School for as Specialization require a minimum of nine courses seminars for experienced managers; information long as six months (including the summer), for and three quarters of study. Requirements for the about these programs may be obtained from the Of- which they receive academic credit. Extern pro- California State Credential for school librarians may be met concurrently fice of Executive Education, GSM 2381, (213) 825- with master's degree grams have been offered in Washington, D.C., 2001. The School does not offer an undergraduate Alaska , Hawaii and on Indian reservations. requirements provided the student already has the major in management , although some courses qualifications for a standard teaching credential. which may be elected by undergraduate students Admission are offered by the Department of Management. The Ph. D. in Library and Enrollments in these courses are very limited, how- Students beginning their professional work are admitted only in the Fall. Applicants must have Information Science ever, and non -GSM students are forewarned not to count on gaining admission to them in order to received the baccalaureate degree from a university The Ph.D. in Library and Information Science is meet the requirements of other departments or for or college of approved standing prior to the time at granted in recognition of distinguished attainment any other necessity. which they begin their work in the Law School. in the theory and practice of library and informa- Applicants are also required to take the Law School For additional information on the graduate pro- tion science, especially as demonstrated by a signifi- grams outlined below, Admission Test. The admissions you are urged to consult the committee con- cant original research contribution. The School pre- Announcement of the Graduate School of Manage- siders grades and test scores, and, in appropriate sently offers three areas of research specialization: is available from the Director of cases, such additional factors as racial/ethnic back- ment, which librarianship, bibliography, and information ground ; ability in languages other than English; Admissions, MBA Programs, 3371 GSM, or from science. To qualify for advancement to candidacy, the Assistant Dean, MS/Ph.D. Program, GSM 3379. work experience or career achievement; previous the doctoral student is required to pass a set of positions of leadership or other special achieve- qualifying examinations. First, the written Detailed course descriptions can be found in the ments; prior community or public service ; unusual examinations are designed to test the student's Courses of Instruction section of this Catalog. life experiences; physical handicap or other disad- knowledge of the history of library and information vantage; and any other characteristic which may vantage overcome; career goals; economic disad- science, its present practice, and its essential com- The Master of Business petencies. Second, the oral examination is intended indicate that the applicant will contribute to the to test the student's knowledge of the specific area Administration Program educational and other benefits of a diversified stu- of proposed study and the competence to do The Master of Business Administration program is dent body. Additional information may be obtained research in that area, as a means of assessing the a two-year, full-time course of study leading to the in the Announcement of The School of Law. potential ability of the doctoral candidate to com- MBA degree. It is designed to prepare managers THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT / 37 and management specialists for roles in organiza- tions of various kinds, including not-for-profit cor- Latin American Studies mum of nine graduate level courses Eight 200-level is required. courses and one course credit (4 porations and public institutions as well as busi- A three-year, full-time program is offered, leading units) of Management 598 satisfy this requirement. ness enterprises. to both the MBA (with a concentration in Interna- An essential component of success in the program The program aims to develop managerial perspec- tional and Comparative Management) and the is a close working relationship Master of Arts degree in Latin American Studies. with one or two tives and styles of thinking while imparting exper- Applicants must be qualified to enter both the MBA members of the Graduate School of Management tise in a student-selected field of professional program and the MA program in Latin American faculty. Students are urged to establish such rela- specialization. Along with subject matter mastery, Studies. For further information, you are invited to tionships early in their studies. Initially, students the MBA program stresses integrating the lessons of contact the Assistant Dean, Director of the MBA are advised on their plan of study by the MS adviser various disciplines, translating theory into practice, Program, Graduate School of Management, and the assigned in their specialization, but they may questioning the past and innovating for the future, Graduate Advisor, Latin American Studies. change advisers whenever they wish during the and self-guided learning as a continuing basis for course of their progress through the program. All effective managerial work. The four elements of the program are the nucleus, MS students are required to submit a plan of study Law form by the end of their second quarter. This form the management core, the concentration , and electives. The School of Law and the Graduate School of lists the courses the student expects to take to fulfill The nucleus develops professional problem-solving Management jointly offer a program which makes the program requirements. and decision -making skills through experiences it possible to earn the Doctor of Law (JD) and MBA ranging from laboratory simulations to consulting degrees simultaneously in four academic years. The projects in on-going organizations. Management program is designed to prepare students for career The Doctoral Program in core subjects require students to learn the funda- areas where there is need for strong professional Management mentals of disciplines which underlie the practice skills in both law and management. All first-year JD The doctoral program in Management is a research- of management. The concentration, selected by each program courses are taken in the first year of the oriented degree program which leads to the Doctor student from a wide variety of established alterna- program. In the second year, the first-year MBA of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degree in Management. The tives or individually tailored to suit special needs, core requirements and four concentration courses program includes intensive training in research provides specialized knowledge and skills for a par- are taken. Second-year MBA core requirements, methods applicable to problems of organizations in ticular field of management work. Among the fields four MBA concentration courses, and 61 elective the public and private sectors. It prepares students offered are Accounting Information Systems, Busi- units in the School of Law are completed during the for careers in university teaching and research or as ness Economics, Computers and Information Sys- third and fourth years. staff specialists in business firms and other tems, Finance, Human Systems Studies, Industrial Application for admission to the JD-MBA program organizations. The program offers each student Relations, Integrated Management Policy Studies, must be made concurrently to both the School of substantial opportunities to discover his or her International and Comparative Management, Man- Law and the Graduate School of Management in ac- own, unique scholarly focus and competence. agement in the Arts, Management Science, Market- cordance with the admission procedures specified ing, Production and Operations Management, Pub- by each school. Applicants must be admitted to Plan of Study lic Interest Management , and Urban Land both schools in order to be admitted to the program. Economics. The availability of electives permits stu- First-year law students may apply for admission to An essential component of successful graduate dents to pursue subjects of personal interest, the program prior to March 15 of their first year of study in the doctoral program is close work with whether or not they are closely related to the law study and must have taken the Graduate Man- faculty members of the Graduate School of Manage- mainstream of the program of studies. agement Admission Test no later than March of the ment and/or other departments at UCLA. Doctoral same year. For further information, you are invited students are advised initially by the doctoral Requirements to contact Program Graduate School of Management, the Assistant Dean, Director of the MBA or the adviser of their particular curriculum area, but they may change advisers whenever they wish during A 3.0 grade-point average (B) is required for gra- Associate Dean, School of Law. the course of their progress through the program. duation. The MBA must be completed within two Students are urged to establish a working relation- calendar years of admission. Acceleration may be possible through the use of summer session or by Public Health ship with one or two faculty members early in their studies and are expected to have a close working taking extra-heavy course loads. The Graduate School of Management and the relationship with at least one faculty member by the School of Public Health offer a program which ena- end of their first year in the program. Units bles students to complete requirements for the MBA degree and the Master of Public Health degree in A diagnostic progress review is conducted by the At least 96 units of work for the MBA degree must major field curriculum committee at the end of a three academic years of full-time study. The MBA- student's first year in the program. Students are normally be completed in residence in the MBA MPH program is designed for individuals seeking program at UCLA. In special cases, up to 12 units of expected to prepare for this review by taking sev- careers in health care and allied fields who also eral research courses and doctoral seminars in the post-bachelor 's degree work may be counted toward desire a firm foundation in the theory and practice the 96-unit total; but, ordinarily, when previous major field. The review is based on indicators of of management. Applicants must qualify to enter scholarly achievement such as performance in work is accepted in satisfaction of subject matter both the MBA program and the MPH program to be requirements, additional electives to complete 96 courses and additional evidence of scholarly and admitted to the dual degree program. For further professional development deemed appropriate by units of work must be selected. information , you are invited to contact the Assis- the committee. tant Dean, Director of the MBA Program, Graduate Comprehensive Examination School of Management, and Dr. Paul Torrens, By the end of their first year in the program, stu- dents are also required to submit a proposed study The comprehensive examination for the completion School of Public Health. form for approval by the Assistant Dean of the Doc- of the MBA program consists of the student's dem- toral Program. This form outlines all of the course onstration of professional management proficiency The Master of Science work that will be taken to satisfy program require- Field Study, a team project which is part of the nuc- Program in Management through the final written report of the Management ments. leus requirement. The primary objective of the academic master's pro- The program is designed to be completed in four gram, which leads to the degree Master of Science years. Doctoral students are expected to be enrolled MBA for the Fully Employed specialized field and to prepare students to conduct (MS) in Management, full-time student is one who is enrolled is to offer intense study in a in a mini- full-time until they are advanced to candidacy; a A part-time version of the MBA program is availa- substantive research. It is currently offered in only mum of eight units per quarter. ble for a limited number of fully-employed persons. two specializations: Business Economics and Man- Study toward the doctoral degree in management Students in this program proceed on an approx- agement Science. includes specialization in a major field, research imately half-time basis, requiring nine to twelve and breadth requirements, preparation of a disser- quarters to attain the MBA. Classes are normally scheduled on Tuesdays and Thursdays between the Course of Study tation proposal and presentation of it at a formal The MS program in some cases can constitute the seminar , the oral qualifying examination, and a hours of 3:30 and 10 p.m. It may also be necessary doctoral dissertation. to take Monday or Wednesday late afternoon or first stage of doctoral work in management. Some evening classes. students will enter the program with the goal of Fields of Study eventual acceptance into the doctoral program. For Dual Degree Programs others, the MS will be a terminal degree. In either case, the program's emphasis is on advanced The following fields of study are currently offered for the major field requirement within the doctoral At present , dual degree programs in Latin specialized training and the development of program: American Studies, Law, and Public Health are research capability. Accounting Information Systems offered by the Graduate School of Management in conjunction with other schools and departments of Plan of Study Business Economics the campus. The academic master's program consists of prere- Computers and Information Systems quisites, the specialization, and a thesis. A mini- Finance 38 / THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT Human Systems Studies the doctoral program each year. Admission is based are invited to consult the UCLA A nnouncement of the Industrial Relations on a scholastic record of distinction in both under- School of Medicine . graduate and any completed graduate work, score International and Comparative Management on the GMAT or GRE, recommendations, and Management Science expressed interest in conducting individual Admission to the School of Management Theory research. Medicine Marketing The School of Medicine on the Los Angeles campus Application Procedures admits 144 freshman students each fall. Application Production and Operations Management Write for information and application forms to the cards and medical school catalogues for the class Urban Land Economics Director of Admissions, MBA Program, or to the entering September 1979 are available from the Of- Assistant Dean, MS/Ph.D. Program, at the Graduate fice of Student Affairs, UCLA School of Medicine, Admission to the Graduate California 90024. To make application to the MBA School 1978. Applications are available from the American of Management, UCLA, Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California 90024, June 1-October 15, School of Management program follow the instructions given in the MBA Medical College Application Service (AMCAS). The A candidate for admission to the Graduate School Application form. To make application to the MS or $30 fee charged by AMCAS for application to any of Management must hold a bachelor's degree from Ph.D program, follow the instructions given in the Application five participating for Admission medical schools covers UCLA's to the MS/Ph.D. Pro- initial screening of applications. If an applicant is a college or university of fully recognized standing. gram. granted an interview, a non-refundable fee of $20 is Although no specific undergraduate major or series required. of courses is required for entrance , students must You are advised to apply early with complete docu- complete elementary algebra and differential mentation as specified in the MBA Application or calculus prior to entering the MBA program. These in the Application for Admission to the MS/Ph.D. Requirements may be taken on a noncredit , programmed instruc- Program. Admission is in the fall quarter only. Ordinarily a baccalaureate degree is required for tion, regular course, or some other equivalent basis. Completed applications must be filed with UCLA admission; but in certain instances outstanding stu- by: dents who have completed three full academic MBA Admission For admission to the MBA program consideration The School of Medicine years at an accredited college or university are obtaining as broad an education as possible. The accepted. College years should be devoted to is given to your academic record; score on the Gra- If you are interested in the programs of the UCLA major objectives should be the following: duate Management Admission Test (GMAT) and, School of Medicine, you are invited to get a copy of (1) competence in English, written and spoken; for applicants whose native language is not English the Announcement of the School by contacting the (2) capacity for quantitative thinking represented and who attended educational institutions where Office of Student Affairs Room 12-109 Center for by mastery of mathematics; (3) such training in the language of instruction was not English, the the Health Sciences Los Angeles, California 90024. physical and biological science as will facilitate Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL); "Pre-Health Care" advising, including course comprehension of medical science and the scientific potential for management as evidenced by work information, test applications and weekly open methods; and (4) insight into human behavior, experience and community , extracurricular, or counseling sessions are available in Murphy Hall thought and aspiration from study in the social other leadership experience ; and recommenda- 1339, or through COPE (Counseling on Pre-Health sciences and humanities. tions. Education) a peer-group counseling project. COPE The admission decision is based on your total These objectives will ordinarily require completion lists its activities-times and places-in the Daily of the following studies: application, and, therefore , minimum required Bruin. undergraduate academic averages and GMAT Required scores have not been established. Preference is General Description Courses: given to applicants who have had full-time work English experience related to the field of management since One year of college English to The School of Medicine operates on a quarter sys- include the study of English com- completing their bachelor 's degrees . Students tem with a four-year curriculum. The freshman position. admitted directly from baccalaureate programs year consists of three quarters of courses in basic who choose to work before entering graduate medical sciences, social medicine and behavioral Physics One year of college Physics (with school will have their admission honored for three sciences, followed by a summer quarter of vacation. lab) full years. The sophomore year, also three quarters, includes Chemistry Two years of college chemistry to further study in basic medical sciences, clinical fun- include the study of inorganic damentals, and pathophysiology MS Admission of disease. The junior and senior years are a continuum of educa- chemistry, quantitative analysis and organic chemistry. In addi- The MS program is intended for mature students tion of 94 weeks total; 48 weeks of required clinical tion, the study of Biochemistry is who have a strong desire to pursue research in clerkships, 30 weeks of electives which stress the highly recommended. Business Economics or Management science, and scientific basis of diseases of specific organ systems; who can devote full time to academic work. Appli- advanced clinical clerkships and clerkships in pri- Biology Two years of college biology to cants must hold a bachelor's degree from an mary medicine . Schedule choices are submitted by accredited institution , with a scholastic average of include the study of cellular, students and a computer system is employed to molecular, developmental and at least B. Although no specific undergraduate arrange programs as equitably as possible. genetic biology. This will include major is required , it is recommended that students entering the academic master's program have prior at least one year of upper division Individual Programs of Study courses. training in mathematics , statistics , and the social Mathematics One year of college mathematics sciences. The Graduate Management Admission Special programs of study for individual students to include the study of college Test (GMAT), or the Graduate Record Examination may be arranged within the framework of the medi- algebra. In addition, the study of (GRE), and recommendations are required of all cal school curriculum. Normally these programs introductory calculus is also candidates. Only a limited number of applicants are are available only after the student has completed admitted to the program each year. highly recommended. the first year and with the approval of the Dean's Office and the chairman of the department respon- Courses (e.g., human anatomy) which overlap in sible for the additional course work. Every effort is subject matter with those in the School of Medicine M.D. Admission made to maintain flexibility within the medical are not advised. However, advanced or specialized The doctoral program (Ph.D.) is intended for school curriculum, although extensive changes in courses in biological science (e.g., cellular mature students with demonstrated intellectual the course of study can be arranged for only a physiology) are desirable. capacity who can devote full time to academic limited number of students. work. Applications are welcomed from persons Completion of Requirements with prior work in the social, behavioral , and tech- Graduate Work The premedical requirements must be completed nological sciences , or other academic fields, as well Graduate work leading to the M.S. and/or Ph.D. before beginning the first year of medical studies, as from those who have done their prior work in degrees is offered, either separately or in conjunc- although these requirements need not be completed schools of management. To be considered for tion with the M.D. program, in anatomy, biological at the time the application for admission is filed. admission , an applicant must hold a bachelor's chemistry, biomathematics, microbiology and degree from an accredited institution, with a immunology, pathology, pharmacology, Physical Examination scholastic average of at least B; an average of B+ in physiology, psychiatry, and radiology. Students in any prior graduate work is required . A master's graduate divisions who have completed courses in Accepted candidates must pass a physical examina- degree is desirable but not necessary for admission. the School of Medicine must apply to the first year tion before registering. The Graduate Management Admission Test class in order to be considered by the Admissions (GMAT) or the Graduate Record Examination Committee. See the departmental announcements Basis of Selection (GRE) is required of all candidates to the program. elsewhere in this catalog for further information. Candidates will be selected on the basis of the fol- Only a limited number of applicants are admitted to For details concerning the medical curriculum you lowing considerations: THE SCHOOL OF NURSING / 39 1. Undergraduate and, where applicable, graduate degree. The baccalaureate program has been con- Honors academic achievement. tinuously approved by the California Board of Registered Nursing since 1949. The School of Nurs- 2. Score on the Medical College Admission Test, The faculty of the School of Nursing, or a duly au- which is administered thorized committee thereof, shall recommend for for the Association of ing became an agency member of the Department of American Medical Colleges by the Psychological Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs of the honors and awards bachelor' s degree candidates National League for Nursing in 1952. The Accredit- honors or awards who meet the criteria determined Corporation. by the faculty of the School of Nursing and the ing Service of the National League for Nursing has 3. Interview by a member or members of the granted full accreditation to both programs since University. Admissions Committee. 1954. 4. Evaluation of the applicant's accomplishments and character in letters of recommendation. The Graduate Program The Committee on Adminissions selects candidates Curricula Under the jurisdiction of the Graduate Division, who present the best evidence of broad training and the School of Nursing administers a program lead- nature interpersonal relations, and the traits of per- The Baccalaureate Program strong achievements in college, a capacity for vide the opportunity for advanced study in several ing to the Master of Nursing degree . Courses pro- sonality and character conducive to success in The baccalaureate program leading to the Bachelor areas of nursing and research training for increased medicine. Preference is not given to students who of Science degree provides for a close interweaving professional competence. Students specialize in a major in natural science, since study in the social of general and professional education. The physi- clinical field and may elect courses which prepare sciences and humanities is considered equally cal, social, and emotional health aspects of nursing for functional preparation in teaching and valuable. are emphasized throughout the curriculum. Clini- administration. The Thesis Plan or the Comprehen- cal nursing experience under the guidance of sive Examination Plan is followed in the Master of Advanced Standing faculty members if provided in hospitals, outpa- Nursing program. For further information about tient clinics, homes, and community Transfer students are accepted into the junior year health centers. the graduate program in nursing, please consult the Students who are licensed nurses will complete the only. Transfer applications may be submitted same curriculum as other students in the bac- UCLA Announcement of the Graduate Division and November 1-February 1 to the Office of Student the UCLA A nnouncement of The School of Nursing. calaureate program. However, registered nurses Affairs in room 12-109 of the Center for Health may challenge upper division nursing courses. Sciences. The School of Nursing offers a curriculum sequence Requirements for Acceptance The School of Nursing California Registered Nurse licensing which affords students the opportunity to sit for the examination Requirements for acceptance include: If you are interested in the academic program at the conclusion of the junior year. Interested stu- (1) graduation from a recognized college or univer- offered by the UCLA School of Nursing-on the dents must maintain each quarter a minimum GPA sity having an NLN accredited baccalaureate nurs- graduate or baccalaureate level-you are urged to of 3.0 and petition the Dean to enroll beyond the ing program equivalent to that of the School of request a copy of the Announcement of the School four quarter courses usually permitted. Students Nursing, University of California, Los Angeles and by writing to the School of Nursing, Student Affairs are reminded that many states do not reciprocally Office, University satisfactory to the Graduate Division , Los Angeles. of California, Los Angeles, honor California nursing licenses obtained prior to Students who have completed other curricula (e.g., California 90024. completion of a baccalaureate degree. Students who students who have graduated from a foreign plan to follow this sequence should contact the As- institution) may be required to enroll in certain Description and Philosophy sistant Dean for Student Affairs before the begin- undergraduate nursing courses which generally will not be accepted in fulfillment of the require- ning of the freshman year to receive more complete Schools of nursing differ in their professional focus details. ments for advanced degrees; (2) Status as a on education and research. It is therefore pertinent registered nurse. Prior to entry into any clinical to state the School's view of the profession which practicum, evidence of status as a registered nurse serves as a basis for its undergraduate and graduate Requirements for Acceptance in the State of California is mandatory; (3) An programs. Basic to the philosophy of the School is Requirements for acceptance include: upper-division statistics course or a lower division the belief that it is the right of all individuals to (1) Admission to the University; (2) completion of statistics course with content equivalent to Public receive optimal health care. Nursing shares with 21 courses of college work, including courses Health 100A is a prerequisite and must be com- other health sciences the goal of promoting health required by the School of Nursing. Eligibility for the pleted prior to entrance into the School of Nursing; for individuals and communities as well as the re- study of nursing as determined by demonstrated (4) Professional and academic competence in nurs- sponsibility for the care, comfort, and dignity of aptitude, recommendations and scholastic achieve- ing attested through letters of recommendation; patients in acute, chronic, and terminal illness. ment. (See the UCLA Announcement of the School (5) A scholarship record satisfactory to the Gradu- To accomplish this goal, nurses function as inde- of Nursing.) In addition for registered nurses: gra- ate Division , Los Angeles and to the School of pendent practitioners, in collaboration with other duation from an NLN accredited school of nursing Nursing, University of California. members of the health team and in a medical sup- and evidence of the fulfillment of the legal require- portive role. Based on scientific knowledge and ments for the practice of nursing. technical skill, the practice of nursing focuses on Academic Requirements promotion of health, prevention of illness, and sup- Requirements for the Degree of The Master of Nursing degree will be granted upon port of the resources of the person who is ill. Bachelor of Science fulfillment of the following requirements: Nursing concerns include expansion of knowledge The degree of Bachelor of Science will be granted 1. The candidate shall have met the general essential to the nursing process, new methods of upon fulfillment of the following requirements: requirements of the Graduate Division. care, and improvement of health care delivery sys- 1. The candidate shall have completed the required tems. In implementing the philosophy of nursing, 45 courses (180 quarter units) of college work and 2. The candidate shall have completed in graduate the curriculum concentrates on the behavior of status at least ten courses (40 credits) in upper divi- shall have satisfied the general University man as he moves through the health-illness contin- require- sion and graduate level courses (100, 200, 400, and ments. uum. 500 series ); eight courses must be in nursing, with The programs provide for an understanding of the 2. The candidate shall have included in the five courses (20 credits) in the 200 and 400 series. required 45 courses, at least 21 courses in general social and cultural systems in which living and care The candidate must successfully complete a mini- education. mum of one course from each of the following giving take place and for an understanding of man's areas: Research in Nursing (N 204); Selected Prob- psychology and physiology under normal and 3. The candidate shall have completed at least 25 lems in Nursing Care (N 210, 211, 221, 222, 223, pathological conditions. Nursing research is quarter courses (100 quarter units ) of upper divi- 224, 225); Supervised Practice in Nursing Care (N stressed throughout the programs as the means for sion course work toward the degree. 402, 421 A, 422A, 423A, 424A, 425A); and Clinical the development of new knowledge. 4. The candidate shall have maintained at least an Nursing Specialization (N 421B, 422B, 423B, 4248, You can find a detailed description of the School of overall grade point average ofC (2.00) in all courses 425B, 429A). Completion of requirements for cer- Nursing studies in the "courses" section of this taken while a student in the School of Nursing. tain special program sequences may require more Catalog. 5. The candidate shall have completed all required than 40 credits. The additional courses may be dis- nursing courses in the School of Nursing and shall History and Accreditation tributed among courses in the 100, 200, 400 or 500 have received a grade of C or better in the following series subject to approval of the student's faculty The School of Nursing was authorized by the clinical nursing courses: 101A, 120A,B,C,D,E,F, adviser. Regents of the University in 1949 as one of the 190A,B. 3. A comprehensive examination or a thesis is Professional Schools of the Center for Health 6. The candidate is required to have been enrolled required. Sciences at UCLA. This action paved the way for the in the School of Nursing during the final three For further information concerning graduate work development of an undergraduate basic program in quarters of residence; the last nine courses must be you are invited to consult Announcement of the Gra- nursing and made possible the establishment of a completed while so enrolled. duate Division. graduate program leading to the Master of Nursing 40 / THE SCHOOL OF NURSING Admission to the School of study are available to students Because of multidisciplinary concerns, programs of whose academic above 36 quarter units may be completed in sum- mer session on the campus of residence. Nursing preparation has been in one of various physical, 2. The candidate shall have completed at least 13 biological or social science areas for example, bac- courses (52 quarter units ) in upper division (num- Application for acceptance to the baccalaureate teriology, medicine, nursing, dentistry, veterinary program in the School of Nursing should be filed medicine, optometry, pharmacy, engineering, bers 100 through 199). At least 6 courses must have not later than November 30 for the Fall Quarter. mathematics, statistics , sociology, psychology, been completed while enrolled in the School of Applications to the graduate program should be economics, political science, etc. Public Health, 4 of which must have been in the filed not later than February 15 for the Fall Quarter, major. and December 30 for the Spring Quarter. The Through organized programs in the School of Pub- 3. The candidate shall have maintained a "C" (2.0) School of Nursing reserves the right to accept stu- lic Health, students entering the field may thus pre- average in all courses taken shall have satisfied all dents on the basis of scholarship, recommendations pare themselves for careers in such basic specialties of the course requirements in preparation for the and demonstrated aptitude. as epidemiology, biostatistics, nutritional science, major as well as those required in the major. and environmental health sciences. They may also Applications for admission to the University in prepare themselves for the challenges of com- 4. The candidate is not normally expected to take undergraduate status (accompanied by a $20 munity well-being such as the operation of more than 180 quarter units to obtain the bachelor's application fee) should be filed with the Office of hospitals, health maintenance in industry, the degree. Except in rare cases, approved by the Dean, Undergraduate Admission, University of Califor- health education of the public, organization of the candidate will not be permitted to continue nia, Los Angeles, California 90024. medical care, behavioral sciences in public health, after completing 208 quarter units. Applications for admission to the graduate pro- and community health administration. 5. Credit limitations gram (accompanied by a $20 application fee) You can find information on "pre-public health" a) Prior approval by the advisor and the Dean is should be filed with Graduate Admissions Office, programs in the "undergraduate education" sec- required before a student may enroll in a course for Graduate Division, University of California, Los tion of this Catalog. "passed/not passed" credit; however, courses in Angeles, California 90024. the major may not be taken on a Passed/Not Passed Application for Acceptance to the School of Nurs- Degrees Offered basis. ing: A supplemental application is required for b) Only 4 quarter units of physical education both undergraduate and graduate programs. The The School of Public Health offers the following application may be obtained from the School of degrees: Bachelor of Science in Public Health, courses may be counted toward degree credit. Nursing , 12-139 CHS, University of California, Los Master of Public Health, Doctor of Public Health, c) Public Health 199: Open to seniors who must Angeles, California 90024. Master of Science in Public Health, Doctor of petition before enrolling; limited to 4 units each Philosophy in Public Health, Master of Science in quarter; no more than 16 units may be counted You can find a discussion of a pre-nursing cur- Biostatistics , and Doctor of Philosophy in toward degree credit. riculum and "pre-health" advising in the "prepar- Biostatistics . In addition, combined MPH degrees ing for a professional school" portion of the are available with Latin American Articulated d) Courses in the 200 or 400 series: Candidate " undergraduate education " section of this catalog. Degree Programs, Graduate School of Management, must secure approval from your advisor and the School of Law, School of Medicine, and School of Dean before enrolling in these courses, unless the The School of Public Health Dentistry. course is a requirement of the major. If you are interested in the programs offered in the e) Concurrent enrollment: Concurrent enroll- ment in University Extension or at another institu- School of Public Health at UCLA- on either the tion is permitted only under extraordinary circum- graduate or baccalaureate level-you are urged to Undergraduate Program: stances and with prior approval from the advisor get a copy of the Announcement of the School by Bachelor of Science Degree and the Dean. writing to the Office of Student Affairs, School of Admission to the Bachelor of Science Program is Public Health , University of California, Los limited to undergraduate students in good standing f) After completing 105 quarter units toward the Angeles, California 90024. within the University of California who have degree (in all institutions attended ), the You can find detailed descriptions of course offer- student will be allowed no further unit credit for courses satisfactorily completed at least 84 quarter units of completed at a community college. ings in the "courses " section later in this Catalog. work in one of the colleges of the University, or who have transfer credits evaluated as equivalent. g) Enrollment limitations: The candidate must Description and Purpose A student wishing to major in Public Health selects enroll in no less than 12 or more than 16% quarter Public Health is a broad, multidisciplinary field of an area of concentration from one of the following: units each quarter. Exception requires approval of biostatistics, comsumer health information and the advisor and Dean. A student on probation may study directed toward the understanding and con- education, or nutritional science. be given other limitations. trol of factors affecting the health of populations. h) A single course can not be used to satisfy two The mission of the School of Public Health is to de- velop and teach the application of the sciences to Preparation for the Major distinct course requirements. the solution of community health problems. One Preparation for the major consists of the following: feature of the field of public health is a reliance on 1. Subject A. Major in Public Health research methods to identify important health rela- A student majoring in Public Health selects an area tionships . Another feature is a community or social 2. American History and Institutions. of concentration for a major from one of the follow- approach to the problems of health and disease in 3. Foreign Language: two years of one language in ing: Biostatistics, Consumer Health Information their preventive or therapeutic aspects. The con- high school. and Education, and Nutritional Science. cerns of public health cut across national bound- 4. Two years of high school aries and include the functions of both voluntary mathematics. and governmental agencies, of research and teach- 5. One course from English 3 or 4, Humanities 2A General Requirements for the ing institutions , and of health care facilities. or 2B. Major There are many areas of emphasis in the field, and 6. Physical Science: Chemistry 11A, 11B, 11BL, Required are Public Health IOOA, Introduction to five may be singled out as follows: (1) nature, 11C, 11CL (or Chemistry 11A, 15, and an elective Biostatistics; Public Health 110, Introduction to extent and distribution of disease ; (2) quantitative course in a physical science for students who plan Medical Science or Public Health 111, Human Dis- methods of description and analysis; to specialize in Consumer Health Information and ease and Public Health; Public Health 112, Princi- their identification and Education); Mathematics IBor 3A. ples of Epidemiology; Public Health 150, Environ- control - emphasis is on hazards found in tech- 7. Life Sciences: Biology 4A-4B and Bacteriology 10 mental Health (not required for students nologically advanced regions of the world as well as whose field of concentration is Nutritional Science); and for Consumer Health Information and Education Public Health 180, Introduction less advanced regions; to Public Health. (4) the organization and students. delivery of community health services-emphasis Public Health 153, Public Health Microbiology or is on the development of strategies for optimal pro- 8. Social Sciences: three courses. with consent of the instructor Bacteriology 101, vision of health care of high quality for all members 9. Humanities three courses. Introduction to Bacteriology, required for Nutri- of society; (5) basic biological and psychosocial pro- 10. Additional courses in chemistry, mathematics, tional Science students. cesses that affect the health and well -being of natural sciences, or physics as recommended by the populations. student 's advisor. Requirements for Field of The purpose of programs of instruction in the field Concentration of public health is to provide opportunity to de- Requirements for the Bachelor's velop understanding of the theoretical foundations and philosophy of the field, and to permit Degree Biostatistics specialization in fields of professional service or 1. The candidate shall have completed at least 45 The biostatistics program prepares students in the research. This is achieved through required and courses (180 quarter units) of college work, of application of biostatistics to the broad field of Pub- which at least the last 9 courses (36 quarter units) elective courses that stress broad exposure to basic lic Health and the evaluation of health programs. issues as well as intensive study in selected must have been completed while enrolled in the Mathematics 31A-C, 32A-C, 152A-B (or 150A-C); specialties. School of Public Health. Not more than 18 of the Public Health 101A, 1018, 1000, (or 100A-1OOD), THE SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH / 41 102. Every student Normal Progress Toward the will be required to take courses Disqualification and Appeal of and study in depth at upper division level an addi- Degree tional subject area as a basis for application of Disqualification statistical methods and theories. From graduate enrollment to award of the degree Students must maintain a 3.0 GPA. If a student's (comprehensive examination plan) normal GPA falls below 3.0 it must be raised to 3.0 by the Consumer Health Information and progress is from four to seven terminated quarters. From gra- if he fails the comprehensive end of the following quarter. Also, a student will be examina- Education duate plan) normal progress enrollment to award is seven quarters. of the degree (thesis Upper tion twice or if he fails to complete the required This program prepares a student to work as a con- time limit for either plan is seven quarters of enroll- course work in seven quarters of enrollment. sumer health advocate and health information and promotion specialist. ment. This limitation includes quarters enrolled in Appeals can be made by the student utilizing the previous graduate study at the University of standard blue petition form. The petition must be A minimum of four courses are to be selected from California prior to admission to the master's degree approved by the advisor, the Division Head, the among: Public Health 130, 160, 170, 182, 183, 184. program. Dean of students, and the Dean of the Graduate Another minimum of four are to be selected as a Maximum time allowable from enrollment in the Division. minor from one of the following fields of concentra- M.S.P.H. program to graduation is five years. consultation with academic advisor. tion: Communications, Organizations, Behavior, in Master of Science in Thesis Plan Biostatistics Nutritional Science A thesis Committee is established after a student In this program students become acquainted with has been here three quarters. The Thesis Committee Admission Requirements the basic nutritional factors and components of of a minimum of three faculty members is recom- For admission to the Master of Science in health. mended by the Department Chairman after con- Biostatistics program the student must have com- Mathematics 3B, 3C, Chemistry 21, 23, 25; Physics sultation with the student and the student's advisor pleted the bachelor's degree with a major in 3A, 3B, 3C (or 6A, 6B, 6C); Public Health 162, 163, and appointed by the Dean of the Graduate Divi- statistics, mathematics, or in a field of application of sion. The Committee approves plans for the thesis biostatistics, and have demonstrated 164, 165, 167. Electives competence by will be chosen in consulta- prior to the student's filing for Advancement to tion with academic advisor. Candidacy. At least two of the faculty members satisfactory performance on the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test. Undergraduate prepa- must be from inside the Department. Counseling No member ration for the program should include Mathematics outside of the Department is required. 31C, 32A-C (second-year calculus) or the equiva- Open counseling is offered at Orientation to Public The thesis must be acceptable to the Thesis Com- lent. Health Meetings each quarter. Further assistance is mittee. A copy of the thesis is submitted to the Gra- given by appointment with the Student Counselling duate Division for approval. Advising Office in the School of Public Health. Advisors are assigned by the Division Head to new Master of Science in Public Comprehensive Examination Plan students upon their admission. meet with the students each quarter and discuss Thereafter, they Health approved for the student, a Comprehensive If the Comprehensive Examination option is their academic progress. The Master of Science program provides research orientation within the general Examination field of Committee public of a minimum of three Normal Progress Toward the faculty members is appointed by the Chairman of health. It is intended to prepare the student in the Department on the recommendation of the Degree depth with a specialty, culminating in research Division Head. There must be a written com- From graduate admission to completion of required activity and a thesis or a comprehensive examina- prehensive examination on the student's major courses, the Comprehensive Examination, Master's tion. area of study. A student who fails may be reex- Report and award of the degree normally takes amined no more than once. The preparation of a three to six quarters. The upper time limit for com- Admission Requirements major written research report is required which pletion of all requirements is seven quarters of Applicants must meet the University minimum must be approved by a two-member Committee enrollment. If a leave of absence is taken, a maxi- requirements of an accredited bachelor's degree which may overlap with the Comprehensive mum of 12 elapsed quarters is allowed. This limita- with a B average in upper division and prior gradu- Examination Committee. tion includes quarters enrolled in previous gradu- ate study and satisfactory performance on the Gra- ate study at the University of California prior to admission to the master's degree program. duate Record Examination Aptitude Test. The bachelor's degree must be in a field of study Major Fields or Subdisciplines appropriate to Public Health field in which the stu- Comprehensive Examination The areas of specialization offered in the M.S. dent desires to major. In addition, it is necessary The Comprehensive Examination Committee degree is program are as follows: Behavioral Sciences that the applicant can be accommodated in the appointed by the Head of the Biostatistics Division. and Health Education; Environmental Health Division of the Department of Public Health in Science; Epidemiology; Health Planning and The written Comprehensive Examination is on the which he/she wishes to study. major field only. It is taken during the Spring Health Policy Analysis; and Nutritional Science. No screening examination or specified courses are Quarter of the Academic year of the student's Pub- required. However, if the student's undergraduate lic Health 200A-C sequence. A student who fails the course work has been deficient in breadth of funda- Course Requirements examination is allowed to repeat it only once; the mental training and fails to provide a proper foun- The students must complete an approved program time of the re-examination is specified by the Divi- dation for advanced work in the Department, it will including a minimum of nine courses at least five of sion. A student who does not take the re-examina- be necessary for the student to take specified under- which must be graduate level courses in the 200 or tion at the specified time forfeits his right to re- graduate courses after admission. 500 series. examination. Advising M.S. degree are (at least 3 courses, 12 units of Unless previously taken, mandatory courses for the Course Requirements An advisor is appointed for each beginning credit): The M.S. degree in Biostatistics requires a minimum master's student by the Division Head of the of nine graduate respective Division. Students who need assistance and upper division courses, of 1. Introduction to Biostatistics (Public Health which at (east five are graduate courses (200 and in deciding upon a Division should speak to the 100A) 500 series), and a comprehensive examination. Dean of Students who can be reached through the 2. Introduction to Biostatistics (Public Health The five required graduate courses must be in Office of Student Affairs. I00B) biostatistics or mathematical statistics, including at The student and the advisor together agree upon a 3. Principles of Epidemiology (Public Health 112) least three courses in biostatistics. Unless pre- study list for each academic quarter and any altera- (Prerequisite: PH 110, Introduction to Medical viously taken the following courses must be tions must be approved by the student's advisor Science or PH 111, Human Disease and Public included in the degree program: and the Dean of Students before it is submitted to Health) 1. Public Health 101A, 1OIB (Basic Biostatistics), the Graduate Division. The student is expected to 1000 (Introduction to Biostatistics) meet with the advisor each quarter. The CORE courses can be waived if the student has taken a similar course elsewhere and can pass the 2. Public Health 200A, 200B, 200C (Biostatistics) A departmental Guidance Committee is established waiver examination. 3. Public Health 201E, 201F, 201G, 201J (Special when the student has completed approximately The remaining courses half the program for the master's degree. The mem- (at least 6 courses, 24 units Topics) (Any two courses from this group) of credit) are determined bers of the departmental by the student's choice Guidance Committee are of 4. Public Health 204E (Seminar in Biostatistics) nominated by the Division Head after consultation an area of specialization, and include the require- ment of two research methodology courses. 5. Mathematics 152A, 152B (Applied Mathematical with the advisor and the student and approved by Statistics) or Mathematics 150A, 1508, 150C (Pro- the Department Chairman. bability and Statistics) 42 / THE SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH Other courses in biostatistics or mathematical A departmental Guidance Committee is established end of the following quarter. Also, a student will be statistics, or in related areas such as biology, when the student has completed approximately terminated if he fails the comprehensive examina- physiology, public health, sampling theory, or half the program for the master's degree. The mem- tion twice or if he fails to .complete the required mathematics are selected with the advisor's con- bers of the departmental Guidance Committee are course work in seven quarters of enrollment. sent. nominated by the Division Head after consultation Appeals can be made by the student utilizing the with the advisor and the student and are approved standard blue petition form. The petition must be Disqualification and Appeal of by the Department Chairman. approved by the advisor, the Division Head, the Disqualification Normal Progress Toward Dean of Students, and the Dean of the Graduate Conditions which lead to termination are any of the Division. following: The Degree (a) Failure to maintain a GPA of 3.0 or better since From graduate enrollment to award of the degree, Doctor of Public Health admission to the M.S. program in two consecutive normal progress is five to seven quarters. Upper The Dr. P.H. is the highest professional degree for quarters. limit for completion of all requirements is seven the public health generalist. The student is expected quarters of enrollment. This limitation includes to focus on public health practice and to acquire (b) Exceeding the seven quarter time limit de- quarters enrolled in previous graduate study at the scribed above. broad knowledge related to professional skills. The University of California prior to admission to the minor field can be used to provide some of this (c) Twice failing the M.S. comprehensive examina- master's degree program. breadth. The dissertation is of an applied, practical tion. Maximum time allowable from enrollment in the problem-solving nature and must demonstrate the The student can appeal the decision to his or her M.P.H. program tograduation is five years. candidate's ability for independent investigation. graduate advisor and, if necessary, to the Head of the Division of Biostatistics. Comprehensive Examination Admission Requirements The Comprehensive Examination Committee con- In addition to the University minimum require- sists of three faculty members appointed by the ments, the department requires (1) satisfactory per- Master of Public Health Head. A Comprehensive Examination in the CORE Chairman on recommendation of the Division formance on the GRE, (2) completion of the M.P.H. The M.P.H. is a professional degree for the public degree in Public Health or an appropriately related courses and an examination in the student's major field (if the master's degree is in a field other than health generalist. The student is expected to focus field are required. A student who fails may be re- Public Health, the applicant must have taken the on public health practice and to acquire broad examined no more than once. knowledge related to professional skills. equivalent of the mandatory M.P.H. courses or include them in his course of study after admis- Admission Requirements Major Fields or Subdisciplines sion), (3) at least a 3.0 Junior-Senior GPA, at least a The School of Public Health offers the Master of 3.5 in graduate studies or demonstrated superiority Applicants to be admitted for the degree of Master Public Health degree in the following areas of con- in graduate work, and at least a B in each of the of Public Health must demonstrate competence by centration: Biostatistics; Environmental Health; mandatory CORE courses, (4) a positive recom- satisfactory performance on the Graduate Record Epidemiology; Health Education; Health Services mendation by a Division of the Department of Pub- Examination Aptitude Test and may be: Management; Nutritional Science; and Population, lic Health, (5) approval by the Doctoral Admissions 1. Holders of a professional doctoral degree in Family and International Health. Committee, (6) and approval by the Department medicine, dentistry, optometry, pharmacy, or Chairman. veterinary medicine (with or without a prior Course Requirements No screening examinations are required with the bachelor's degree) from an accredited school. Award of the M.P.H. degree requires a minimum exception of the Behavioral Science and Health Education field. Here, if a student does not take a 2. Holders of a bachelor's degree from an number of acceptable courses as specified by each M.P.H. from UCLA he must take the master's accredited institution, with adequate preparation in program. The minimum number of courses qualifying examination within one year of admis- sciences basic to public health. Such sciences required is 11 in an approved program, but fre- sion and pass with an excellent score. include various combinations of: (a) life sciences; quently the student is required to take more than (b) physical sciences and mathematics; (c) social this minimum depending upon his background and sciences ; (d) behavioral sciences. (Applicants are field of study. This minimum may be reduced to ten Advising not expected to be prepared in all four of these for students with suitable previous graduate An academic advisor is assigned to each new stu- fields, but a background in a suitable combination studies in health fields (such as physicians) if dent by the Division Head of the Division he/she of these sciences is required.) appropriate for the field of study. At least five of enters. The student and the advisor together agree 3. Physicians at UCLA in the General Preventive these courses must be graduate courses (200, 400, upon a study list for each academic quarter. After Medicine Residency. and 500 series). the student is enrolled for one quarter a three-mem- Unless previously taken, mandatory courses for the ber Guidance Committee is established, 4. Qualified which students in the Latin American includes the advisor in the major field and the Studies degree program, Graduate M.P.H. articulated degree are currently (at least 3 courses, 12 advisor in the minor field. School of Management , School of Medicine, School units of credit): of Law, and School of Dentistry. Admission is not 1. Introduction to Biostatistics (Public Health automatic. 100A) Applicants must meet the University minimum of Normal Progress Toward the Degree 2. Principles of Epidemiology (Public Health 112) an acceptable bachelor's degree with a B average in (Prerequisite: PH 110, Introduction to Medical Normally students will not be admitted to the doc- upper division and prior graduate study. Science or PH 111, Human Disease and Public toral program until after they have completed a No field experience is required as a condition of master's degree. But if the student has not com- Health) pleted a prior master's degree program, admission admission to the M.P.H. program, although a back- 3. Health Services Organization (Public Health to the doctoral program should take place by the ground of public health experience may be con- 130) 6th quarter in residence and the written and oral sidered as a factor in evaluation of eligibility for qualifying examinations should be completed by admission . In addition , it is necessary that the Under development is a course "Principles of the 10th quarter in residence. If the student has applicant can be accommodated in the Division of Environmental Health" which will become a man- completed a master's degree program, the written the Department of Public Health in which he/she datory CORE course effective Fall 1980. and oral examinations should be completed by the wishes to study. The CORE courses can be waived if the student has 6th quarter of residence. From completion of the taken a similar course elsewhere and can pass the oral qualifying examination to final oral defense Advising waiver examination. should take three quarters. Maximum ble of formal enrollment in the graduate program is time allowa- An advisor is appointed for each beginning The remaining courses (at least 8 courses, 32 units master 's student by of credit) are determined by the student's choice of 20 quarters. This limitation includes quarters the Division Head of the an area of specialization, and include the require- enrolled in previous graduate study at the Univer- respective Division. Students who need assistance ments of one course in the 400 series. Field training sity of California prior to admission to the doctoral in deciding upon a Division should speak to the in an approved public health program of up to ten degree program. Dean of Students who can be reached through the weeks is required of candidates who have not had Office of Student Affairs. Maximum time allowable from enrollment in the prior relevant field experience. graduate program in the School of Public Health The student and the advisor together agree upon a and completion of the degree is eight years. study list for each academic quarter and any altera- Disqualification and Appeal of tions must be approved by the student's advisor and the Dean of Students before submission to the Disqualification Final Oral Examination Graduate Division . The student is expected to meet Students must maintain a 3.0 GPA. If a student's Required of all candidates. Re-examination after with the advisor each quarter. GPA falls below 3.0 it must be raised to 3.0 by the failure is determined on an individual basis. THE SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH / 43 Major Fields or course level three areas of knowledge: biostatistics, of Biostatistics and must include at the graduate (a) Failure to maintain 3.0 GPA since admission to Subdisciplines mathematical statistics, and a biomedical the doctoral program in two consecutive quarters. field such (b) Failing more than once the written examina- The School of Public Health offers the Doctor of as biology, epidemiology, infectious diseases, tions in Biostatistics , Mathematical Statistics, the Public Health degree in the following areas of con- medicine, microbiology, pharmacology, physiology, psychology, zoology, or public health. selected biomedical field, and the qualifying and centration: Behavioral Science and Health Educa- final oral examination. tion; Biostatistics; Environmental Health Science; Recommendation for the degree is based on the Nutritional Science; Epidemiology; Health Serv- attainments of the candidate rather than on the (c) Exceeding the time limits listed above. ices; and Population, Family and International completion of specified courses. The student can appeal the decision to the Head of Health. the Division of Biostatistics. Requirements Required Courses , Written and Qualifications for admission to the program of gra- Oral Qualifying Examinations duate studies in Biostatistics for the Ph.D. degree The Doctor of Philosophy are the current requirements of the Graduate Divi- The course requirements needed to pass the written Degree (Ph.D.) in Public sion, including satisfactory performance on the examination in the major field depend upon the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test. Nor- Health Division and field which the student enters. Before mally students receive an M.S. in Biostatistics at A program of study leading to the degree of Ph.D. advancement to candidacy, the student must pass written examinations in the major and minor field UCLA before admission to the Ph.D. program. Stu- in Public Health is available in behavioral sciences dents who enter the Ph.D. program from other and health education , environmental and the oral qualifying examination. health The written examination in the major field is prepared and Master's programs are required to pass a written science, epidemiology , health services and nutri- comprehensive examination within one year of tional sciences. This program provides preparation administered by the Guidance Committee or by the their admission. This examination is comparable to for careers in teaching and research. faculty of the Division. The conduct of the written the M.S. comprehensive examination. examination in the minor field is the responsibility of the representative from the minor field or the Guidance Committee. One re-examination after Advising Requirements failure is allowable, and more than one would be An advisor is appointed for each beginning doc- In addition to the University minimum require- granted only in unusual circumstances. toral student by the Division Head. Thereafter they ments, the department requires (1) satisfactory per- When the student is ready to take the oral qualify- meet with the student each quarter and discuss his/ ing examination, formance on the GRE, (2) completion of the M.S. in a Doctoral Committee is nomi- her academic progress. When the student advances Public Health or an appropriately related field (stu- nated by the Chairman of the Department after con- to candidacy the chairman of the dissertation com- dents with an M.P .H. will need to satisfy the sultation with the student and the advisor and mittee becomes the advisor. requirements of the M.S.P.H. before admission), (3) appointed by the Dean of the Graduate Division. at least a 3.0 Junior-Senior GPA and at least a 3.5 in This normally takes place after the student has Written and Oral graduate studies or demonstrated superiority in made a tentative decision on a dissertation topic. graduate work, (4) a positive recommendation by a Qualifying Examinations Division of the Department of Public Health, (5) The Doctoral Committee consists of at least five faculty members who hold regular professorial A written examination in Biostatistics, in Math- approval by the Doctoral Admission Committee, ematical Statistics, and in the student's appointments. Three of the five must hold appoint- selected and (6) approval by the Department Chairman. ments in Public Health, and one must be from the biomedical field, are taken before advancement to No screening examinations are required with the candidacy. The Biostatistics minor field. examination is written exception of the Behavioral Science and Health by the faculty in Biostatistics, the mathematical Education field . Here if a student does not take a The minor field is usually from inside Public statistics examination Health, but could be from outside the Department. by the faculty of the Math- M.S.P.H. from UCLA he/ she must take the master's ematics Department, and the biomedical field qualifying examination within one year of A minimum of four graduate courses in the minor examination by a qualified person in the biomedical field is recommended. admission and pass with an excellent score. field at UCLA. The Doctoral Committee administers the oral The qualifying oral examination is taken before qualifying examination after the student has suc- advancement to Candidacy; the final oral examina- Advising cessfully completed the written examination. The tion is taken after completion of the dissertation. oral examination is usually a defense of the disser- An academic advisor is assigned to each new stu- tation proposal. Any examination which is failed may be repeated dent by the Division Head of the Division one once. The time of re-examination is specified by the enters . The student and the advisor together agree All members of the doctoral committee examine the Division in the case of the written examinations or upon a study list for each academic quarter. After candidate during the required final oral examina- by the student's committee in the case of the oral the student is enrolled for one quarter a three mem- tion and read, approve, and certify the dissertation. examination. A student who does not take the ber Guidance Committee is established which A student will not be considered to have passed the examination at the normal time forfeits his right to includes an advisor in the major field and an final oral examination with more than one "not a re-examination. advisor in the minor field. passed" vote by the committee. A copy of the dissertation is submitted to the Gra- Normal Progress Toward the duate Division for approval. Degree Course Requirements The course requirements needed to pass the written Disqualification and From admission to the doctoral program to the examination in the major field depend upon the written and oral qualifying Appeal of Disqualification examinations and Division which the student enters. Before admis- advancement to candidacy usually takes nine quar- sion to candidacy, the student must pass written Students must maintain a 3.0 GPA. Students must ters or less. From advancement to candidacy to the examinations in the major and minor fields, foreign also pass the written qualifying examinations in the final oral examination usually requires three quar- language examination , and the oral qualifying major and minor fields on either their first or sec- ters. Usually 12 quarters are required from graduate examination. The written examination in the major ond attempts. Students must complete all require- admission to award of the degree. field is prepared and administered by the Guidance ments for the degree within eight years. The student must be advanced to candidacy within Committee or by the faculty of the Division. The Appeal of disqualification requires approval of the nine quarters of passing the comprehensive written examination in the minor field is prepared student's advisor, Division Head, and Department examination. The Ph.D. degree must be awarded and administered by the representative from the Chairman prior to the oral qualifying examination within nine quarters after advancement to can- minor field or the Guidance Committee. and requires approval of the Chairman of the Doc- didacy. One re-examination after failure is allowable but toral Admissions Committee, Division Head, and Maximum time allowable for the attainment of the more than one would be granted only in unusual Department Chairman after the oral qualifying degree is 20 quarters of enrollment. This limitation circumstances. examination. includes quarters enrolled in previous graduate study at the University of California prior to admis- The Doctor of Philosophy sion to the doctoral degree program. Foreign Languages Degree (Ph.D.) in duate Division for approval. A copy of the dissertation is submitted to the Gra- One foreign language relevant to the student's Biostatistics major area is required and approved by the Guid- ance Committee, using a method acceptable to the A program of study leading to the degree of Ph.D. Disqualification and Appeal of Graduate Division (usually ETS examination given in Biostatistics is offered. You are advised to read Disqualification on campus with a minimum score of 500). It must the UCLA Announcement of the Graduate Division for be taken before the oral qualifying examination. If general University requirements. The student's Following are conditions which lead to termina- the student 's native language is not English, Eng- program of study must be approved by the Division tion: lish may be used. ACADEMICS: RESOURCES TO HELP YOU / 45 Readmission Before You Need Them Communications Studies Speech, 232 Royce Hall, 825-3303; Ms. Marde Gregory, 232 Royce Hall, 825- Applications for candidates who have completed Here's some advice about advisors: Don't wait until 2541,825-3303 the first-year program in the UCLA School of Social you are in academic difficulty to seek them out-it Welfare at some prior time and wish to return for may be too late. Advisors work with you to avoid Dance 205 Women's Gym, 825-3951; Ms. Pauline completion of work toward the master's degree in problems, so see them "before" you need them. Adam, 205 Women's Gyro, 825-3951 social welfare will be considered on an individual Design Art, 1300 Dickson Hall, 825-3281; Ms. Gayle basis. If more than five years have elapsed since Pica, 1300 Dickson Hall, 825-3077 completion of the first year's work, candidates may Seeing Your Advisor be required to enroll for the full two-year program. East Asian Studies Here are some things to keep in mind when you see Interdepartmental, 3232 Campbell Hall, 825-2974; Ron Hirano, 3233 your advisor. Write down your questions as com- pletely as possible. Part Time Study Campbell, 825-2974 Economics 2263 Bunche Hall, 825-1011; Ms. Lora Because of the continuing high demand for admis- Make sure you understand the questions you're asking-and the answers you get. Then, write Clarke, 2253 Bunche Hall, 825-5118 sion to full-time stddy for the M.S.W. degree pro- gram, enrollment on a part-time study basis has down the answer. With both your question and the Economics-Business Education, 244 Moore Hall, been suspended for the present. answer to it, ask for clarification until you are sure 825-7635; Mr. L.W. Erickson, 244 Moore Hall, 825- you fully understand. 2626 Keep a record of your visits, including any printed Engineering and Applied Science Undergraduate materials the advisor gives you. In the same way, Studies Office, 6426 Boelter Hall, 825-2826; Dr. E. you are urged to keep a record of your UCLA tran- Taylor, Dr. R. Stern, Ms. J. Elliot, 6412 Boelter Hall, sactions in general. Save, and carefully store, copies 825-2941,825-2942 of petitions, gradecards and so forth. You have the option to try various counselors, to Computer Science find the one you can relate to most easily. Electrical Sciences and Engineering The Advisors Energy and Kinetics Engineering Systems Currently, UCLA offers the following opportunities Materials for advice on academic questions. Mechanics and Structures academics College Counselors System Science resources to help College of Letters and Science 1312 Murphy Hall, Engineering - Geology Earth & Space Science, 3806 Geology Building, 825-1475; Prof. Paul Merified, College of Fine Arts A333 Murphy Hall, 825-1554 825-3382 3806 Geology Building, 825-4252 you. Division of Honors 1331 Murphy Hall, 825-3786 English 2225 Rolfe Hall, 825-1389; Ms Edith Lufkin, Pre-Health Care 1332 Murphy Hall, Window 9, 4305 Rolfe Hall, 825-1389 In this section of the General Catalog, you will find 825-1817 a listing and description of the many resources- people as well as publications-available English-Greek Interdepartmental; See advisors in to help Pre-Law 1312 Murphy Hall, 825-3160 English and Classics you get the most out of your academic education at English -Latin Interdepartment; See advisors in UCLA. Departmental Advisors/ English and Classics It is important that you recognize, whether you are Counselors Ethnic Arts Interdepartmental, 205 Women's Gym, an undergraduate or graduate student, that the Aerospace Studies 825-1742; Ms. Sally Ann Cohen, 825-3951; Ms. Wendy Urfrig, 205 Women'sGyn; 825- services discussed below are offered in addition to 251 Dodd, 825-1743 3951 departmental, division or school/college programs African Languages Linguistics, 2113 Campbell of advice and counsel which were outlined in pre- French 160 Haines Hall, 825-1146; Dr. Collette Hall, 825-0634; Ms. Sandra Thompson, 2113 N Brichant, 160 Haines Hall, 825-3315 vious sections of this book. Campbell, 825-7859. French - Linguistics Interdepartmental; See Different Advisors Analysis & Conservation of Ecosystems Geogra- advisors in French and Linguistics phy, 1255 Bunche Hall, 825-1071; Dr. Hartmut And, since different types of advisors have different Walter, 1177 Bunche Hall, 825-3116 Geography 1255 Bunche Hall, 825-1071; Ms. C. functions, it might be useful to keep those more or Anatomy 73-235 C.H.S., 825-7161; Dr. E. G. Zim- Leboy, 825-1071, Dr. A. Orme, 825-1071, Ms. Pearl less distinct roles in mind. Segal, 825-4655 mermann, 73-235 C.H.S., 825-7161 College or School Advisors answer general ques- Ancient Near Eastern Civilizations Near Eastern Geography-Ecosystems Geography, 1255 Bunche tions about the college or school as well as give out Languages, 302 Royce Hall; 825-4165; Dr. John Cal- Hall, 825-1071; Dr. H. Walter, 1177Bunche Hall, 825- information about various petitions, filing pro- lender, 376 Kinsey Hall, 825-2145 3116 cedures and deadlines. Geology Earth & Space Sciences, 3806 Geology College or School Counselors, on the other hand, can Anthropology 360 Haines Hall, 825-2055; Ms. Building, 825-1475; Ms. Spring Kark, 3806 Geology, show you how college/school or university Gloria Mann, 305 Haines Hall, 825-1141 825-3197 academic regulations apply to your individual Arabic Near Eastern Languages, 302 Royce Hall, Geophysics and Space Physics Earth and Space situation. 825-4165; Dr. Bonebakker, 302D Royce Hall, 825-1294 Science, 3687 Geology Building, 825-3231; Dr. H. Departmental Counselors provide you with informa- Armenian Near Eastern Languages, 302 Royce Hall, Keffer, 3687 Geology Building, 825-7572 tion about the courses within their department; 825-4165; Dr. A.K. Sanjian, 302 Royce Hall, 825-1307 German Germanic Languages, 310 Royce Hall, 825- information on departmental and major require- Art 1300 Dickson, 825-1770; Ms. Gayle Pica, 1300 3955; Prof. Lyon (A thru L), Prof Stephan (M thru Z), ments (and advice on meeting them) are also availa- Dickson, 825-3077 310 Royce, 825-3955 ble. Greek Classics, 7349 Bunche Hall, 825-4679; Ms. Astronomy 8979 Math Science, 825-3323; Dr. Additionally, departmental counselors may be Michael Jura, 8919 Math Sciences, 825-4302 Evelyn Mohr, 7337Bunche Hall, 825-3775 aware of study, research and employment oppor- Hebrew Near Eastern Languages, 302 Royce Hall, tunities in your area of academic interest. Biochemistry Chemistry, 3010 Young Hall, 825- 4219; Dr. Richard Weiss, 5086 Young Hall, 825-3621 825-1139; Dr. Herbert Davidson, 302D Royce Hall, Faculty Advisors can advise you on questions per- 825-4165, 825-1294 taining to course work and offer guidance on Biology 2203 Life Sciences, 825-1680; Ms. Roxane research projects or independent study to supple- Alkaslassy, 2312 Life Sciences, 825-1680 History 6265 Bunche Hall, 825-1069; Ms. Sylvia ment your courses. Chemistry 3010 Young Hall, 825-3958; Dr. D.E. Dillon, 6248 Bunche Hall, 825-3720 Remember, too, that every UCLA faculty member is Atkinson, 5070 Young Hall, 825-1159, Ms. Dorothy an advisor if you are having trouble in a course they Humanities Interdepartmental, 825-7650; Dr. A. Seymour, 4016 Young Hall, 825-1859 Band, 302 Royce Hall, 825-3756 are teaching. Professors keep office hours for stu- Chicano Studies Interdepartment, 3121 Campbell Iranian Near Eastern Languages, 302 Royce Hall, dents to ask questions and tryout ideas. Hall, 825-2363; Carlos Haro, 3121 Campbell Hall, 825- 825-4165; Dr. John Callendar, 376 Kinsey, 825-2145 Those hours are one of the most valuable parts of 2363 Islamic Studies Center for Near Eastern Studies, your academic experience. Use them. Chinese Oriental Languages, 222 Royce Hall, 825- 10286 Bunche Hall, 825-4668; Dr. Michael Morony, Peer Counselors are trained students who can give 3340; Mr. Kuo-Yi Pao, 212C Royce Hall 6265 Bunche, 825-3215 you an informed "students-eye" view on program Classics 7349 Bunche Hall, 825-4679; Mrs. Ezrlyn Italian 340 Royce Hall, 825-3246; Dr. Franco Mas- planning. Mohr, 7337 Bunche Hall, 825-3775 ciandaro, 340A Royce Hall, 825-3055 46 / ACADEMICS: RESOURCES TO HELP YOU Italian and Special Fi elds Interdepartmental-stu- Speech 232 Royce Hall, 825-3303; Ms. Marde Gre- Designing Your Own Classes dents wishing to major in the Italian and Special gory, 232 Royce Hall, 825-3303, 825-2541. Fields major should see the Undergraduate Most departments offer the "199" or individual Theater Arts 2310 Mac Gowan HIl, 825-5761; Mr. study course for seniors or juniors with a "B" Advisors in each Department. (Either Jim Birge, 1319 Mac Gowan Hall, 825-1766. Anthropology, Art History, Classics, English, average or better who want to pursue a particular History, Linguistics, Music, Portuguese, Political Turkish Near Eastern Languages, 302 Royce Hall, research interest. Consult your department, or the Science, Spanish, or Theater Arts, as well as Italian.) 825-4165; Dr. Bodrogligeti, 302 Royce Hall, 825-4165. departmental listings in the "courses" section of this book for more information. Japanese Oriental Languages, 222 Royce Hall, 825- 3340; Dr. Robert C. Epp, 222 Royce Hall, 825-8165 About ASK Kinesiology 124 Women's Gym, 825-4500; Ms. ASK is a network of 16 trained student counselors. The Lower Division Program Karen Wallace, 124 Women's Gym, 825-4500 ASK also sponsors meetings about educational and The Lower Division Program is an alternative career concerns of UCLA students. ASK gives you a undergraduate program organized in a sequence of Latin Classics, 7349 Bunche, 825-4679; Ms. Evelyn chance to get the guidance you need in an informal, five study units of one quarter each: Mohr, 7337 Bunche Hall, 825-3773 conversational context. Linguistics 2113 Campbell Hall, 825-0634; Prof. You can find ASK at these locations: Unit 1-"Freedom and Control" Sandra Thomson, Prof Pamela Munro, 2113 Campbell, Days Ackerman Union Monday-Friday 10 a.m. to 3 Unit 2-"Contemporary America: The Dilem- Prof. Russell Schuh, 2113FCampbell, 825-5069 mas of the Present in the Perspective of p.m. the Past" Linguistics - English , French, Italian , Philosophy, Campbell Hall (North entrance) Monday-Friday 11 Unit 3-"The Origins of Life" Psychology, Oriental Languages Students wishing a.m. to 1 p.m. Unit 4-"The City in Historical Perspective" to major in any of these six Interdepartmental Unit 5-"The Mythic Imagination" majors should consult the Undergraduate Advisor Powell Library Monday-Friday 11 a.m. to 1 p.m. in the Linguistics Department, as well as the Court of Sciences Monday-Friday 10 a.m. to 2 p.m. Students have the option of entering or leaving the Undergraduate Advisor in the other Department program at the end of each study unit. Those involved. Evenings All four undergraduate dorms Monday- remaining with the program have the advantage of Thursday 5 30 to 7 30 p.m satisfying College of Letters and Science Breadth Mathematics 6356 Math Sciences, 825-4701; Ms. requirements. Sally Yamashita, 6356 Math Sciences, 825-4701, Dr. Brown, 825-4701. If You're a "Pre Health Care" The program attempts to create a sense of com- Also for: Student munity on campus, and students have the program Math -Applied Science, System Science, Computer Specific counselors/advisors are listed below. You lounge or "Commons" available to them to study or Science; Dr. Kirby Baker, 66176 Math Sciences, 825- can also find general information as well as attend socialize. 1947. open counseling sessions . The Pre-Health Care Each LDP unit pproaches a general subject area Meteorology Atmospheric Sciences, 7127 Life Advisory Office is in 1332 Murphy Hall, Window 9, through the integration of several academic discip- Sciences, 825-1954; Dr. J. Edinger, 7101 Math phone 825-1817. ASK Counselors in the Court of lines into one comprehensive "unit" of study. Each Sciences, 825-3057. Sciences can provide further information and re- unit is under the direction of one faculty member Microbiology 5304 Life Sciences, 825-3578; Dr. ferrals. They are available at a table by the steps of with several other distinguished faculty members W.R. Romig, 5925 Life Sciences, 825-4425. the Chemistry Building (Young Hall). also contributing their particular field of expertise. Military Science 825-7381; To be arranged. Within each unit, students participate with faculty Finally, specific "pre-health care" advising in lectures, small discussion groups and seminars resources include: where they will be encouraged to express them- Motion Picture - Television Theater Arts, 2310 Pre-Dental-School of Dentistry 53-038, School of selves in writings and presentation of individual MacGowan Hall, 825-5761; Mr. Jim Birge, 1319 Dentistry; Ms. Ann Beech, 10-137 School of Dentis- MacGowan Hall, 825-1766. and/or group papers and projects related to the try 825-7146; Prehealth Care Advising Office, 1332 topics being studied. Music 2449 Schoenberg Hall, 825-4761; Ms. Linda Murphy, Window 9,825-1817. Palmer, 2438 Schoenberg Hall, 8254761. Pre-Dental For more information Hygiene-School about of Dentistry, the Lower 53-038 Division Program, visit 374 Kinsey Hall, or telephone 825- Naval Science 123 Men's Gym 825-9075; Lt. Jon School of Dentistry; Prehealth Care Advising Of- 7104. McComas, USN, 825-9075. fice, 1332 Murphy Hall, Window 9, 825-1817. Near Eastern Languages 302 Royce Hall, 825-4165. Pre-Nursing -School of Nursing 12-139, Center for Programs for Freshman and/ To be arranged. or Sophomores Health Sciences, 825-7181. Prehealth Care Advising Oriental Languages 222 Royce Hall, 825-3440; See Office, 1332 Murphy Hall, Window 9,825-1817. UCLA features a range of programs centering on Chinese or Japanese. Pre-Optometry, and Pre-Physical Therapy students are the concerns of new students. Among them are: Philosophy 321 Dodd Hall, 825-4641; Dr. Donald encouraged to contact the Prehealth Care Advising Kalish, 366 Dodd Hall, 825-1476, 825-4641. Office, 1332 Murphy Hall, Window 9, 825-1817. Orientation Pre-Pharmacy students may contact Robert A. Physics 3-174 Knudsen Hall, 825-3440; Dr. Robert LeWinter, A722 Center for Health Sciences, 825- The Orientation Program takes place at UCLA dur- Satten, 6-130H Knudsen Hall, 825-1522; Dr. Ernest 7101. ing the summer and prior to the start of the Winter Abers, 3-168 Knudsen Hall, 825-3641; Ms. Julie Sturm, and Spring Quarters. It brings extensive academic 3-145A Knudsen Hall, 825-2453. counseling to all new undergraduates Pre-Law Advising entering the university. Individual counseling (fulfills the Political Science 4289 Bunche Hall, 825-4331; Ms. Vicki Waldman, 4250 Bunche Hall, 825-3862. While individual pre-law counseling is not cur- academic advising recommended for all students rently available, the College of Letters and Science and required by some schools and colleges) as well Portuguese Spanish and Portuguese, 5303 Rolfe holds bi-weekly open counseling sessions for those as peer group sessions are offered. In addition, Hall, 825-1036; Ma Isabel Herwig, Eduardo Dias 5303 who need to know about application and selection Orientation gives new students various perspec- Rolfe Hall, 825-1036. procedures. These are advertised in "Campus tives for dealing with common problems encoun- Pre-Pharmacy Same as above. Events" of the Daily Bruin. Other campus tered by new students. Programs for parents are Pre-Physical Therapy Same as above. resources-see "Student Services" can also be quite also offered. You can get information on the costs useful to prospective law students. For LSAT prepa- and dates of the Orientation Program by visiting Psychology 1283 Franz H II, 825-2961; Kristen ration, consult the Learning Skills Center, 97 Dodd, 2224 Murphy Hall or by telephoning 825-3626. Man, 825-2549, 825-2730, 153 Franz Hall. 825-7744. For application and selection procedures Also for: Psychobiology a d Quantitative Psy- and informational meetings times, phone 825-3160. chology. Mentor Program Public Health School of Public Health, 51-279 Alternative Academics C.H.S., 825-5144; Ms. Oliver Johnson, 51-279 C.H.S., the adjustment and acclimation of new students. The Mentor Program at UCLA was created to ease 825-5775. UCLA has a variety of options that allow you to Faculty, staff and advanced standing students are bring an added dimension to your academic pro- matched with entering undergraduates Scandinavian Languages 310 Royce Hall, 825-2432; in order to gram. personalize the UCLA experience. If you would like Dr. Mary-Kay Norseng, 310 Royce Hall, 825-1606. more information about the Mentor Program, drop Semitics Near Eastern Languages, 825-4165; To be Designing Your Own Major by Campbell Hall 2229 or telephone 825-8425. arranged. The requirements that allow you to be eligible for Slavic Languages 115 Kinsey, 825-2676; Dr. an individual major vary with each College or Freshman /Sophomore Seminars Michael Heim 115-L Kinsey, 825-7894 School at UCLA. If you qualify-usually after sub- Students who are interested in enriching their first- Sociology 264 Haines Hall, 825-1313; Ms. Mary Jo mitting a detailed course of study under the spon- year experience at UCLA by benfiting from a pro- Johnson, 247 Haines Hall, 825-1215. sorship of a regular faculty member as well as gram featuring small class size , association with a maintaining the specified grade point average in Spanish Spanish and Portuguese, 5303 Rolfe Hall, senior faculty member and no prerequisites, should your college or school-the individual major allows look into the Freshman/Sophomore seminar pro- 825-1036; Dr. Susan Plann, 5334 Rolfe Hall, 825-1036. gram. you to tailor your interests and scholarly pursuits. ACADEMICS: RESOURCES TO HELP YOU / 47 Credit is given for the Freshman/Sophomore pro- unique opportunity to enhance greatly their affiliated universities. Detailed information sheets gram, applied differently depending upon your col- language skills and to become involved in the about these campuses are available in the EAP of- lege or school. culture of the host country, and university. fice, 2221-B Bunche Hall, or by telephone at 825- You can get more information in room 374 Kinsey EAP participating institutions currently include: 4889 or 825-4995. or by telephoning 825-2480. Universities in the United Kingdom Birmingham Experimental College Freshman/Sophomore Professional The Experimental College is open to all UCLA Stu- School Seminar Program Kent dents and offers a variety of innovative classes. This program introduces students to the relation- Edinburgh There is no credit for Experimental College classes; ships which exist between various academic discip- Leeds you are not graded, either. Students also have an lines and professional practice. It also seeks to build opportunity to design- and teach- classes. London School of Economics upon the common characteristics which link You can find out more about the Experimental Col- various professions to one another. Students are Polytechnic of Central London lege by telephoning 825-2727; 409 Kerckhoff Hall. introduced to these characteristics in the following St. Andrews way: Stirling 1. In order to find answers to problems, profes- Sussex EXPO Center (Experiential sionals must bring together information from vary- Programs and Opportunities) ing disciplines. Exeter The Experiential Programs and Opportunities Cen- 2. Because of the way that social need often drives Bath ter serves as an information clearinghouse and scientific investigation, all professionals must be Warwick placement service for off-campus opportunities and sensitive to the complex interplay between basic research and social problems. provides UCLA students, faculty, and staff access to Westfield College of the University of London experiences which can supplement the traditional 3. Professionals must bring their creativity to the University College, Nairobi, Kenya educational format of the lecture hall, laboratory task of translating theoretical knowledge into prac- Universities in Israel and library. tical application. Haifa It offers counseling and information in the follow- 4. Professionals are subject to high level and ethical Jerusalem (Hebrew University) ing areas: standards because they exercise control over indi- International opportunities . Provides counseling viduals and society. American University of Cairo, Egypt and information on international travel, overseas Students seeking to define their own academic and Chinese University of Hong Kong study programs, tours, charter flights, visas, career goals will find that these seminars provide a International Christian University, Tokyo, Japan passports, health regulations, accommodations, valuable opportunity to assess the role of profes- sionals today and to understand the challenges and and student discounts. Issue international student Universities in France identity and youth hostel cards. demands that stimulate professional activity. The Bordeaux National opportunities . EXPO provides informa- program offers an unparalleled opportunity to be Grenoble tion on training programs , internships , grants and exposed to the views of professionals. fellowships , student hostels, hotel discounts, Marseille transportation within the United States; maintains Professional School Seminars are usually offered in the winter and spring quarters. They may not be Montpelier UCLA "ride board." used to fulfill College of Letters and Science Breadth Paris (Film Program) Local opportunities . Provides information on Requirements . Seminar enrollment is limited in an Pau-Paris cultural, recreational and educational activities effort to allow lower division students closer con- throughout Los Angeles and Southern California tact with an established member of a professional Poitiers Areas. school faculty. Georg-August University, Goettingen, Germany The Center offers placement and brokerage services More information is available in room 374 Kinsey Trinity College, Dublin in the following: Hall, or by telephoning 825-2480. Universities in Italy Internship Programs . The Center administers the Padua UCLA International, Washington, Sacramento, and Council on Educational Los Angeles Government Internship Programs. It Development (CED) Bolgna Venice supervises the Model United Nations Programs and the VITA Volunteer Income Tax Assistance Pro- The Council on Educational Development (CED) University of Bergen, Norway gram. was created by the Los Angeles Division of the Voluntary Action Center. Provides placement Academic Senate in May 1968 . The Council's pur- Universities in Spain opportunities for volunteers in 3200 different social pose is to promote academic enrichment and Barcelona service agencies in Los Angeles requiring skills encourage educational diversity and innovation. In from sports to clerical. fulfilling these objectives, the Council works closely Madrid with departments, colleges, schools and research University of Lund, Sweden For more information about EXPO programs, visit centers on the UCLA campus. National Autonomous University of Mexico A213 Ackerman Union, or telephone 825-0831. The Council seeks out and, upon approval, sup- (UNAM), Mexico City ports academic projects, programs and individual University of Sao Paulo, Brazil courses of scholarly excellence not otherwise University Extension available in the University, including courses of State University of Leningrad, USSR University Extension, UCLA, offers more than 4200 timely or topical importance. The Council can offer University of Vienna, Austria classes and special programs each year, many of a course as many as three times, although in princi- Pontifica Universidad Catolica del Peru them innovative and experimental in content, for- ple the Council seeks to encourage departments and mat and teaching methods, with extensive use of schools to adopt appropriate courses into their Designed primarily for undergraduates, the pro- media technology . Extension programs are regular curriculum. gram is open to students who have upper division designed to bring to adults in the community, on a For information about CED courses consult the ,standing in the University, an overall B average, part-time basis, the benefits of the talent, research Schedule of Classes and the Registration and other seriousness of purpose, and an indication of ability and resources of the University of California . Credit selected issues of the Daily Bruin. If you want to find to adapt to a new environment. For the centers in and non-credit courses in nearly every academic Austria, France, Germany, out about credit towards graduation for CED Mexico, Peru and Spain, two years of university-level work in the language discipline and in interdisciplinary areas provide courses, you should consult your major depart- of the country with a B average (or equivalent opportunities for professional/career advancement; ment, college, or school. The CED office is located for expansion of cultural horizons ; for develop- in 3121 Murphy Hall; telephone 825-5467. thereof ) are required. For all other centers, the ment of scientific literacy; for growth in personal language requirements are variable. Each UC Study awareness and human interrelationships; for Center abroad operates under the supervision of a Education Abroad Program enhancement of capability to assess and deal with UC faculty member. the great issues of politics and society in this era of The Education Abroad Program provides oppor- Participants pay only the usual UC Registration fundamental reappraisal of established ideas and tunities for qualified UC students to earn a full year and Educational fees. The full range of University values. In the broad social view, Extension has a of academic credit while studying at overseas financial aids is available. UC units and grade primary responsibility for the public service func- universities. Currently, there are EAP students points are awarded for overseas courses. A com- tions of the University, including community de- enrolled on 44 campuses in 19 different countries. plete range of orientation services are provided, velopment programs and the application of Univer- EAP students study with the local students of EAP- including opportunities to meet with returned stu- sity resources toward the solution of crucial affiliated institutions in each country, giving them a dents and students attending UCLA from EAP- statewide and urban problems. 48 / ACADEMICS: RESOURCES TO HELP YOU Programs braries collectively contain more than 4 million California, California counties and cities, the volumes and extensive holdings of government United Nations and some of its specialized agen- Types of programs include regular campus-equiva- publications, newspapers, pamphlets, manuscripts, cies, and a number of other international organiza- lent classes; lecture series; discussion groups; con- microforms, music scores, recordings in cassette, tions. Also available are selected publications of the ferences, institutes, and short courses; community video cassette, and tape form, and slides. Access is other states and possessions of the United States, development and other public service programs; offered to a wealth of information stored in com- publications of foreign governments, books and film and television series; correspondence study; puterized form. In addition, students, faculty, and pamphlets on local government, and reference and residential programs ; sequential certificate pro- staff have ready access to the collections of the li- pamphlet materials on industrial relations and grams; studio/workshop courses in the creative and braries on the other University of California cam- social welfare. The John Randolph Haynes and performing arts; an extensive creative writing pro- puses and of libraries throughout the country Dora Haynes Foundation Collection is gram series; family field study trips and foreign through interlibrary loan services. The Library administered by the Public Affairs Service. This travel-study programs; special programs for the regularly receives nearly 60,000 serial publications, service provides access to research data which are blind and other handicapped; counseling and test- which are listed in a library publication, Serials Cur- available on computer tapes. ing. rently Received at UCLA. This may be consulted at principal service points in campus libraries. Card Credit catalogs in each library and a variety of microfiche Other Campus Libraries For information on transferability of credit earned catalog supplements list all cataloged and partially- The resources of the special libraries on the campus through Extension toward the Bachelor 's Degree at cataloged books in those libraries. The main card are devoted mainly to the subjects of concern to the UCLA, please contact the Extension Information catalog in the University Research Library lists departments or professional schools in which they and Advisory Service (see "Additional Informa- holdings in all campus libraries and the William are situated. The libraries serve primarily these tion" below). Andrews Clark Memorial Library. departments and schools, but their resources, Students have access to the stacks of most of the li- except those in the English Reading Room are Continuing Education Units braries at UCLA. Orientation to and guidance in the available to all students and faculty members of the use of campus library facilities, collections, and University. Many Extension non-credit programs offer the services is available at each campus library. Self- opportunity to earn CEU (non-credit Continuing The Biomedical Library, in the Center for the Health service photocopying machines for copying Sciences, has collections in all of the health and life Education Units). One CEU is awarded for each 10 periodical articles and portions of books are availa- contact hours of instruction. CEU are recorded on sciences. Materials for engineering, astronomy, ble in most library units on campus. meteorology, and mathematics are kept in the En- the student's transcript. They are widely accepted for relicensure and other professional/career-re- gineering and Mathematical Sciences Library. Educa- lated purposes. University Research Library tion, kinesiology, and psychology are the principal Here are found the principal collections in the subjects served by the Education and Psychology Li- Hall or telephone 825-7068. saying that your participation the government (or lack of it) can they deserve." -another way of UCLA is located in an urban setting but the campus make a difference. is also near to miles of coastline along the Pacific Graduate Student Ocean, and acres of protected wilderness in the Santa Monica Mountains. The natural Government Need to Know More? beyond Los Angeles offers the unmatched UCLA's Graduate Students Association is the only "Finders Keepers" has more information about resources of the entire state, from uninhabited graduate government in the UC system with a man- recreation and participation opportunities at islands to popular ski resorts. datory fee and a separate, fully participating UCLA. Reference copies are available through all government which shares an equal voice with the department, college, school and ASK counselors Travel at nance of ASUCLA. ary reference desks and at a number Undergraduate Students of other coun- Association in the gover- the College Library and University Research Libr- Several sorts of travel opportunities are available at This organization is predicated on the fact that gra- seling locations (AAP, Admissions, Dean of Stu- UCLA. The ASUCLA Travel Service (see listing in duate students should have an important role in dents Office, Honors Programs Office, Placement the "student services" section of this Catalog) can student government, not only because their view- and Career Planning Center and Psychological and arrange charter air fares to many major cities at the points are often different, not only because they Counseling Services). lowest possible cost; rail tickets are also on sale. inject a mature perspective in student deliberations, At the start of this section, it was indicated that In addition, several clubs offer charters and tours. but because they, too, are students and must share unlike some other sections of this book, specific Day trips to San Diego or weekend excursions to student concerns. details covering every available cultural and recrea- San Francisco are also popular outings. The GSA is governed by a body which acts as a tional opportunity available presents an impossible watchdog for all funding of graduate student man- task. Checking daily newspapers, the Daily Bruin, Clubs monies). Among the types of programs funded are datory fees (including campus bulletin boards council and programming or taking a stroll up Bruin walk will serve to keep you current with what is The clubs and registered organizations on campus community services, departmental publications going on. provide an added dimension to the UCLA and council programs (e.g., honoraria, symposia experience . There are clubs for joiners and non- and orientation seminars). GSA represents approx- joiners, too, representing almost every interest. imately 10,000 graduate students (one-third of the And, if your interest isn't covered by a club, you total enrollment at UCLA) which places it well into can start your own. the middle of all University of California student A full listing of registered student organizations is government in size. GSA is able to claim close available in the CPAO Office, 161 Kerckhoff Hall representation: no GSA representative represents (telephone 825-7041); clubs centering on sports and more than 100 students. recreation are listed in the University Recreation The Graduate Students Association is located in Association Office, 600 Kerckhoff Hall (telephone Kerckhoff 301, telephone 825-4584. 825-3703). Each of these offices can provide you with information on how to join - or start a club at The Community Services Commission of the Stu- dent Legislative Council UCLA. also provides service opportunities, mostly off campus. These include the admission Fraternities and Sororities Associated Students Tutorial Project, Consumer Protection Project , Exceptional Children's registration Sample costs are discussed in the "housing" section Tutorial Project, UCLA Prison Coalition , Campus of this Catalog. However, fraternity and sorority Coalition to Bridge the Gap, Community Theater life offers those who are part of it more than simply Workshop , and Project Motivation . The Graduate enrollment & student a place to live. Serving as a small, tightly knit com- Students Association also runs programs in the munity within the larger community of UCLA, community. conduct .. . each fraternity or sorority house provides a center for academics, athletics and social life. Service Projects You can find out more about the fraternities and If you get satisfaction from helping others, UCLA sororities at UCLA by contacting either the service groups welcome your participation. Panhellenic Office (sororities) or the UCLA Non-Discrimination Interfraternity Council (fraternities) in care of the Among these are the Arnold Air Society (Dodd The University Dean of Students Office, 2224 Murphy of California, in compliance with Hall, 405 251, 825-1742), Bruin Belles (825-3091), Bruin Cir- Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, California 90024. cle K (824-1313), Bruin Sign Language Club, Phrateres (825-3901), Delta Sigma Theta, Omega Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (45 In the past few years, UCLA has witnessed a tre- Sigma Tau (an Asian service group), Peer Health CFR 86), and Sections 503 and 504 of the Rehabilita- mendous upsurge in the popularity of fraternities Counselors (Kerckhoff 312-A, 825-8462). Phi tion Act of 1973, does not discriminate on the basis 68 / ADMISSION, REGISTRATION, ENROLLMENT & STUDENT CONDUCT of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, or han- B. English - 3 Years' 2.97 27 1160 dicap in any of its policies, procedures, or practices; 2.98 26 1130 nor does the University, in compliance with the 'Effective Fall Quarter, 1981, four years of English will be required. Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 and 2.99 26 1110 Section 402 of the Vietnam Era Veterans Readjust- These must be university preparatory courses in 3.00 25 1090 ment Act of 1974, discriminate against any employees or applicants for employment on the English composition and literature. 3.01 25 1060 C. Mathematics - 2 Years basis of their age or because they are disabled veterans or veterans of the Vietnam era. This non- 3.02 24 1040 These must consist of university preparatory courses in such subjects as algebra, geometry, tri- 3.03 24 1020 discrimination policy covers admission, access, and treatment in University programs and activities, gonometry, calculus, elementary functions, matrix 3.04 23 990 and application for and treatment in University algebra, probability, statistics, or courses combining 3.05 22 970 employment. these topics. 3.06 In conformance 21 with University 950 policy and pur- D. Laboratory Science-1 Year 3.07 suant to Executive Orders 11246 and 11375, Section 21 920 This must be a year course in one laboratory 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and Section science. 3.08 20 900 402 of the Vietnam Era Veterans Readjustment Act E. Foreign Language - 2 Years 3.09 19 880 of 1974 , the University of California is an affirma- tive action/equal opportunity employer. These must be in one language. Any foreign 3.10 18 850 language with a literature is acceptable. 3.11 Inquiries regarding the University 's equal oppor- 18 830 tunity policies may be directed to the Assistant F. Advanced Course-1 or 2 Years 3.12 17 810 Chancellor -Legal Coordinator , 2135 Murphy Hall, This must be chosen from one of the following: 3.13 16 780 UCLA, or the Director of the Office for Civil Rights, Mathematics. A total of 1 year of mathematics 3.14 15 Department of Health , Education & Welfare. 760 Students may complain of any action which they beyond the 2 years offered toward the mathematics requirement. 3.15 14 740 believe discriminates against them on the ground of Foreign language. Either an additional year in the 3.16 14 710 race, color, national origin , religion , sex, or han- same language offered toward the foreign language 3.17 13 690 dicap , and may contact the Dean of Students, 2224 requirement or 2 units of another foreign language. Murphy Hall, for further information and pro- 3.18 12 670 cedures. Science. A year course in laboratory science taken 3.19 11 640 after the one year science requirement is completed. Undergraduate Admission 3.20 10 620 3.21 600 The subject requirements listed above may be satisfied only by courses completed with a grade The admission of requirements of the University of "C" or higher. 3.22 570 California are founded on two basic assumptions: first, that the best assurance of success in the 3.23 550 University is shown by high quality of scholarship Scholarship Requirements 3.24 530 in previous work; and second, that the study of cer- Eligibility for admission is based on a combination 3.25 500 tain specified subjects will provide students not of your grade point average in the A-F subject only sound preparation for the range of University requirements listed above and the scores on either 3.26 480 courses but also reasonable freedom in choosing the SAT examination given by the College Entrance 3.27 460 their field of specialization. Examination Board or the ACT test given by the American College Testing Program. In addition, 3.28 430 Fulfilling the requirements stated below, however, may not necessarily assure admission to the cam- you are required to submit scores for three achieve- 3.29 410 pus of your first choice. On some University of ment tests of the College Entrance Examination 3.30 400 California campuses, limits have had to be set for Board, which must be taken in the following areas: the enrollment of new students; thus, not everyone 1. English composition 'ACT is scored in intervals of I point from a minimum of I who meets the minimum requirements to 35 maximum. can be 2. Mathematics **SAT is scored in intervals of 10 points from a minimum of admitted. At UCLA, for example, students who are, 400 to 1600 maximum. or who would be, college seniors are discouraged 3. Social studies or a foreign language. "'""A-F" subjects are listed above, under "high school sub- from applying. ject requirements". If additional enrollment restrictions are necessary, sophomores may be restricted. Eligibility Table If prospective applicants need detailed information about these requirements, they should consult the The following Eligibility Index Table may be used Undergraduate Admissions Circular or the Under- Admission to Freshman by California high school graduates and residents to determine their eligibility for freshmen admis- graduate tion Packet available in the Undergraduate Admissions and Financial Aid Applica- Admis- Standing - Residents sion to the University. sions and Relations with Schools Office or in high An applicant for admission to freshman standing is A-F"' ACT' SAT" schools and community colleges. one who has not enrolled in any college-level GPA Composite Total The test results of all applicants will be used for institution since graduation from high school 2.78 35 1600 purposes of counseling, placement and, when (except for a summer session immediately follow- 2.79 35 1580 possible, satisfaction of the Subject A requirement, ing high school graduation). as well as determining eligibility for admission. The requirements listed below apply to California 2.80 34 1550 The verbal and mathematics scores on the residents; if you are a non-resident, please see the 2.81 34 1530 Scholastic Aptitude Test must be from the same sit- "special requirements for non-residents" discus- 2.82 33 1510 ting. sion later in this section of the Catalog. 2.83 33 1480 For arrangements to take the tests, see below. High School Subject Requirements 2.84 33 1460 2.85 32 1440 Admission by Examination Alone Courses offered in satisfaction of the following sub- An applicant who does not meet the scholarhip and ject requirements must be included on a list submit- 2.86 32 1410 ted to the Director of Admissions of the University 2.87 subject requirements 32 for admission 1390 and who has not registered in any college-level institution by the high school principal, if the school is located in California. This list must have been certified by 2.88 31 1370 (except for a summer session immediately follow- ing high school graduation) may qualify for admis- the principal and then, in turn, have been approved 2.89 31 1340 by the Director of Admissions. If the high school is sion by examination alone. For admission of non- not located in California but is regionally 2.90 30 1320 resident applicants by this method, see "special accredited, appropriate courses will be considered 2.91 30 1300 requirements for non-residents" later in this sec- acceptable. tion. 2.92 29 1270 A. History-lYear To qualify, 2.93 you must 29 achieve high 1250 scores in the examinations required of all eligible applicants. This must consist of a year course in United States 2.94 28 1230 Your total score on the Scholastic Aptitude Test history, or one-half year of United States history must be at least 1100; the scores on the three and one-half year of civics or American govern- 2.95 28 1200 Achievement Tests must total at least 1650, and ment. 2.96 27 1180 your score on each must be at least 500. ADMISSION, REGISTRATION, ENROLLMENT & STUDENT CONDUCT 69 Taking the Tests c. Completed twelve or more quarter or semester Admission by Examination Alone units of transferable college credit since high school You can obtain information about the tests or make graduation or have successfully passed the CEEB A nonresident applicant who is not thus eligible for arrangements for taking them by applying to tests required of freshman applicants. admission and who has not registered in any col- Educational Testing Service, P.O. Box 1025, lege-level institution (except to a summer session Berkeley, California 94701, or P.O. Box 592, Prin- 3. If you were not eligible for admission as a fresh- immediately following high school graduation) ceton, New Jersey 08540, or the American College man because of low scholarship or a combination of may qualify for admission by examination alone. Testing Program, 555 Capitol Mall Suite 766, Sacra- low scholarship and a lack of required subjects, you The requirements for a nonresident applicant are mento, California 95814. Scores will be regarded as maybe admitted after you have: the same as those for a resident (discussed above) official only if they are received by the Admissions a. Established an overall grade-point average of except that the scores on the three Achievements Office directly from these Testing Services. 2.4 or better in another college or university, Tests must total at least 1725. High School Proficiency Exam b. Completed, with a grade of "C" or better, appropriate college courses in high school subjects Advanced Standing The University of California will accept the Certifi- that you lacked. Up to two units (a unit is equal to a In addition to the regular admission requirements cate of Proficiency, awarded by the State Depart- year's course) of credit may be waived, and (see Admission to Advanced Standing Residents) a ment of Education upon successful completion of c. Completed 84 quarter units (56 semester non-resident applicant for admission to advanced the California High School Proficiency Examina- units) of college credit in courses accepted by the standing must have earned a grade-point average of tion, in lieu of the regular high school diploma. University for transfer. 2.8 or higher in college subjects attempted and However, all other University entrance require- acceptable for transfer credit. ments (subject pattern, grades, tests), must be met. The date of graduation on University records will Credit for Work Taken in Other If you did not have at the time of high school gra- be the date of the certificate. Entrance by CEEB Colleges and by Examination duation an average of 3.4 or higher in courses scores will remain an option for the student ineligi- satisfying the required subject pattern, you must The University grants unit credit for courses present a minimum of 84 acceptable quarter units ble on the basis of high school record. appropriate to its curriculum which have been or 56 acceptable semester units with a grade-point completed in other regionally accredited colleges average of 2.8 or higher. Admission to Advanced tions of the senior residence requirement of the Your grade-point average is determined by dividing and universities. This credit is subject to the restric- Standing - Residents University. (You can find this requirement under the total number of acceptable units you have The University defines an "advanced standing "grades and scholarship requirements" in the attempted earned on those units. You may repeat courses that into the number of grade points you applicant" as a high school graduate who has been "academics: undergraduate education" section of you completed with a grade lower than "C" up to a a registered student in another college or university this book.) or in college-level extension classes other than a maximum of 16 quarter units without penalty. As an integral part of the system of public educa- summer session immediately following high school tion in California, the University accepts, usually at The scholarship standard is expressed by a system graduation. An advanced standing applicant may full unit value, approved transfer courses com- of grade points and grade-point averages earned in not disregard the college record and apply for pleted with satisfactory grades in the public junior courses accepted by the University for advanced admission as a freshman. colleges of the State. Such transfer courses are standing credit. Grade points are assigned as limited, however, to a maximum of 70 semester follows: for each unit of A, 4 points; B, 3 points; C, 2 Requirements units or 105 quarter units . Individual colleges and points, 0, 1 point; and F, no points. As you will see below, the requirements for admis- schools should be consulted concerning additional sion in advanced standing vary according to your credit limitations. Applicants from Other high school record. If you are a nonresident appli- Extension courses taken at an institution other than cant, you must also meet the additional require- the University may not necessarily be acceptable. Countries ments described under "special requirements for The decision regarding their acceptability rests The credentials of an applicant for admission from non-residents" later in this section. If you have with the Office of Undergraduate Admissions. another country are evaluated in accordance with completed less than twelve quarter or semester In addition, credit may be allowed for having com- the general regulations governing admissions. An units of transferable college credit since high school pleted with high scores, certain tests of the College application, official certificates, and detailed graduation , you must also satisfy the examination Board. These include Advanced Placement transcripts of record should be submitted to the Of- requirement for freshman applicants. Examinations . You should be sure to contact the fice of Undergraduate Admissions early in the The transcript you submit from the last college you Admissions Office before taking any examinations appropriate Admission" filing period (see the "Application section which follows). Doing so will for attended must show, as a minimum , that you were to determine whether they are acceptable. allow time for exchange of necessary correspon- in good standing and that you had earned a grade- dence and, if the applicant is admitted, will help in point average of 2.0 or better. If your grade-point Special Requirements for obtaining the necessary passport visa. average fell below 2.0 at any one college you attended , you may have to meet additional require- lion-Residents ments in order to qualify for admission. The regulations discussed below are designed to Proficiency in English admit out -of-state applicants whose standing, as As an applicant from another country Your grade-point average is determined by dividing the whose mother tongue is not English you may be admitted total number of acceptable units you have attempted into the measured by scholastic records, is in the upper half number of grade points you earned on those units. You may of those who would be eligible under the rules for only after demonstrating a command of English repeat courses that you completed with a grade tower than California residents. sufficient to permit you to profit by instruction "C" up to a maximum of 16 quarter units without penalty. in the University. Your knowledge of English will be The scholarship standard is expressed by a system You can find a full definition of residence and non- tested by an examination upon your arrival at the of grade points and grade-point averages earned in residence in the "money" section of this Catalog. University. Admission of an applicant who fails to courses accepted by the University for advanced pass this examination will be deferred until profi- standing credit. Grade points are assigned as Freshman Standing ciency in the use of English has been acquired. The follows: for each unit of A, 4 points; B, 3 points; C, 2 (See also Requirements for Admission to Freshman student held for the English as a Second Language points; D, 1 point; I and F, no points. Standing for residents, discussed earlier in this sec- requirement who fails to take the test on the date As an advanced standing applicant you must also tion.) specified will not be permitted to register for the meet one of the following conditions: Graduation from High School The acceptability of quarter for which admission is approved. If you are an applicant from a non-English speaking country 1. If you were eligible for admission to the Univer- records from high schools outside California will be you are urged to take the Test of English as a sity as a freshman, you may be admitted in determined by the Office of Undergraduate Admis- Foreign Language as a preliminary means of testing advanced standing at any time after you have estab- sions. your ability. Arrangements to take the test may be lished an overall grade-point average of 2.0 or bet- Subject Requirements The same subject pattern as made by writing directly to TOEFL, Educational ter in another college or university. for California residents is required. Testing Service, P.O. Box 899, Princeton, New 2. If you were not eligible for admission as a fresh- Scholarship Requirements You must have main- Jersey 08540, U.S.A. Results of the test should be man only because you had not studied one or more tained a grade-point average of 3.4 or higher in the forwarded to the University. of the required high school subjects, you may be required high school subjects (grade points are admitted after you have: assigned as follows: for each unit of "A", 4 points; Language Credit a. Established an overall grade-point average of "B", 3 points; "C", 2 points; "D", 1 point; As a student from a country where the mother 2.0 or better in another college or university, incomplete and failure, no points). tongue is not English you will be given college b. Completed, with a grade of "C" or better, Examination Requirement A nonresident appli- credit in your own language and its literature only appropriate college courses in the high school sub- cant must take the same SAT or ACT tests as those for courses satisfactorily completed. Such credit jects that you lacked, and required of a resident applicant. will be allowed only for courses taken in your country at college level institutions, or for advanced 70 / ADMISSION, REGISTRATION, ENROLLMENT & STUDENT CONDUCT level upper division or graduate courses taken in Applicants who are offered admission with work in this University or in another English-speaking Applying for Graduate progress are reminded that admission is contingent institution of approved standing. Admission upon receipt of evidence of satisfactory completion You may obtain Health Insurance the combined Application for Gra- duate Admission, Fellowship, and Financial Aid of this work, and a statement of award of degrees. As a condition of registration, entering foreign stu- form in person or by mail from Graduate Admis- Graduate Record Examination dents, except those in the United States on perma- sions, Graduate Division, 1247 Murphy Hall, As an additional means of evaluating the qualifica- nent immigration visas , must acquire at the Student University of California, Los Angeles, California tions of applicants, a number of departments and Health Service: health insurance, tuberculin test, 90024, or from the department in which you wish schools include the nationally standardized Gradu- and/or chest X-ray. to study. The UCLA Information for Graduate Appli- ate Record Examination among criteria for judg- cants pamphlet is enclosed with the application ment. Engineering the individual departmental form. The pamphlet requirements lists the major and Even though fields offered, an application may be considered A freshman applicant seeking a bachelor's degree other pertinent information. complete in the Graduate Admissions Office, in engineering , whose entire secondary schooling Application for admission to graduate status is departments requiring the GRE will not make a was outside the United States, must pass, with recommendation prior to receipt of the score re- limited to the Fall, Winter, satisfactory scores, the College Entrance Examina- and Spring Quarters of ports. The departmental requirements are listed in the regular academic year. For admission limited tion Board Scholastic by the UCLA Information Aptitude Test (verbal for Graduate and Applicants mathematics sections) and Achievement Examina- departments to a particular quarter, please consult pamphlet. tions in English composition, physics and advanced the information pamphlet. Enrollment in courses in the Summer Sessions mathematics does not constitute , before a letter admission of Applications for the information concerning the admission to to graduate status. Graduate Record Examination (GRE) may be engineering can be issued. Arrangements to take obtained from offices of the Educational Testing the tests in another country should be made Applications and supporting papers should be sub- Service, either at Box 995, Princeton, New Jersey directly with the Educational Testing Service, P.O. mitted to Graduate Admissions, Graduate Division, 08540, or at 1947 Center Street, Berkeley, California Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 08540, U.S.A. You on or before the following dates: 94704. Applicants should write to the address should request that your scores for the tests be for- February 15 for the Fall Quarter which is closest to their home. GRE scores should warded to the University. October 1st for the Winter Quarter be directed to the department as the Graduate December 30 for the Spring Quarter Admissions Office has no provision for forwarding Applying for Undergraduate Earlier application deadlines are required for cer- these scores. A mission tain departments, and these are stated in the infor- U.S. students who will be seniors in 1979-80, who mation pamphlet. are receiving financial aid at an undergraduate An application form may be obtained at the Office institution, and whose estimated parental contribu- of Undergraduate Admissions, 1147 Murphy Hall, tion is calculated at zero are eligible to apply for University of California, Los Angeles 90024, in per- Application Materials GRE Fee Waivers. For additional information on son or by mail. The following materials should accompany the the GRE Fee Waiver, write to the Associate The opening dates for filing applications Program for the application: Director, Educational Testing Service, Princeton, year 1979- 1980 are as follows: Fall Quarter 1979, 1. Application fee of $20 (nonrefundable), by check New Jersey 08540. November 1, 1978; Winter Quarter 1980, July 1, or money order payable to the Regents of the 1979-80 GRE Test Dates 1979; Spring Quarter 1980, October 1, 1979. University of California, drawn on a United States Applications for the Fall 1980 quarter should be bank. October 20, 1979 filed during the month of November 1979. December 8, 1979 2. Official transcripts of record, in duplicate, from January 12, 1980 A fee of $20 must accompany each application. each college or university at which the applicant has April 26, 1980 You are responsible for requesting the graduating completed work. (Transcripts should accompany or immediately follow the application and are non- June 14, 1980 high school (and each college attended if you apply returnable.) One set of transcripts will become a APTITUDE ONLY: in advanced standing ) to send official transcripts of February 23,1980 your record directly to the Office of Undergraduate part of the permanent UCLA file, and the other set will be sent to the major department to assist in the It is strongly urged that all nationally administered Admissions. tests be taken by February but not later than April. evaluation of your past record and for advisory If admitted, you must return a Statement of Inten- purposes regarding graduate studies at UCLA. If tion to Register, a Statement of Legal Residence, you have graduated from UCLA or from another Letters of Recommendation together with a nonrefundable fee of $50 which will University of California campus and have there Though letters of recommendation are not a Gradu- be applied to the University Registration Fee, if you completed the last two years of study for the ate Division requirement, most graduate profes- register in the quarter for which you applied. bachelor's degree and any postbaccalaureate work, sional schools, departments and interdepartmental Registration materials will be prepared only after transcripts are requested from only that campus. you submit these forms. programs require applicants to submit three letters For detailed information see UCLA Information for of recommendation attesting to the ability of the Graduate Applicantssent with the application form. applicant to succeed in graduate study. The letters Subject A English Composition are typically used to augment, validate or explain Every undergraduate entrant must demonstrate an Financial Aid the information provided in the formal application, acceptable ability in English composition. There are If you are requesting a fellowship or other financial Statement of Purpose, and/or essay. For some appli- several ways in which this requirement may be met assistance, you should check the proper entry on cants, the information provided in these letters will before the first quarter in residence (see Subject A: the Application for Graduate Admission, Fellowship, mean the difference between acceptance and rejec- English Composition in the "academics under- and Financial Aid. Foreign students holding F-1 or tion. If letters of recommendation are required graduate education " section of this Catalog). But other temporary visas are not eligible during their (Consult UCLA Information for Graduate Applicants students who have not already fulfilled the require- first year of study. Financial aid is fully discussed in pamphlet), you may obtain the booklet Graduate ment must, during their first quarter , enroll in the "money" section of this Catalog. School: A Student Guide to Obtaining Letters of Recom- either English A or English 1. Assignment to one of mendation, from Student Services and Development Subject A Placement Test. these courses is determined by performance on the Application Review and Notice of Division, 1172 Placement and Career Planning Center. Admission Graduate Admission determine whether or not they meet University Graduate Admissions screens all applications to Foreign Applicants An applicant for admission to the Graduate Divi- minimum requirements for graduate status. The requirements and application dates are the sion is expected to hold a bachelor's degree from a Ordinarily, only the applications of those students same for foreign applicants and U.S. applicants (see regionally accredited institution, comparable in who have fulfilled at least the minimum require- standard and content above). Because the evaluation of foreign creden- to a bachelor's degree from ments are then referred to the department. There tials may take considerable time, however, if you the University of California. Graduates from they are subjected to a more specific and intensive are an applicant with credentials from institutions institutions which have only candidacy status with review. Although, at this stage, departments may in other countries, you are advised to submit the regional associations will be considered only on choose to make contact with applicants, Graduate applications at least four to six months before the an individual basis. In addition, you are expected, Admissions alone is empowered to make the formal quarter in which you wish to be considered for at minimum, to have achieved a "B" average, or its admission. offer of admission, taking the departmental recom- equivalent if the letter grade system is not used, for mendation into full consideration. Foreign applicants should submit official the last two years of undergraduate and in any Graduate Admissions sends instructions on transcripts of record, in duplicate, for all college and post-baccalaureate study. required registration procedures to admitted appli- university work. College and university transcripts must show subjects studied, examination grades cants with the formal notification of admission. achieved, and award of degrees. If photocopies are ADMISSION, REGISTRATION, ENROLLMENT & STUDENT CONDUCT / 71 submitted rather than original documents, they If you are seeking admission more than two years All applicants for a second academic graduate degree at must bear the seal of the issuing institution and the after your original application, you must file a new the same level as, or at a level lower than, the graduate actual (not photographed) signature of the college application rather than a Renewal of Application degree they already hold, will be required to show or university registrar. Specific instructions are forms since records are not retained for more than compelling cause and to file the "Petition to Work given in the information pamphlet for admission two years. for a Second Graduate Degree" for departmental requirements and required credentials. The review and recommendation, and action by the pamphlet, UCLA Information for Graduate Applicants, Readmission Dean of the Graduate Division. All applications for is sent to you when you apply for graduate admis- a second academic doctoral degree, following sion. If you have been registered at any time in graduate departmental review, will be referred to the Admis- status at UCLA and wish to return after an absence, If you are a foreign applicant you are advised not to you must file a Graduate Application for Readmis- sions Committee of the Graduate Council for come to UCLA until you receive formal notice of sion. Forms for this purpose may be obtained by recommendation to the Dean of the Graduate Divi- admission to the Graduate Division. You will be mail or in person from Graduate Admissions, or sion. Applicants for a professional graduate degree notified by airmail as soon as a decision has been from the respective department, and are submitted (M.Arch., M.A.T., M.B.A., M.Ed., M.Engr., Engr., reached, and, if requested on the application, the I- to Graduate Admissions, Graduate Division, 1247 M.F.A., M.L.S., M.N., M.P.H., D.Env., Ed.D., 20 form necessary to secure the student visa is Murphy Hall, UCLA, Los Angeles, California M.S.W., Dr. P.H., D.S.W.) are not required to com- enclosed with the notification of admission. Foreign 90024. Filing dates are the same as those for original plete the petition. applicants who have been accepted are encouraged applications for admission to graduate status. Since If admitted, such applicants will be held to all the to report to Graduate Admissions as well as to the some schools and departments permit readmission usual degree requirements and University regula- Office of International Students and Scholars as only in specified quarters or may stipulate earlier tions pertaining to fees, registration, examinations soon as possible after they arrive at UCLA in order deadlines, you should consult your chosen depart- and advancement to candidacy. These are discussed to receive assistance in completing admission and ment for additional information. in other sections of this catalog. registration procedures. Applications for readmission should be accom- English Examination for Foreign panied by More Information Students 1. Application fee of $20 (nonrefundable), by check You can get more information about Graduate or money order payable to The Regents of the Since English is the language of instruction Admission to UCLA from the Announcement at of the Graduate Division available in the Office of Gradu- UCLA and success in graduate study depends University of California. largely on facility in its use, foreign students whose ate Admissions, Graduate Division, 1247 Murphy 2. Official transcripts of record, in duplicate, for all Hall, UCLA, Los Angeles, California 90024. Addi- first language is not English are required to take a college and university work (including University tionally, all graduate schools also publish their own proficiency examination before the term in which Extension courses) completed since last registration announcements; you are advised to get a copy for they are to register. The achievement in this at UCLA. specific details on your prospective field of study. examination determines whether they will be Formal application for readmission is not required required to include English courses in their pro- if you are returning from an official leave of gram or will be permitted to carry a full or a moder- absence. Leaving UCLA ate graduate program. If you should be required to Undergraduate students currently registered on take English courses, you should anticipate spend- any campus of the University in a regular session ing a longer period of time at the University than Admission to Concurrent Degree (or those previously registered who have not since normally would be required to complete a degree Programs registered at any other school) may apply for program. Admission of an applicant who fails to In addition to those programs offered in an transfer to another campus by filing an Intercam- pass this examination will be deferred until the individual discipline, it is possible to complete pus Transfer Application on their present campus. applicant has acquired the necessary proficiency in studies leading toward two degrees through con- This application must be obtained and filed at the the use of English. current degree programs. Concurrent degree pro- Office of the Registrar, Information Window A, Foreign students are encouraged to take the Test of grams have the advantage of allowing you to Murphy Hall. There is a $20 nonrefundable fee. The English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), if possible, acquire the two degrees in less time than normally deadlines are the same as the admission applica- in order to become aware of their level of profi- required if the courses of instruction are taken in tions deadlines given under the Admissions to the ciency in English before undertaking the expense of sequence. The aim of these programs is to provide University section. Transcripts required for the traveling to the United States. However, the TOEFL, an integrated curriculum of greater breadth bet- processing of the application for transfer are pro- or any other test of English proficiency, may not be ween the two disciplines. Programs leading to con- vided without additional charge. For details regard- substituted for the required examination in English current degrees have been approved in the follow- ing particular campus admission provisions, visit which must be taken at UCLA on arrival. ing disciplines: the Intercampus Transfer Clerk at the Registrar's Economics, M.A.-Law, Even though J.D. the TOEFL examination Information is not a Window A, in Murphy Hall. general University requirement, some departments Latin American Studies, Interdepartmental request it and will not make a recommendation M.A.-Management, M.B.A. Cancellation unless the test result is submitted. (See UCLA Infor- Law, J.D.-Architecture and Urban Planning, Prior to the first day of classes, you may cancel mation for Graduate Applicants.) M.A. registration by submitting a written notice, together Management, M.B.A.-Law, The TOEFL J.D. is administered in more than ninety with the current Registration Card and Student testing centers throughout the world by the Educa- Management, M.B.A.-Public Health, M.P.H. Identification Card to the Registrar's Office, 1134 tional Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey 08540, In addition to the application form to the graduate Murphy Hall. U.S.A. Write to them for more information about program, you should also file an application to the the TOEFL examination. School of Law when applying to work for the J.D. Withdrawal degree. Inquiries should be directed to the depart- A student withdrawing from the University within Renewal of Application ments or schools involved. the course of a quarter must file with the Registrar's The offer of admission is valid for a specific quarter Office an acceptable Notice of Withdrawal. Failure only. Applicants who failed to register in the Admission to the Schools of to do so will result in nonpassing grades in all quarter for which they were accepted in graduate Dentistry , Law, and Medicine courses, thus jeopardizing your eligibility to re- status but who wish to reactivate their applications If you wish to apply for programs leading to the enter the University of California or your admis- for a later quarter should file a Renewal of Applica- M.A., M.S., and Ph.D. degrees in departments of the sion by transfer to another institution . Forms con- tion Form. You can get a Renewal of Application School of Medicine or the School of Dentistry, you taining complete instructions are issued at the of- Form from Graduate Admissions, Graduate Divi- fice of the Dean of the student's College, School or should apply for admission sion, 1247 Murphy to the Graduate Hall, UCLA, 405 Hilgard Divi- Avenue, Los Angeles, California, Graduate Division. The completed form must be 90024; or by writ- sion in accordance with procedures described above. For admission to the Schools of Dentistry, filed at the Registrar's Office Information ing to the academic departments. You should sub- Window Law, or Medicine, you should refer to these schools A, Murphy Hall, after necessary clearances are mit the form to Graduate Admissions after it is for their published Announcements and for infor- obtained. Your current Registration Card and completed. Filing dates are the same as those for mation and application procedures. UCLA Student Identification Card must be turned original applications. The Renewal of Application in with the completed Notice of Withdrawal. should be accompanied by official transcripts, (!in Failure to attend classes, neglect of courses or duplicate , of any college or university work Duplication of Degrees stopping payment on checks tendered for registra- (Including University Extension courses) com- The University of California, in general, dis- tion do not constitute notice of withdrawal. pleted since the former application . Acceptance courages the duplication of advanced degrees. At If you cancel registration prior to the first day of for admission at any earlier date does not the same time, it recognizes that a professional classes or withdraw within the course of a quarter guarantee approval of the Renewal of Application. degree does not duplicate an academic one, and that Only one Renewal of Application will be accepted the holders of an adademic or professional degree you must file an Application for Readmission for the quarter in which you propose to return to the without the $20 (nonrefundable ) application fee. may have the pressing need to earn another degree University provided a quarter-three months, The application fee is due with each Renewal of in an area quite different from that of their first including the period between the Spring and Fall Application filed after the first one. endeavors. 72 / ADMISSION, REGISTRATION, ENROLLMENT & STUDENT CONDUCT attendance. This application quarters-has is necessary in order intervened since the last date Undergraduate of the enrollment processing who requested enrollment will receive the results of (see Enrollment in that the Registrar may be prepared to register you. Undergraduate students may obtain application Classes) while students who paid their quarterly The deadlines for filing applications for readmis- forms from the Office of the Registrar, Window A, fees will receive the valid Registration Card (proof sion will be found in the academic calendar in this Murphy Hall. The completed application along of student status for University services). These catalog and in the quarterly Schedule of Classes. with a $20 application fee (nonrefundable) and separate mailings are made approximately ten days transcripts of records from other institutions, prior to the beginning of the quarter. Leaves of Absence for Foreign Students . Leaves of including University Extension, attended during absence for foreign students who hold J-1 or F-1 their absence must be filed with the Registrar on or visas are allowed only under the following condi- before August 1 for the Fall Quarter; November 15 In Person tions: if they will be out of the United States during for the Winter Quarter; February 15 for the Spring the term of their leave of absence; or if they have At the beginning of the quarter, in-person process- Quarter. just received the master's degree and have been ing of fee payment and enrollment in classes is accepted to pursue the doctorate, but wish to gain available for all students not processed by mail. practical training in their field before resuming Graduate Dates and location of registration their doctoral studies. All non-immigrant in person pro- foreign If you have been registered at any time in graduate cessing are announced in the Schedule of Classes, the students, including those who have permanent status at UCLA and wish to return after an absence "Registration Circular," the Daily Bruin, and on of- residence, must have their applications for leave of you should file a Graduate Application for Read- ficial campus bulletin boards. Students eligible to absence approved by the Office of International mission. Forms for this purpose may be obtained register by mail are not issued specific times for Students and Scholars. by mail or in person from Graduate Admissions, registration in person, but are advised to observe 1247 Murphy Hall, and are submitted to that office. the registration time recommended in the Commencement Filing dates are the same as those for original Registrar's publications. gested time schedule for reporting to register, you By observing this sug- applications for admission to graduate status. Since Commencement exercises honoring candidates for some schools and departments permit readmission can complete the registration procedure with a undergraduate and graduate degrees are held in only in specified quarters or may stipulate earlier minimal delay. New and re-entering students pro- mid-June-either one or two days following the application deadlines, you should consult your cessed for registration in person will be issued an end of final examinations. During the early part of chosen departments for additional information. Appointment to Register in Person by the admitting Commencement Day, individual departments, (or re-admitting) officer upon receipt of their State- schools, and colleges hold small, informal gather- Applications for readmission should be accom- ment of Intention to Register and accompanying ings at which prizes and honors are awarded and panied by: forms. The Appointment is your notice of the date, students and their families meet faculty members. 1. Application fee of $20 (nonrefundable), with a time , and location that the Registrar will be pre- In mid-afternoon, all students, faculty, parents, and check or money order made payable to the Regents pared to issue individualized materials for your friends gather in Drake Track and Field Stadium for of the University of California. registration process. formal exercises and the conferring of degrees. This 2. Official transcripts of record, in duplicate, for all While you may use a combination of both processes academic pageant is a colorful affair-planned by college and university work (including University (by mail/in person) to pay fees and enroll in classes, the Committee on Public Ceremonies-featuring Extension courses) completed since last registration the University requires that the full amount of fees music, degree banners, student speakers, and the at UCLA. be paid by the Friday before instruction begins. If wearing of gold fourrageres by undergraduate can- fees are not paid by that date, all course enrollment didates who have achieved high academic distinc- Formal application for readmission is not required is dropped. tion (upper 15 percent of the seniors graduating of a student returning from an official leave of each quarter). absence. Any student allowed to register on or after the first day of instruction is subject to a late fee and may re- Diplomas are not distributed at Commencement. quest classes only after payment of fees is com- During the period between final checking of Registration pleted. Late registration with payment of a late fee degrees and the distribution of diplomas, a Certifi- Registration is the payment of fees, enrollment in is accepted during the first ten days of classes; cate of Completion is sent to every student entitled classes, and the filing of various informational enrollment in classes, however, may be difficult. No to receive a diploma. Recipients are notified when forms. Your name is not entered on official rolls of student may register after the tenth day of classes their diplomas are available at the Registrar's Of- the University unless the registration process is without prior written approval of the academic fice, Information Window "A," Murphy Hall. completed as published by the Registrar in the There is no diploma fee. Upon request, diplomas dean and payment of all regular and late fees. "Registration Circular" and the Schedule of Classes. are sent to the student by certified mail, with a Failure to complete and file all forms by established mailing charge of $3.00 ($6.00 abroad). deadlines may delay or even prevent you from Continuous Registration receiving credit for work undertaken. Unless granted a formal leave of absence, graduate Transcript of Record students are expected to register every quarter, Registration is divided into two equal, but separate including the quarter in which their degree or cer- Upon formal application to the Registrar, you may processes. Registration materials (the "registration tificate is to be awarded. If you have completed all have issued on your behalf transcripts of your packet") are issued by the Registrar and include requirements for the degree except the filing of the record of work taken at UCLA in either regular or cards for payment of the quarterly fees and a study thesis or dissertation Summer Sessions. A fee" of $2 is charged for the and/or the formal final list card for requesting enrollment in classes. When examination (master's comprehensive examination first copy (and $1 for each additional copy ordered both processes are completed, you are considered a or doctoral final oral examination) you may pay the at the same time) of each transcript, undergraduate, duly registered and enrolled student for the filing fee of $62 instead of registering. graduate, or Summer Session. Transcripts required quarter. for the intercampus transfer of undergraduate stu- To be eligible to take final examinations, file theses dents within the University Registration by Mail are provided without mer, you must pay the filing fee unless you are or dissertations, or receive degrees during the sum- charge. In advance of the quarter, the registration processes registered in a Summer Session. "Fees are subject to change without notice. may be completed entirely through eligible students are encouraged to register by mail. the mail. All The Filing Fee is discussed fully in the "money" Currently registered students may obtain their section of this Catalog. Readmission "registration packet" for registration by mail at the time (approximately the fifth week of the preceding Graduate Student Leave of If you wish to return to the University after an quarter) and place announced in the campus Absence absence of more than one calendar quarter (three newspaper, the Daily Bruin, and on official campus On recommendation of your department, a leave of months) you must file an Application for Readmis- bulletin boards. New and re-entering students absence may be granted by the Graduate Division to sion. During the academic year 1979-80 applica- eligible to register by mail (see calendar) will receive the "registration packet" in the mail from continuing graduate students in good standing who tions for readmission are required as follows: have completed at least one quarter in graduate the Registrar approximately six weeks before the status at UCLA. "Request for a Leave of Absence" For Fall Quarter, 1979. All students returning in the quarter begins. Complete instructions and same status (graduate or undergraduate) who did envelopes for return of the cards are included with forms are available not complete the Spring Quarter, 1979. at the Student and Academic Affairs Section of the Graduate Division, 1225 Mur- the registration materials. Each student is responsi- phy Hall. If registration fees have been paid for the For Winter Quarter, 1980. All students returning in ble for purchasing the quarterly Schedule of Classes, quarter in which the leave is to begin, a percentage the same status (graduate or undergraduate) who available in the Students' Store on campus. of the fees paid is refunded according to the calen- were not registered in the Fall Quarter, 1979. The Registrar and the Main Cashier process enroll- dar date on which the approved leave request is For Spring Quarter, 1980. All students returning in ment and fee payment separately-date of payment submitted to the Graduate Division. All leaves must the same status, (graduate or undergraduate) who does not affect enrollment provided such date is be requested before the deadline published for each neither completed the Fall Quarter, 1979, nor were "on time" as published in the Schedule of Classes At quarter. Deadlines are published in the academic registered for the Winter Quarter, 1980. the completion of the by mail process, materials are calendar the the beginning of this catalog and in the returned to all students who participated. Students quarterly Schedule of Classes. ADMISSION, REGISTRATION, ENROLLMENT & STUDENT CONDUCT / 73 A leave is normally granted for a period of up to one year. Leaves may be extended for a total of five date to register by mail (see calendar) will receive registration materials from the Registrar approx- Study List Limits Graduate years at the request of the student and on the imately six weeks prior to the beginning of their Students recommendation of the department involved. Stu- first quarter. You can find a discussion of study list limits for gra- dents wishing to return to their graduate studies Results of enrollment by mail are printed on a Ten- duate students in the "academics: graduate educa- after a period of five years must apply for readmis- tative Study List mailed by the Registrar approx- tion" section of this Catalog. sion to the Graduate Division. If you can demonstr- imately ten days prior to the beginning of the ate that the process of applying for annual renewals quarter. Concurrent Enrollment of the leave would be exceedingly difficult, the Gra- duate Division, upon the recommendation of your For the convenience of undergraduates who wish to Concurrent enrollment in resident courses and in department, may grant a leave of absence for a enroll in person at computer terminals, an appoint- courses in University Extension or another institu- period of more than one year, but not for a period of ment to enroll is printed on the tentative study list. tion is permitted only when your entire program more than five years. This appointment should be kept only if you want has received the approval of the proper dean or to make changes in enrollment. Students who did study-list officer and Chairs of doctoral committees will be asked by the has been filed with the not participate in the by mail process and those Registrar before the work is undertaken. Graduate Division to verify that students applying eligible for in person processing will receive an for leaves or extensions of leaves will not be using enrollment appointment time as a part of the University facilities or faculty time while on leave. registration (fee payment) process. Special Studies 199 Courses If you are granted a leave for any period of time you Senate regulations limit the undergraduate student All graduate students enroll by filing the Study List to two course (8 units) of credit per quarter in may not keep an appointment to any apprentice Card by the third day of instruction with their teaching or research title, may not make use of special studies (199 courses). The total number of University facilities, and may not place demands major department or school after it has been units allowed in such courses for a letter grade is approved by their adviser. 16. A separate petition is required for each enroll- upon the faculty during your leave. Furthermore, the granting of a leave of absence does not automatically relieve you from meeting the require- ment in a special studies 199 course. Study List ments for the degree as they exist when you return Your Official Study List is the list of courses in Credit by Examination to campus. which you are officially enrolled at the end of the A student who has completed a minimum of 12 Application for a leave of absence to accept Univer- second week of classes, at which time a copy is units of work at this University and is in good sity employment must be accompanied by a letter mailed to you. You are responsible for every course standing may petition to receive credit by examina- listed, and can receive from the department no credit for courses chairperson or other employ- not entered on it. Unapproved withdrawal from or neg- tion in a course regularly offered by the University. ing officer elaborating the reasons for which the lect of a course entered on the study list will result You must satisfy conditions stated on the petition leave is requested. In supporting such a request, the in a failing grade. and make arrangements in advance both with the employing unit is obligated to demonstrate that instructor who will give the examination and with such employment is essential to its program that Changes in the Official Study List require approval the Dean of your College or School, from whom the the departmental need results from an unforeseen of the Dean of your College, School or Graduate required petition form may be secured . There is a circumstance, and the employment is for a specified Division. Forms for this purpose may be obtained at $5.00 fee for each petition. and limited period of time. the office of your dean or department. The The results of such examinations are entered upon If you are granted a leave of absence you must approved petition must be filed with the Registrar. your record in the same manner as regular courses notify the Registrar of your intention to return to There is a fee for such changes. See the academic and corresponding grade points are assigned. the campus and file all required forms no less than calendar at the beginning of this catalog for the last six weeks prior to the registration period for the quarter in which you plan to resume your studies. day to add or drop courses or change grading basis. About Student Conduct A request for extension of a leave of absence should Study List Limits Undergraduates Most of this Catalog is devoted to the academic The minimal program for an undergraduate stu- regulations which govern membership be addressed in the in writing to the Student and UCLA Community. But, in addition to these, your Academic Affairs Section, Graduate Division, dent to be considered full-time is three courses (12 conduct as a student is also subject to standards of which will send you an extension of leave of units). behavior consistent with the role of UCLA as an absence request form. The normal program for an undergraduate student institution dedicated to the pursuit of knowledge. is four courses. A student on scholastic probation, Enrollment except in the School of Engineering and Applied Science, is limited to a program of three courses Just as you are subject to the provisions California Criminal Code regardless of whether or of the A student 's name is entered on official rolls of the each quarter. not you are aware of each statute it contains, so, too, University only after the registration process is For students in good academic standing, under- are you responsible for the provisions published in completed as published in the Schedule of Classes. graduate study lists may be presented as follows: the University of California Policies Applying to Cam- This quarterly publication is available in June for pus Activities, Organizations, and Students (Parts A the Fall Quarter , in November for Winter Quarter School of Engineering and Applied Science: within and B) and UCLA Activity Guidelines - and to the and in February for Spring Quarter at the Students' the limits prescribed in each individual case by the standards of conduct spelled out in these booklets. Store, Ackerman Union . It is available by mail; Dean or his representative. You can get a copy of each of these by contacting the write to attn: Mail Out, ASUCLA Students' Store, College of Fine Arts: three or four courses per Dean of Students, 2224 Murphy Hall, or the Cam- 308 Westwood Plaza , Los Angeles , California quarter without special permission. After your first pus Programs and Activities Office, 161 Kerckhoff 90024; include $1 in check or money order, payable quarter, you may petition to carry a program of not Hall. to ASUCLA. more than five courses if in the preceding term you The Dean of Students Office plays a central role in The Schedule lists courses , final examination groups, attained at least a " B" average in a program of at the interpreting, administering and applying the names of instructors, class times and meeting loca- least three courses included in the grade-point standards of citizenship which you are expected to tions, a detailed calendar of deadlines , enrollment average. follow at UCLA. restrictions , and full instructions for registration College of Letters and Science: three courses for (payment of fees and enrollment the UCLA in classes). From Since UCLA is large and diversified, students in the first quarter of the freshman year. Daily Bruin is another source of general informa- the Schedule and with the aid of academic counsel- All other student who have a "C" average or better ing, you can assemble a program of courses. Two or tion. "Official Notices" run twice a week (Monday and are not on probation may carry four courses and Thursday), three alternate programs should be planned in case and you are held responsible for without petition. After the first quarter, you may the information in them. your first choice of courses is not available. You petition to enroll in as many as five courses if in the may not choose two courses in the same examina- preceding term you attained at least a "B" average tion group and should not choose classes which in a program of at least three courses included in Graduate Student Complaints conflict in the class meeting times. If conflicts are the grade-point average. First-quarter transfer stu- Because of the separation of functions within the unavoidable , you should consult with the instruc- dents from any other campus of the University may University, it is sometimes unclear to students tor of each course at the first meeting of the class. carry excess study lists on the same basis as stu- where they should direct their complaints. The Enrollment requests are processed by the dents who have completed one or more terms on following information may be helpful in advising Registrar's Office from the completed Study List the Los Angeles campus. students who wish to do so. Graduate students with Card contained in the "registration packet" issued School of Nursing: three courses. You must petition complaints of a scholastic or professional character to each prospective student. to enroll in more courses. involving faculty, should take them up with the All continuing students (who are eligible to register faculty member concerned or, if that is not feasible, Any course, such as Mathematics M or Music 4, with the chairperson in the same status without filing applications for of the department. If the which does not give full credit toward a degree, chairperson or the department as a whole is readmission ) have the opportunity and are nevertheless displaces one course from your pro- involved, the matter should be taken to the encouraged to request their classes by mail. gram. These courses are identified in the Schedule of appropriate divisional dean; the Dean of the Gra- New and re-entering students who have completed Classes. All military science, and all repeated duate Division, 1237 Murphy Hall, or to the the admission /readmission process by the eligibility courses are to be counted in study list limits. appropriate dean in the School concerned. 74 / COURSES wishing to lodge a complaint of misconduct against Need to Know More? A graduate student Undergraduate Courses or a group of graduate students another student or group of students, should go to You will find a full discussion of academic regula- Undergraduate courses are classified as lower divi- the Office of the Dean of Students, 2224 Murphy tions as they relate to your specific program in the sion and upper division. Lower division courses Hall. sections of this catalog concerned with graduate (numbered 1-99) are open to freshmen and and undergraduate education. Graduate students who wish to make complaints sophomores, and are also open to upper division students but without upper division credit. Upper concerning alleged violation of the policies and division courses (numbered 100-199) are ordinarily regulations governing graduate study, should see open to students who have completed at least one the Associate Dean, Student and Academic Affairs lower division course in the given subject, or two Section, Graduate Division, 1225 Murphy Hall. years of college work. Courses in the 100 series may be offered in partial satisfaction of the requirements Disclosure of Student for the master's degree by a student registered in Records graduate status if taken with the approval of the major department. Pursuant to the Federal Family Educational Rights Courses number 198 are structured special studies and Privacy Act of 1974 and the University of courses for groups. They are not listed in the UCLA have the right: 1) to inspect and review Courses California Policies Applying to the Disclosure of catalog because they vary in content and are offered Information from Student Records, students at irregularly. records pertaining to themselves in their capacity as students, except as the right may be waived or The following symbols are used in the departmen- qualified under the Federal Act and the University tal faculty rosters and course listings. Graduate Courses Policies; 2) to have withheld from disclosure, Graduate courses (numbered 200-299) are absent their prior-consent for release, personally Faculty Roster Symbols ordinarily open to students admitted in graduate identifiable information from their student records, In Residence summer only. status. As a condition for enrollment in a graduate except as provided by the Federal Act and the course you must submit to the instructor in charge 2In Residence fall only. University of the course evidence of satisfactory Policies; 3) to inspect records main- preparation tained by the University of disclosures of per- 31n Residence winter only. for the work proposed. sonally identifiable information from their student 4In Residence spring only. (400-499) - All graduate courses especially records; 4) to seek correction of their student designed for programs leading to graduate degrees records through a request to amend the records and 5On leave summer. other then the M.A. and M.S. and Ph.D. These may subsequently through a hearing; 5) to file comp- 60n leave fall. not be used to satisfy the minimum graduate course laints with the Department of Health, Education, 70n leave winter. requirements for M.A. and M.S. degrees. and Welfare regarding alleged violations of the Individual study or research graduate courses rights accorded them by the Federal Act. 8On leave spring. (numbered 500-599) may be used to satisfy mini- The University may publish, without the student's 9On leave summer and fall. mum higher degree requirements within the limita- prior consent, items in the category of "public 100n leave fall and winter. tions prescribed by the major department and information ", which are name, address, telephone approved by the Graduate Council. number, date and place of birth, major field of 110n leave fall and spring. study, dates of attendance , degrees and honors 12On leave winter and spring. received, the most recent previous educational 13On leave spring and summer. Professional Courses institution attended, participation in officially rec- ognized activities , including but not limited to 14On leave. Teacher-training courses (numbered 300-399) are intercollegiate athletics , and the name , weight and 15Recalled to active service. highly specialized courses dealing with methods of height of participants on intercollegiate athletic teaching , and are acceptable toward the bachelor's 16Member of Brain Research Institute. teams. Students who do not wish all or part of the degrees only within the limitations prescribed by items of " public information " disclosed may, with 17Member of the Institute of Geophysics and Plane- the various colleges or schools. Courses in this respect to address and telephone number, so indi- tary Physics. series do not yield credit toward a higher degree. cate on the Student Data card in the registration 18Joint Appointment. packet, and with respect to the other items of infor- mation, by filling out a "Decline to Release Public University Extension Courses Information Form" available in the Registrar's Of- Course Listing Symbols University of California Extension courses bearing fice, 1105 Murphy Hall. *I Not offered 1979-1980. numbers 1-199, prefixed by X, B, XD, XI, XL, XR, Student records which are the subject of the Federal '2Gvven in alternate years, not offered 1979-1980. XSB, XSC, XSD yield credit toward the bachelor's Act and the University Policies may be maintained degree. They are rated with respect to the general '3Offered as schedule and staff allow. in a wide variety of offices. Students are referred to and specific requirements for the degree, on the same basis as courses taken in residence at collegi- the UCLA Directory, pages 1 through 21, which '4Not offered every year. ate institutions of approved standing . Concurrent lists all the offices which may maintain student 'S Given alternate years; offered 1979-1980. enrollment in resident courses and in University records, together with their campus address, '6Offered Fall 1979 only. Extension courses (or courses at another institu- telephone number and unit head. Students have the tion) taken with a view to credit toward a degree is right to inspect their student records in any such of- '7Offered Winter 1980 only. permitted only when the entire program has been fice subject to the terms of the Federal Act and the '8Offered Spring 1980 only. approved in advance by the Dean of the Student's University Policies. College. '9Offered on request depending upon enrollment. A copy of the Federal Act, the University Policies 10Consult department for details. and the UCLA Directory may be inspected in, and information concerning these matters and the stu- *11 Not applicable to M. A. degree. Course Listings dents' hearing rights may be obtained from the Of- '12Native speakers not normally eligible. Each course in the following listings by depart- fice of Assistant Chancellor-Legal Coordinator, '13A and B offered in alternate years. ments, as in the samples that follow, has the credit 2248 Murphy Hall. value of a full course unless otherwise noted. Thus '14Enrollment is limited. Consult Office of Under- a listing, Mathematics 11A-11B-11C, Calculus and Change of Address/Name '15Determined on basis of change in course content. graduate Affairs. Analytic Geometry., indicates three full courses, 11A, 11B, and 11C; while a listing, Dance, 114A- The Registrar should be notified as soon as possible 114F, Advanced Contemporary Dance , (r course of any change in address that occurs after the '16Only course C to be offered. each), indicates six half courses, 114A, 1148, 114C, return of the student data card (from the registra- '17Courses A and B to be offered. 114D, 114E, and 114F. Some courses have a variable tion packet). Forms for this purpose are available at value; for example , Management 5%A-596N, the Registrar's Office, Information Window "A", or '18Open only to Engineering Executive Program Research in Management , (4 to 2 courses ), where 1134 Murphy Hall. Veterans receiving benefits students. 19Not offered Fall, 1979. must also notify the Office of Special Services. within the limits indicated, the exact value of the course is fixed for each individual student when he In case of change of name, forms available at the 20Notoffered Winter, 1980. enrolls. Registrar 's Office, Information Window "A", 21Not offered Spring, 1980. Where noted, credit for a specific course is depen- should be filed before the beginning of the next dent upon completion of a subsequent course. quarter. Since changes require approximately 22 This course may not be applied toward the three months to be processed, you should continue to use requirements of any graduate degree offered by A capital "M" before the initial number of a course your former name until notified that the records SEAS in the School of Engineering and Applied indicates multiple course listings in two or more reflect the change. Science. different departments. AEROSPACE STUDIES / 75 receive $100.00 per month retainer fee for 20 con- training in the African area. It thus provides the AEROSPACE STUDIES secutive months. the African area through a variety of disciplinary student an opportunity to concentrate his work on Data concerning physical and age qualifications for flying and navigator (Department Office, 251 Dodd Hall) training and for nonflying perspectives. The M.A. program also furnishes an applicants is the same as for four-year program. approach to doctoral work related to Africa. Stu- Ronald E. Hagler, M.B.A., Lt. Colonel, of Aerospace Studies (Chairman U.S. Air Force Professor of the Department). Four-Week Field Training Course dents gain exposure to several disciplines deciding on the one most closely suited to their before Ralph E. Olson, M.B.A., Lt. Colonel, Assistant Professor of Students who complete GMC, and wish to enter interests and capabilities. The degree is intended to Aerospace Studies. PO-C, attend a four-week field training course, the (a) allow entering graduate students interested in Richard T. Dineen, M, Ed- Captain, Assistant Professor of Aero- summer following GMC completion. At field train- Africa to gain an in-depth knowledge of this world space Studies. ing, students are provided meals, quarters, area and (b) give an African area dimension to the John C. Croston, M.B.A., Captain, Assistant Professor of Aero- space Studies. clothing, travel expenses, and are paid about studies of students within specific academic discip- $390.00 to cover incidental expenses. Subjects lines. The Center gives new emphasis to the arts Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps (Air covered at field training, include junior officer and humanities in relation to Africa, and it is now Force ROTC) training, aircraft and aircrew orientation, career possible to concentrate on these subjects within the Air Force ROTC provides selected students the orientation, survival training, base functions, Air framework of the Master of Arts in African Studies. opportunity to develop those attributes essential to Force environment, and physical training. For example, such subjects as African Literature in their progressive advancement to positions of high French or English, Ethnomusicology and tradi- responsibility as commissioned officers in the U.S. Field Training Course Staff tional African Art may be combined with back- Air Force. This includes understanding Air Force ground studies in one or more social sciences to history, doctrine, and operating principles, demon- 130A-130B-1300 . Concepts of Air Force Manage- produce an intellectual synthesis. Students may strating ability to apply modern principles of man- ment and Leadership. (3'4 course each) Lecture- also choose as one of their areas of specialization agement and human relations in the Air Force seminar, three hours. Prerequisite: 130A is prere- courses in Education, Public Health and Urban environment, and mastery of leadership theory and quisite to 130B and 130B is prerequisite to 130C. Planning. techniques. This is a three part course. An analysis of the prin- A doctor's degree in African Area Studies is not ciples and functions of management, leadership offered. Students interested Scholarship Program in pursuing doctoral and organizational behavior with special reference Scholarships are available to qualified cadets in programs with an emphasis to the Air Force as a model. The course includes on Africa should write directly to the department in which they are both the four-year and two-year programs. Scholar- problem solving, information systems and models, interested. ships cover full tuition, laboratory expenses, inci- quantitative methods and computer systems. Group dental fees, allowances for books, and a stipend of discussions, case studies, films and role-playing Admission to the M.A. Program $100.00 per month. will be used as teaching devices. Communicative In addition to meeting the requirements of the Gra- Four-Year Program skills will be strengthened through preparation of written duate Division, the student must have adequate reports and oral presentations. The four-year program is open to beginning fresh- preparation in undergraduate fields related to the Lt. Col. Olson program. Required preparation for the Master's men. It consists of an initial two-year General Mili- tary Course (GMC), described below, followed by a 140A. Military Judicial System. ( 3/4 course) Semi- degree in African Area Studies is a degree of nar, three hours. Prerequisite: two-year Professional course 130C. An Officer Course Bachelor of Arts in the social sciences or arts and (POC), de- humanities. The program requires between one and scribed under "Two-Year Program." introduction to the foundation of the military profession, and the Military Judicial System. Oral two years to complete, depending upon the stu- Leadership Laboratory and written student reports will be expected. dent's preparation and the courses selected. All Air Force ROTC students must enroll each Capt. Dineen Requirements for the Master 's Degree quarter in the Leadership Laboratory as published 140B. The Military in American Society. (3'4 General Requirements: See the Graduate Division. in the UCLA Schedule of Classes. course ) Seminar, three hours. Prerequisite: course 140A. Examines forces and issues in the social con- The M.A.A.S. program requires that a student dem- text that affect the functioning of the U.S. military. Freshman Year onstrate proficiency in an African language. The student may satisfy this language requirement in Influence of social norms, societal pressures and 1A-1B-1C. U.S. Military Forces in the Contempor- cultural factors on the functioning of the military one of the following ways: (a) Take three quarter- ary World. (' course each) Prerequisite: IA is pre- profession in the United States is analyzed. Com- length courses (12 units) in an African language, requisite to 1B and 1B is prerequisite to IC. This munication techniques are strengthened and com- with an average grade of B- or better. These sequence of course examines the role of the Air municative abilities are oriented to Air Force courses will not count toward the nine Force in the contemporary courses world by studying the requirements through preparation of papers, required for the degree; (b) Pass a Linguistic total force structure, strategic offensive and defen- classroom presentations and discussion. Department examination in an African language sive forces, general purpose forces, and aerospace Capt. Dineen not regularly offered; (c) Prove that the student is a support forces. Lt. Col. Hagler native speaker of an African language; (d) Prove 140C. American Defense Policy . (3'4 course) Semi- that the student has a Foreign Service Institute rat- nar, three hours. Prerequisite: course 140B. Sophomore Year ing of 3 or above in an African language. Examines U.S. security policy with respect to fac- tors that influence its formulation, 20A-20B-20C. The Developmental Growth of Air the bureaucracy Students whose first language is other than English may petition the Graduate Advisor for a waiver of Power . (ya course each) Lecture-seminar, one hour. that formulates and implements it, and the forms it the language requirement. Prerequisite: courses IA, 1B, 1C. These courses has taken and may take in the future. Communica- examine the development of air power over the past tion techniques are strengthened, and communica- Course of Study. A minimum of nine courses dealing sixty years. They trace the development of various tion abilities are oriented to Air Force requirements with Africa in at least three disciplines. Of these, concepts of employment of air power and focus through preparation of papers and classroom pre- five or more must be at the graduate level (200 upon factors which have prompted research and sentation and discussion. Capt. Dineen series). A student in the Master's Program must technological change. Key events and elements in offer a major and a minor field. Major field con- the history of air power are stressed, especially centration is defined as a minimum of four courses, where these provide significant examples of the of which two must be at the graduate level; minor impact of air power on strategic thought. AFRICAN AREA STUDIES field concentration is defined as a minimum of two The Staff (INTERDEPARTMENTAL) courses, at least one of which must be at the gradu- Two-Year Program ate level. A student Special Program in African Studies may, with the consent of the graduate adviser, offer methodology courses or The two-year Air Force ROTC program is offered to For details of the program in African Studies taken contrastive courses for purposes of completing his accommodate those students who have attained at in conjunction with a bachelor's degree, see Inter- major or minor fields of concentration. The student least junior standing and have two years remaining disciplinary Majors in Area Studies. will be held responsible for both the major and in the University, either as an undergraduate or minor fields in his final examination sequence for graduate student. A prerequisite for students enter- Master of Arts in African Area Studies the M.A. degree. As a third discipline, a student ing this program is successful completion of a six- The Master of Arts in African Studies is will be expected to take African Languages 190 week field training course on an Air Force base dur- administered by an Interdepartmental Committee. (Survey of African Languages) or a survey course ing the summer preceding their enrollment in the Members of this Committee are: Michael F. Lofchie on Africa in a field outside his major and minor program. (Political Science) Chairman; Jacques Maquet areas of concentration. Students interested in this program must make (Anthropology); D.S. Hobbs (Political Science); Course Limitations: (I) No more than one indepen- application to the Professor of Aerospace Studies Frederick Kintzer (Education); Christopher Ehret dent graduate study course (596) may apply toward (History); Derrick Jelliffe during the fall quarter preceding the six-week sum- (Public Health); Gerry Hale (Geography); Richard L. Sklar (Political the minimum of nine courses required for the M.A. mer field training course. Students attending the six-week summer field training are provided meals, degree, except by permission Science); Russell Schuh (Linguistics). of the Graduate Adviser; a second 596, when permitted, may not be quarters, travel expenses, and are paid approx- The program for the Master of Arts in African Area applied toward the minimum of five graduate imately $580.00. Students enrolled in the POC Studies is designed to provide interdisciplinary courses required for the degree; (2) No more than NOTE: For key to symbols, see page 74 76 / AFRICAN AREA STUDIES (INTERDEPARTMENTAL) one course graded on an S/U basis may be counted Education 240A. Topics and Issues in International 110A-11 OB-110C. Intermediate Xhosa. toward the minimum of nine courses re q uired for and Comparative Education. 111A-111B-111C. Elementary Yoruba. the M.A. degree, except by permission of the Gra- 2046 . Introduction to Com p arative Education . duate Advisor. 112A-112B-112C. Intermediate Yoruba. 204C. Education and National Development. 113A-113B-113C. Elementary Igbo. Qualifying Examination: Students must pass a writ- ten comprehensive qualifying examination in the 207. Politics of International Education. 114A-114B-114C. Intermediate Igbo. major and minor disciplines. This examination 253A. Current Problems in Comparative Education. 115A-115B-115C . Elementary Twi. must be prepared and graded by a committee con- 253B. Seminar: African Education. sisting of at least three faculty members at least two 121A-121B-121C. Elementary Fula. of whom are in the student's major department. It is 253F. Education in Revolutionary Societies. 131A-131B-131C. Elementary Bambara. the student's responsibility to make arrangements English 114 . World Literatures in En g lish . for this examination with faculty members in the 132A-132B-132C. Intermediate Bambara. appropriate department. Students should have 270. Language Policy in Developing Countries. 133A-133E-133C. Advanced Bambara. these arran g ements com p leted b y the middle of 271 . Studies in African Literature in English . 141A-141B-141C. Elementary Hausa. their second quarter in residence. Any student who French 121 A . Franco-African Literature . fails the written examination will be allowed to 142A-142B-142C. Intermediate Hausa. retake it only with the written consent of the gradu- 221A. Introduction to the Study of French-African 143A-143B-143C. Advanced Hausa. ate adviser and major field examiners . Literature. 150A-150B-1500. African Literature in English Oral Examination: The normal presumption is that 221B. French-African Literature of Madagascar and Translation. an oral examination will be held. This oral Bantu Africa. examination may be waived if, in the view of the 190. Survey of African Languages. 221C. French-African Literature of Berber- qualifying examination committee, it would be Sudanese and Arabo-Islamic Africa. 192. Comparative Studies in African Languages. unnecessary. 257A-257B. Studies in French-African Literature. 201A-201B. Comparative Niger-Congo. The following courses pertaining to Africa are Geography 117. Animal Geography: Cultural 202A-202B-202C. Comparative Bantu. offered by the departments listed. With the Aspects. approval of the Committee, other related courses 270 . Seminar in African Literature . may be included in a student's program. 122. Man and Environment in East Africa. Music 143A-1438. Music of Africa. Anthropology 107A-107B. Introduction to African 188. North Africa. M154A-M154B. The Afro-American Musical Societies and Modes of Thought. 189. Middle and Southern Africa. Heritage. 109. Old Stone Age Archaeology. 288. Seminar in Regional Geography: Northern 190A-190B. Proseminar in Ethnomusicology. I I IA-111 B. Fossil Man and His Culture. Africa. 255. Seminar in Musical Instruments of the Non- 112. Hunting and Gathering Societies. 289. Middle and Southern Africa. Western World. 113. Civilizations of Sub-Saharan Africa. Germanic Languages 101B. Elementary Afrikaans. 280. Seminar in Ethnomusicology. 119. Culture Stability and Culture Change. 101E. Intermediate Readings in Afrikaans. 287. Seminar in African Music. 141. Social and Psychological Aspects of Myth and 112. Dutch, Flemish and Afrikaans Literature in Near Eastern Languages Ritual. Translation. Arabic I A-1 B-1 C. Elementary Arabic. 143. The Individual in Culture. 135. Introduction to Afrikaans Literature. 102A-102B-102C. Intermediate Arabic. 144. Aesthetic Anthropology. History 109A-109B. History of North Africa From 103A-103B-103C. Advanced Arabic. the Moslem Conquest. M158. Health in Culture and Society. 111 A-111B-I I IC. Spoken Arabic. 142A-142B . The British Empire Since 1783 . 161. Development Anthropology. 220A-220B-220C. Islamic Texts. 175A. Topics in African 230A-230B . Anthropological Theory History: Early African . Cultural and Technological Traditions. 240A-240B-240C . Arab Historians and 231. Social Anthropology. Geogra p hers . 1758 . Topics in African History: Africa and the 254. African Cultures. Slave Trade. Berber1OIA-IOIB-101C. Elementary Berber. M269N. Medical Anthropology. 175C. Topics in African History: Africa in the Age 102A-102B-102C . Advanced Berber . 269U. African Cultures. of Imperialism. 120A-12OB-1200. Introduction to Berber Literature. M270E. Legal Anthropology. 176A . Histor y of West Africa: From Earliest Times 130. The Berbers. to 1800. Political Science Architecture 139A-139Z . S p ecial and Urban Planning Studies in 232. Spatial Planning: Regional and International Develop- 176B. History of West Africa: Since 1800. International Relations. ment. 177. Ethiopia and the Horn of Africa. 165. Government and Politics in North Africa. 233. Spatial Organization and Urban Planning. 178A-178B. History of East and Central Africa. 166A-166B-166C. Government and Politics in Sub- 234. Seminar in Spatial Development Policy. Saharan Africa. 179A. History of Southern Africa: From Origins to 257. Loss and Change. 1870. 167. Ideology and Development in World Politics. Art 118C. The Arts of Sub-Saharan Africa. 179B. History of Southern Africa: Since 1870. 250E. African Studies. 119A. Advanced Studies in African Art: Western 244A-244B. Seminar in British Empire History. 250K. North African Studies. Africa. 275. Introduction to the Professional Study of 271. Seminar in Political Change. 119B. Advanced Studies in African Art: Central African History. Public Health 111. Human Disease and Public Africa. 276. African Archaeology: Field Techniques. Health. 216. Topics in African Art. 277. African Archaeology: Data Analysis. 113. Infectious Diseases and Public Health. 220. The Arts of Africa, Oceania and Pre-Colum- 278A-278B. Seminar in African History. 161. Nutrition and Health. bian America. Linguistics 220. Linguistic Areas (Africa). 186. The World's Population and Food. Dance 140A. Dance of Africa. 225. Linguistics Structures. 198. Health Problems and Programs in Africa. 1716. Dance of Ghana. African Languages IOTA-I0IB-101C. Elementary 214. Infectious and Tropical Disease Epidemiology. 226A-2268-226C. Dance Expressions in Selected Swahili. 216A. Ecology of Exotic Diseases. Cultures . 102A-102B-102C. Intermediate Swahili. 216B. Viral Diseases of Man. Economics 110. Economic Problems of Under- 103A-103B-103C. Advanced Swahili. developed Countries. 218A-218B. Protozoal Diseases of Man. 104A-104B-104C. Elementary Luganda. 111. Theories of Economic Growth and Develop- 272 . Seminar on Current Issues in Maternal and ment. 105A-105B-1050. Elementary Sotho. Child Health. 112. Policies for Economic Development. I06A-106B-1060. Intermediate Sotho. 472. Maternal and Child Health in Developing 107A-107B-107C. Elementary Zulu. Areas . (By consent of Graduate Advisor) 211. Economic Growth: Measurement and Theory. 108A-108B-108C. Intermediate Zulu. Sociology 130 . Social Processes in Africa . 212. Economic Development of Underdeveloped Areas: Theory and Policy. 109A-109B-109C. Elementary Xhosa. 140. Political Sociology. ANATOMY / 77 213A-213B. Techniques of Demographic and Bessie H. Lee, Ph.D. Assistant Research Anatomist. twelve of lab per week in the spring. Prerequisite: Ecological Analysis. Carlos A.E. Lemmi, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of enrollment in School of Dentistry or consent of the 256. Demography. 16Robert D. Lindsay, Anatomy. Ph.D., Associate Research Anatomist. instructor. Course 102A is prerequisite to 1026. 16Rafael Lorente de N6, M.D., Visiting Professor of Anatomy 274. Selected Problems in the Sociology of Africa. This course is offered on an In Progress basis, which requires students to complete the full two- and Surgery. Theater Arts 102E. Theater of the Non-European James F. McGinnis, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of quarter sequence, at the end of which time a grade World. A natomy and Assistant Research Biologist. is given for all quarters of work. Systemic and Dennis J. McGinty, Ph.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of Psy- topographical human anatomy with dissection of 106C. History of African, Asian and Latin chology and Associate Research Anatomist. the human cadaver. Emphasis on head and neck. American Film. Samuel L. Moise, Ph.D., Associate Research Anatomist. Mr. Adinolfi and the Staff 16Hiroharu Noda, M.D., Ph.D., Adjunct Professor of M209C. Seminar in Ethnographic Film. Physiology and A natomy. M103A -1036 . Basic Neurology . (Y4 course, 3/a M265A-M265B. Ethnographic Film Direction. William T. O'Day, Ph.D., Assistant Research Anatomist. course ) (Same as Physiology M103A-103B.) Two Anselmo R. Pineda, M.D., Associate Clinical Professor of four-hour sessions and one three-hour session per Anatomy. week of the last three weeks of the winter quarter; Chung-Ning Pang, Ph.D., Visiting Assistant Research ANATOMY Anatomist. two two-hour sessions and two three-hour sessions Madeleine L.H. Schlag-Rey, (Department Ph.D., Associate Office, Research 73-235 per week in the spring quarter. Prerequisite: Medi- Health Anatomist. cal school status or consent of instructor. Lectures, Sciences Center) Sant S. Sekhon, Ph.D., Associate Research Anatomist. conferences, demonstrations and laboratory pro- James R. Scares, Ph.D., Assistant Research Anatomist. cedures necessary to an understanding of the func- George W. Bernard , D.D.S., Ph.D., Professor of Dentistry (Oral 16Donald O. Walter, Ph.D., Associate Research Biobehavioral tion of the human nervous system. Biology) and Anatomy. Scientist and A natomist. P. Dean Bok, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy. Mr. Schlag and the Staff Alfred Weinstock, D.D.S., Ph.D., Clinical Professor of Dentis- 16Nathaniel A. Buchwald, Ph.D., Professor of Biobehavioral try and Anatomy. 104. Mammalian Histology . (1' courses) Three Sciences and Anatomy in R esidence. David I. Whitmoyer, Ph.D., Lecturer and Associate Research three-hour sessions per week in the fall quarter. t 6Carmi ne D. Clemente, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy. Anatomist. Prerequisite: enrollment in School of Dentistry or Edwin L. Cooper, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy. Richard K. Wright, Ph.D., Assistant Research Anatomist. consent of the instructor. Lectures, demonstrations Jean S. de V el lis, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy. t6Wanda Wyrwicka, Ph.D., Research Anatomist. 16Earl Eldred, M.D., Professor of Anatomy (Vice Chairman, and laboratories dealing with the structural Gross Anatomical Teaching Resources.) Admission to Graduate Status organization of tissues and organs at the micro- Louis J. Goldberg, D.D.S., Ph.D., Professor of Dentistry (Oral Students intending to take advanced degrees in the scopic level. Mr. Campbell and the Staff Biology) and Anatomy. 16Roger A. Gorski, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy. Department of Anatomy must have a bachelor's 105A- 105B. Gross Anatomy . See 207A-207B. Gross t6Lawrence Kruger, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy and degree in physical or biological science or in the Anatomy. Anesthesiology. premedical curriculum. Introductory courses in 106. Mammalian Neurology . One one-hour session Richard N. Lolley, Ph.D., ProfessorofAnatomy in Residence. zoology and vertebrate embryology are required, as and one four-hour session per week in the winter 16David S. Maxwell, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy and well as one year of general and organic chemistry quarter. Prerequisite: enrollment in School of Den- Biohehavioral Sciences. and one year of college physics. Deficiencies in t6Daniel C. Pease, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy (Chairman of these courses must be made up before the student is tistry or consent of the instructor. Lectures, demon- strations and laboratories dealing with the funda- the Department). admitted. Strongly recommended are courses in 16Charles H. Sawyer, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy. mental structure and functional organization of the t6Arnold B. Scheibel, M.D., Professor of Anatomy and Psy- comparative anatomy, microscopic technique, ele- nervous system. Mr. Kruger and the Staff chiatry. mentary statistics, philosophy of science, and scien- 16John D. Schlag, M.D., Professor of Anatomy. tific German and French. 16jose P. Segundo, M.D., Professor of Anatomy. G. Douglas Silva, F.D.S., M.R.C.S., Professor of Dentistry and Graduate Courses Requirements for the Master of Science Degree The student seeking to enter the profession of- 201. Structure and Function of Cells and Tissues. Medicine. Reidar F. Sognnaes, Ph.D., D.M.D., Professor of Dentistry anatomy must apply himself directly to attaining (4 course ) One hour of lecture and one of discus- (Oral Biology) and Anatomy. the Ph.D. degree. The Department offers the Master sion per week in the fall quarter. Prerequisite: William K. Stell, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Ophthalmology and of Science degree only for the restricted purposes of course 101 (which may be taken concurrently) and Anatomy. consent of instructor. Current topics on structural 16M.B. Sterman, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy and Biot'ehavioral individuals whose major interest lies in allied fields (paramedical subjects, postgraduate medicine or and functional aspects of microscopic anatomy. Sciences in Residence. Graded on an S/U basis. May be repeated for credit. Bernard Towers, M.B., Ch.B., (Liv.), M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., dentistry). The Staff Professor of Pediatrics and Anatomy. Candidates may elect either the thesis or examina- Jaime R. Villablanca, M.D., Professor of Biobehavioral Sciences M206A -206B. Neurosciences The Introductory andAnatomy in Residence. tion plan. If the latter, the candidate must demon- Course for Graduate Students . (1r t6Charles D. Woody, M.D., Professor of Psychiatry and courses, 13/4 strate a knowledge of general principles of anatomy, as well as competence in a restricted area courses ) (Same as Neurosciences M206A-206B.) Anatomy in Residence. Richard W. Young, Ph.D., Professor of Anatomy. of science. The following courses are required of all Two hours of lecture and two of lab per week in the t6Mary A. B. Brazier , Ph.D., Emeritus Professor of Anatomy and master's winter quarter; five hours of lecture and two of lab degree candidates: two of the major per week in the spring quarter. Prerequisite: a Physiology in Residence. anatomy courses chosen from Anatomy 101, 206A- 16John D. French, M.D., Emeritus Professor of A natomy. course (or equivalent) in basic and/or general 16H. W. Magou n, Ph.D., Emeritus Professor of Ana natomy. 206B and 207A-207B; one departmental seminar; physiology such as Biology 171 or Physiology 101 Richard E. Ottoman, M.D., Emeritus Professor of Radiology and other courses as necessary to the candidate's partic- or consent of instructor. This course is offered on Anatomy. ular program. No foreign language is required. an In Progress basis, which requires students to Anthony M. Adinolfi, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Anatomy and Biobehavioral Sciences (Vice Chairman, Graduate and Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy complete the full two-quarter sequence, at the end Postdoctoral Programs). Degree of which time a grade is given for all quarters of John H. Campbell, Ph.D., Associate Professor of A natomy. The following courses are required: Anatomy 101, work. Introductory course in the basic principles of 16Emilio E. Decima, M.D., Associate Professor of Anatomy. 16Rafael Elul, M.D., Associate Professor of A na tomy. 206A-206B, 207A-207B; Biochemistry; Mammalian the nervous system for graduate students as a pre- Physiology; at least two different departmental requisite to more advanced courses. Fundamental Jerome Engel, M.D., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Neurology and Anatomy. approaches to neuroanatomy seminars; additional courses selected by the stu- (winter quarter), 16Ronald M. Harper, Ph.D., Associate Professor of A natom y. dent and his adviser as necessary to his program. neurophysiology and the brain mechanisms for 16Anna N. Taylor, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Anatomy in The student must complete a "research tool" con- behavior (spring Residence. quarter) will be stressed. Mr. Decima, Mr. Scheibel and the Staff t6Emery G. Zimmermann, M.D., Ph.D., Associate Professor of sisting of eight units of work selected by the student A natomy. and his/her advisor. This individual course of study 207A-207B. Gross Anatomy . (2 courses , 1 course) Four four-hour sessions per week in the fall George M. Butterstein , Ph.D., Visiting Associate Professor of augments the thesis project. This requirement can Anatomy. also be met by demonstration of the ability to read a 16Michael Chase, Ph.D., Professor of Physiology in Residence, quarter; one three-hour, one four-hour and one foreign language. five-hour session per week in the winter quarter and Research Anatomist. (first seven weeks). Prerequisite: consent of the in- Earle E. Crandall, M.D., Ph.D., F.A.C.S., Assistant Clinical structor. This course is offered on an In Progress Professor of Anatomy. Upper Division Courses basis, which requires students to complete the full Ellen R. Dirksen, Ph.D., Acting Associate Professor of A natomy. 101. Microscopic Anatomy . (2 courses ) Four three- two-quarter sequence, at the end of which time a t6Thelma Estrin, Ph.D., E.E., Adjunct Professor of Computer hour sessions per week in the fall quarter. Prere- grade is given for all quarters of work. Lectures and Sciences and Anatomy and Research Engineer. quisite: enrollment in School of Medicine or con- dissection of the human body. Medical students Debora B. Farber, Ph.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of Ophthalmology and Associate Research Anatomist. sent of the instructor. Microscopic study of the must enroll for Anatomy 105A-105B. Vladimir Golovchinsky, M.D., Assistant Research tissues and organs of the human body. Mr. Sawyer and the Staff Anesthesiologist. Ms. Dirksen and the Staff 208A-208B. Electronics for Neuroscientists. Two Stanley J. Gross, M.D., Adjunct Professor of Anatomy. Frances S. Grover, Ph.D., Adjunct Professor of Anatomy. 102A-102B. Gross Anatomy of the Human Body. hours of lecture and four of lab per week in the fall Peter J. Hauri, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Anatomy. (h course, 2 courses ) (Formerly numbered 100 and and winter quarters. Prerequisite: consent of in- Raymond J. Last, M.D., F.R.C.S., Visiting Professor of 102.) One hour of lecture and four of lab per week structor. To develop an understanding of electronic Anatomy. in the winter quarter; four hours of lecture and methods used in neuroscience. Basic principles of NOTE: For key to symbols , see page 74 78 / ANATOMY passive networks, operational amplifiers, semicon- 105B or 207A-207B. Intensive and advanced study 258. Seminars in Neuroscience . (I course) Two ductor theory, digital logic, waveform generation, of the head and neck with relevant study of the hours per week in the fall quarter of odd-num- signal conditioning, data acquisition methods and thorax and axilla. Special emphasis is placed on bered, and winter quarter of even-numbered calen- neurophysiological instrumentation systems. S/U applied anatomy and on understanding basic dar years. Prerequisite: a course in basic neurology grading only. . Ms. Estrin, Mr. Whitmoyer organizational concepts. This course is intended for and course 209. Topics of current interest or ongo- 209. Fine Structure and Function in the Central those who anticipate research or professional ing research projects are presented, and both con- Nervous System . (1/z course ) Two one-hour school teaching. Enrollment limited to 12. Offered ses- tent and method of presentation are examined. May sions per week in the fall quarter of even-numbered in the spring quarter only of even-numbered years. be repeated for credit. Mr. Scheibel calendar years. Prerequisite: Basic Neurology. Lec- Mr. Maxwell M260 . Fundamental Concepts of Neuroen- tures and discussion of the fine structure of selected M224A -224B. Structure and Chemistry of Connec- docrinology . (Same as Neuroscience M260.) Two areas of the central nervous system together with tive Tissue . (% course each ) (Same as Oral Biology hours of lecture and two of discussion per week in related electrical and biochemical patterns of M224A-224B.) Prerequisite: histology, biochemis- the winter quarter of odd-numbered calendar activity. Mr. Scheibel try. This seminar course is designed for graduate years. Prerequisites: Biochemistry 101 C, Anatomy 210A-210B. Inflammatory Components in Neop- students in dentistry or basic science. The objective of the course is to provide students with fundamen- 206A and 206B, or consent of instructor. Basic con- lasia and Immunity . (% course ) One two-hour ses- cepts of neuroendocrine integration including sion per week in the fall and winter quarters. Prere- tal information on the fine structure and the chemi- analysis of the current literature and research tech- niques. Mr. Gorski quisite: consent of the instructor(s). Fall quarter cal composition of bone, dentin, cementum, car- sessions will consist of one-hour lectures on the tilage, cells of connective tissue in general, as well 265. Evolution of Cancer. (I course) Two hours of various components of inflammation and other as enamel. Emphasis will be placed on the bio- lecture or discussion per week during the winter non-specific systems and their interrelation with synthesis of collagen, non-collagenous proteins and quarter. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. neoplasia and specific immune phenomena. Cur- glycoproteins, and glycosaminoglycans Review of current literature emphasizing the rent research literature will be discussed during the (mucopolysaccharides). The possible roles of the appearance of tumors and neoplasms in representa- second hour. The winter quarter sessions will con- cellular and non-cellular elements in the process of tive invertebrates, fishes, amphibians and reptiles. sist of presentations by invited guests involved in biological mineralization will also be discussed. Theories of cancer development from the evolu- research in the specialty areas covered in the fall Correlation of biological processes to periodontal tionary viewpoint. Mr. Cooper quarter. Organized discussions will follow these pathology will be stressed when possible. presentations. Mr. Lemmi and the Staff Mr. Weinstock and the Staff 390A-390B. The Peer Review System . (I course 211. Anatomical and Physiological each) Two hours of discussion Substrates of per week in the M232. Vertebrate Visual System , 1: The Retina. winter and spring quarters, odd-numbered calen- Behavior. (1/2 course ) One two-hour session per (Same as Ophthalmology M232.) Two hours of lec- dar years. Prerequisite: advancement to candidacy week in the fall quarter. Prerequisite: Anatomy 101, ture and two of discussion per week in the winter in integrative or systems Physiology biology, 101, Physiology or consent of in- 102. This course is quarter. Prerequisite: microscopic anatomy and structor. An unique and experimental introduction neurophysiology and aimed at meeting the needs of graduate students in consent of instructor. The functional organization of the retina is considered, to the peer review system for the evaluation of anatomy and physiology by presentation of research proposals. After consideration of the grant material on behavioral with emphasis on neurophysiology cellular structure not cur- and elec- review process, each student will prepare an rently available in such courses as Basic Neurology trophysiology. Topics will be selected from: light abbreviated grant application. These student pro- 103. It includes detailed neuroanatomy and absorption and generation of photoreceptor re- posals will be evaluated in a mock peer review ses- neurophysiology of cerebral systems primarily sponse; synaptic mechanisms and pathways for sion moderated by the faculty. Graded S/U. involved in processes of alerting, focusing atten- analysis of form, color, etc.; coding in optic nerve Mr. Gorski tion, learning and recall. Mr. Woody fibers. May be repeated for credit with departmen- tal approval. Mr. Steil, Mr. Fain 495. Communicating Scientific Information. (% 212. Neural Mechanisms of Inhibition. (I course) course ) Two hours of lecture per week in the winter Two hours per week in the fall quarter of even- 251. Problems in Developmental and Comparative quarter. Prerequisite: enrollment as a candidate for numbered calendar years. Prerequisite: Basic Immunology . (% course ) One two-hour session per advanced degree in Anatomy. Student papers and Neurology. A systematic consideration of week in the winter quarter. Prerequisite: consent of lectures serve as the basis for group discussions of inhibitory processes in the nervous system from the the instructor. Review of current literature emphasizing the art and science of effective written and oral early development and evolution of synapse to integrated behavior. Special attention is communication given of scientific information. May be to the recent concepts of inhibition at the immune competence. Mr. Cooper repeated for credit. The Staff behavioral level and their implications for learning, 252. Seminar on Basic and Quantitated 501. Cooperative Program. (% to 2 courses ) Prere- emotion and mental health. Mr. Sterman Neurophysiology . (I course ) Prerequisite: consent quisite: approval of UCLA Graduate Adviser and 213. Evolution and the Structure of Biomolecules. of the instructor. One 90-minute session of lecture Graduate Dean. Approval of host campus Instruc- (% course ) One two-hour session per week in the and one of discussion per week. Lecture series on tor, Department Chairman and Graduate Dean. The spring quarter. Prerequisite: consent of instructor basic neurophysiology. Early lectures by invited course is used to record enrollment of UCLA stu- and upper level courses in two of the following sub- specialists on their specific fields. Later lectures, dents in courses taken under cooperative arrange- jects: genetics, evolution, biochemistry. Interpreta- one per student and on a topic chosen and prepared ments with neighboring institutions . To be graded tion of pattern in molecular organization of living in collaboration with the instructor. Offered in the S/U. organisms in terms of evolution, and considera- spring quarter only of even-numbered years. tions of the impact of such pattern on evolutionary Mr. Segundo theory. Mr. Campbell 253. Communication and Coding in Nervous Sys- Individual Study and Research 214. Data Acquisition in Behavioral tems. Two 90-minute and one two-hour sessions 5%. Directed Individual Study or Research. (Ih Neurophysiology . Two hours per week in the fall per week. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. course to 3 courses) The Staff quarter of odd-numbered calendar years. Prere- Presentation, discussion and critique of efforts to 597. Preparation for the Master 's Comprehensive quisite: course 211. Neurophysiological techniques quantify neuronal function, where the essence of Examination or the Doctoral Qualifying Examina- in behavioral studies; data acquisition systems and the mathematics is expressed in qualitative and tion. (I course to 3 courses ) The Staff computer analysis of neurophysiological data. physiologically meaningful terms. For example: stability, neurons as analyzers of spike trains, iden- 598. Thesis Research for Master 's Candidates. (1/r Mr. Harper and the Staff tification of synaptic operators. Offered in the course to 3 courses ) The Staff 215. Biopotentials in Volume Conductor. (1/2 spring quarter only of odd-numbered years. 599. Dissertation Research for Ph.D. Candidates. course ) Two hours of lecture per week in the winter Mr. Segundo (I course to 3 courses) The Staff quarter of even-numbered calendar years. This course will provide medical and graduate students 255A-255D. Seminar in Endocrinology . (% course with the theoretical background for interpretation each ) One two-hour lecture per week in the winter of biopotentials structor. recorded through volume conduc- Mr. Sawyer and the Staff and spring quarters. Prerequisite: consent of the in- Medical History Division tor, such as EEG, ERG, EMG, and ECG. Mr. Elul Franklin D. Murphy, M.D., Sc.D., Professor of Medical History. 216. Microphysiology of EEG and Evoked Poten- 256. Seminar in Cell Structure and Function. (I Mary A. B. Brazier , Ph.D., Emeritus Professor of Anatomy and tials. (I course) Two hours of lecture per week in course ) One hour of lecture and one of discussion Physiology in Residence. the fall quarter of odd-numbered calendar years. per week in the winter and spring quarters. Prere- John Field, IL Ph.D., Emeritus Professor of Medical History and Prerequisite: course 215 or consent of the instruc- quisite: consent of instructor. Selected topics in cell Physiology. tor. The cellular processes underlying generation of biology emphasizing those areas which are of cur- L.R.C. Agnew, M.D., Associate Professor of Medical History. rent interest. Includes an analysis of the various Ynez V. O'Neill, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Medical History spontaneous brain activity (EEG) and evoked in Residence. potentials will be studied, as well as the statistical techniques being used to study the cell. Robert G. Frank , Jr., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Medical laws controlling summation of individual cellular Ms. Dirksen and the Staff History and History. activities which form the potentials recorded by 257. Journal Reviews in Experimental Anatomy. Elizabeth R. Lomax, M.D., Ph.D., Lecturer and Assistant gross electrodes. Mr. Elul (I course ) One two-hour session per week. Research Medical Historian. Research frontiers in various fields of experimental Frances Keddie O'Malley, M.D., Research Dermatologist and 221. Gross Anatomy of the Head and Neck. Two Medical Historian. hours of lecture, one of discussion and six of lab per anatomy are reviewed and mutually discussed by week. Prerequisite: course 102A-102B or 105A- graduate students and professors. The Staff (Yr.) ANESTHESIOLOGY / 79 Upper Division Courses selected by students with the advice and direction Yam Ying Tsai, M. D., Clinical I nstructor of Anesthesiology 107B. Historical Development of Medical Sciences. of the instructor in the fall, winter and spring quar- Ronald Wender, M.D., Clinical Instructor of Anesthesiology. Three hours per week in the spring quarter. The ters. Individual reports and conferences. 210A. Chemistry and Physics of Nurse Anesthesia major contributions of medicine and medical per- The Staff 1. ('h course ) Lecture, two hours; discussion, one sonalities from the 5th century B.C. to the 19th cen- 599. Research for and Preparation of the Doctoral hour. A study of the principles of chemistry and tury A.D. Illustrated lectures and required readings Dissertation. (1 to 2 courses) Investigation of physics as applied specifically to the practice of from selected texts. Mr. Agnew, Ms. O'Neill materials relative to the doctoral dissertation, their anesthesia. Mr. Deland M108A - 108B . History of Biological Sciences. (Same evaluation and written presentation. The Staff 210B. Chemistry and Physics of Nurse Anesthesia as History M106E-106F.) Three hours per week in II. (% course ) Lecture, two hours; discussion, one the fall and winter quarters. Prerequisite: upper hour. Prerequisite: Chemistry and Physics of Nurse division standing. MI08A: Biological sciences from ANESTHESIOLOGY Anesthesia I. A continuation of the study of the ancient times to the early nineteenth century. Robert 0. Bauer , M.D., Professor of Anesthesiology and Phar- principles of chemistry and physics as applied M108B: Biological sciences from the early nine- macology. specifically to the practice of anesthesia. teenth century to the mid-twentieth century. J. Weldon Bellville, M. D.. Professor ofAnesthesiology. Mr. Deland Mr. Frank Verne L. Brechner, M.D., Professor of Anesthesiology. 210C. Chemistry and Physics of Nurse Anesthesia Walter Comer, M.D., Adjunct Professor of Anesthesiology. 110. Medicine and Society in 20th Century III. (% course ) Lecture, two hours; discussion, one Edward Deland, Ph.D., Adjunct Professor of Anesthesiology. America . Three hours per week in the spring Werner E. Flacke, M. D., Professor of Anesthesiology in Resi- hour. Prerequisite: Chemistry and Physics of Nurse quarter. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. dence. Anesthesia 11. A continuation of the study of Preference given to Health Sciences students. Read- Ronald L. Katz, M.D., Professor of Anesthesiology (Chairman of chemistry and physics as related to anesthesia man- ing and conference course on social aspects of the the Department). agement with specific emphasis on biochemistry as growth of medical care, education, Lawrence and research Kruger, Ph.D., in Professor of Anesthesiology and related to acid-base balance and theories of nar- Anatomy. the United States since the late nineteenth cosis. century. Richard Patterson, M.D., Professor of Anesthesiology. Mr. Deland Mr. Frank Eduardo Rubinstein, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Anesthesiology 215A. Pharmacology of Nurse Anesthesia I. (r M197. The Biomedical Sciences in the 19th Cen- and Physiology in Residence. course ) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one to two tury . (Same as History M106G.) Three hours per Herman Schwartz, M.D., Adjunct Professor ofAnesthesiology. hours. Introduction to basic pharmacological prin- week in the spring quarter. Readings and discus- Stuart F. Sullivan, M.D., Professor of Anesthesiology Vice Chairman of the Department). (Executive ciples as applied to administration of anesthesia. A sions. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Topics in Leonard F. Waits, M.D., Professor of Anesthesiology. study of uptake and distribution, mechanism of the growth of the biomedical sciences and their in- John F. Viljoen, M.D., Adjunct Professor of Anesthesiology action, fate and toxicology as related to anesthetic stitutions in Europe and America, from the French (Vice Chairman of the Department). agents. Mr. Flacke Revolution to approximately 1900. Mr. Frank John B. Dillon, M.D., Emeritus Professor of Anesthesiology. 221. Cardiovascular Anatomy and Physiology for Joan W. Flacke, M.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of Nurse Anesthetists . (t/i course ) Lecture, four Graduate Courses Anesthesiology. Malcolm G. Gilbert, M.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of hours; discussion, one hour. An integrated study of 240A-2408. History of Medical Sciences . I% course Anesthesiology. Ching-Muh Lee, M.D., Associate Professor of Anesthesiology. the anatomy and physiology of the C-V system as related to the management of anesthesia each ) One hour per week in the fall and winter Maurice Lippman, M.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of administration. Ms. Katz, Mr. Skolnick quarters. Survey of the development of scientific Anesthesiology. and medical thought from ancient times to the pre- Edward J. Mahoney, M.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of 223. Anatomy and Physiology of the Endocrine sent. The Staff Anesthesiology (Acting Chairman of the Department). and Excretory System for Nurse Anesthetists. (t/a 241A-2416. History of Clinical Sciences . ('h course Martin S. Mok, M.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of Anesthesiology. course ) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one to two hours. An integrated study of the endocrine and each) One hour per week in the fall and winter Robert C. Reynolds, M.D., Ph.D., Associate Professor of excretory systems as relevant to the management of quarters. Survey of the development of the clinical Anesthesiology. anesthesia administration. specialties and comparison of medical practice in Thomas J. Anderson, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Ms. Peter, Mr. Skolnick western civilization with that developed in other Anesthesiology. parts of the world. Mr. Agnew David E. Bresler, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 225. Anatomy and Physiology of the Nervous Sys- Anesthesiology, Psychology and Dentistry. 242. History of Pathology. (t course) One hour tem for Nurse Anesthetists. (t/a course ) Lecture, Joseph Cadranel, M.D., Assistant Clinical Professor of four hours; discussion, one to two hours. An inte- per week in the fall quarter. Survey of the history of Anesthesiology. grated study of the anatomy and physiology of the pathology and related sciences from antiquity to the Selma H. Calmes, M.D., Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology nervous system as it related to the management of 20th century, tracing the development of pathologi- in Residence. anesthesia administration. cal theory, practice, organization Marcos Canas , M.D., Adjunct Assistant and education Professor of Mr. Lu, Mr. Mommaerts and comparing Anesthesiology. them to current practice. Chaoul Chami, M.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Mr. Agnew Anesthesiology. 290. Anesthesia Seminar for Nurse Anesthetists. Kenneth A. Conklin, M.D., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of (% course ) Discussion, two to three hours. Discus- 243. History of Surgery . (t course ) One hour per sion of special problems in anesthesia of interest to week in the winter quarter. Survey of the history of Anesthesiology. surgery and related sciences from antiquity to the James T . Conner. M.D., Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology. George G. Doykos, M.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of the student. Mr. Katz and the Staff 20th century, tracing the development of surgical 400A . Basic Clinical Anesthesia for Nurse Anesthesiology. theory, practice, organization and education and Theresa Ferrer- Brechner, M.D., Assistant Professor of Anesthetists 1. (% course) Lecture, three hours; comparing them to current practice. Mr. Agnew Anesthesiology. laboratory, thirty hours. Prerequisite: Fundamen- George P. Herr, M.D., Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology. 244. History of American Medicine . (vi course) tals of Anesthesia Practice for Nurse Anesthetists. Kumiko Iwamoto, M.D., Assistant Professor ofAnesthesiology. Correlation of techniques of anesthesia administra- One hour per week in the spring quarter. Survey of Robert D. Kaufman , M.D., Assistant Professor of tion with basic science knowledge as applied in the the history of medicine in the United States from Anesthesiology. clincal area with supervised practice. Graded S/U. the colonial period to the present. Mr. Agnew Richard J. Kroening , M.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of The Staff Anesthesiology and Lecturer in Dentistry. 246. History of Neurophysiology . (% course) Eight Arnold Lee, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology. 4008 . Basic Clinical Anesthesia for Nurse one-hour lectures in the winter quarter, covering Jordan D . Miller, M . D., Assistant Professor of A nesthesiology. Anesthetists II. (% course) Lecture, two hours; the development of experimental neurophysiology Stanley Schneider, M.D., Assistant Clinical Professor of laboratory, thirty hours. Prerequisite: Basic Clinical from its scientific roots in the 17th century, through Anesthesiology. Anesthesia for Nurse Anesthetists I. A continuation the recognition in the 18th century of the Susan S. Sheridan, M.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of of the practice of techniques of anesthesia excitability of the nervous system, to the use of this Anesthesiology. administration as applied in the clinical area with characteristic for revealing the functions of spinal Janice Silverton, M.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology. cord and brain. Ms. Brazier, Ms. Lomax supervised practice. Graded S/U. Bruce Skolnick, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology. Sohn, M.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of 400C. Basic Clinical 250. History of Medical Psychology. (th course) Young-Zin Anesthesia for Nurse Anesthetists III. (% course ) Lecture, two hours; One hour per week in the winter quarter. An Anesthesiology. laboratory, thirty hours. Prerequisite: Basic Clinical Frank A. Takacs, M.D., Adjunct examination Assistant Professor of of the themes underlying modern Anesthesia for Nurse Anesthetists 11. A continua- mental health theories. Beginning with a review of Anesthesiology. Susan Ward, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology in tion of techniques of anesthesia administration as contemporary thinking, the lectures focus upon the Residence. applied in the clinical area with supervised prac- various factors shaping present concepts of mental tice. Graded S/U. The Staff disorders, and provide a framework for the unders- standing of current issues. Joseph Barber, Ph.D., Psychologist in Acupuncture. 400D. Clinical Anesthesia for Nurse Anesthetists Ms. Lomax, Ms. O'Neill John DeAngelis, M.D., Clinical Instructor of A nesthesiology. IV. (S4 course ) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, Vladimir Golovchinsky, M.D., Assistant Researcher in thirty hours. Prerequisite: Basic Clinical Anesthesia Individual Study and Research Anesthesiology. Errol Hackner, M.D., Clinical Instructor ofAnesthesiology. for Nurse Anesthetists Ill. A practice of refinement of anesthesia techniques with emphasis on 5%. Directed Individual Studies in Medical Leah E. Katz, CRNA, B.S.N., M.A., Lecturer in Anesthesiology. specialized areas of anesthesia administration with History. Investigation of subjects in medical history Felice Miller, Ph.D., Clinical Instructor of Anesthesiology. Hon Chung Peon, M.D., Specialist in Acupuncture. supervised practice. Graded S/U. The Staff NOTE: Fork' os Is 80 / ANESTHESIOLOGY 400E. Clinical Anesthesia for Nurse Anesthetists Dwight Read, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Anthropology. pletion of the fifth quarter of one foreign language V. (% course ) Lecture, two ours; laboratory, thirty James R. Sackett, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Anthropology. or (2) by a demonstration of foreign language profi- hours. Prerequisite: Clinical Anesthesia for Nurse Robert Byles, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anthropology. ciency at level 5. Courses taken to satisfy the foreign Timothy Earle, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anthropology. Anesthetists IV. A practice of refinements language requirement may be taken on a Pass/Not of Gail E. Kennedy, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anthropology. anesthesia techniques with emphasis on specialized Paul Kroskrity, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anthropology. Pass basis and may be applied toward satisfaction areas of anesthesia administration with supervised Eugene L. Mendonsa, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of of the College of Letters and Science breadth practice. Graded S/U. The Staff Anthropology. requirements. For additional information, consult 400F. Clinical Anesthesia for Nurse Anesthetists Robert J. Russell, Ph.D., Assistant Professor ofAnthropology. the department counselor. Carlos G. Velez, Ph.D., Assistant Professor ofAnthropology. VI. (t course) Lecture, two hours; Laboratory, The Major thirty hours. Prerequisite: Clinical Anesthesia for Required:(1) ten upper division courses or their Nurse Anesthetists V. A practice of refinements of C. Rainer Berger, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology, Geography equivalent including at least one course from 6 of anesthesia techniques with emphasis on specialized and Geophysics. the 8 groups listed in the catalog under areas of anesthesia administration with supervised William O. Bright, Ph.D., Professor of Linguistics and Anthropology; and (2) four upper division courses practice. Graded S/U. The Staff Anthropology. from one or more of the following departments: 400G. Clinical Anesthesia for Nurse Anesthetists Pamela J. Brink, Ph.D., Associate Professor, Schaal of Nursing economics, geography, history linguistics, political and Anthropology. VII. (% course ) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, Bernard G. Campbell, Ph.D., Adjunct Professor of science, psychology, sociology. Two of the four thirty hours. Prerequisite: Clinical Anesthesia for Anthropology. courses required outside of the department may be Nurse Anesthetists V1. A practice of refinements of Carl William Clewlow, Jr., Ph.D., Lecturer in Anthropology. upper division CED courses. (Courses from other anesthesia techniques with emphasis on specialized Robert B. Edgerton, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology and Psy- departments related to the student's specialization areas of anesthesia administration with supervised chiatry. may be applied by petition.) All of the courses taken practice. Graded S/U. The Staff Marija Gimbutas, Ph.D., Professor of European Archaeology. to satisfy major requirements must be taken on a John G. Kennedy, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychiatry and 401. Orientation to Nurse Anesthesia . (% course) Anthropology in Residence. letter grade basis. Lecture, two hours; discussion one-half to one L.L. Langness, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology and Psychiatry Students intending to continue for a graduate hour. Orientation to history, ethics and legal in Residence. degree are advised to take Anthropology 182A- Nancy Levine, Ph.D., Lecturer in Anthropology. aspects of nurse anesthesia. Psychology related to 182B, at least one course in field training (Group Douglas Price-Williams, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology and patient undergoing surgery and anesthesia. Psychiatry in Residence. VII) and Anthropology 173A-173B or its equivalent. Ms. Katz Ralph H. Turner, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology and Students must also meet the requirements of the 402. Fundamentals of Anesthesia Practice for Anthropology. University and the College of Letters and Science Nurse Anesthetists . (1-t courses ) Lecture, six Thomas S. Weisner, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anthropology for graduation. and Psychiatry. hours; discussion, one to two hours. Introduction Graduate Requirements to basic principles of anesthesia administration Undergraduate Program including pre-anesthetic assessment, physical The undergraduate program in anthropology is All students should obtain a detailed statement of examination , techniques and procedures and intended to convey an informed appreciation of the the graduate program from the graduate secretary, anesthesia for specialized techniques and surgery. varieties of human culture, development and Department of Anthropology, 341 Haines Hall. Ms. Katz experience. The department offers the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. 597. Preparation for the Master 's Oral Qualifying The faculty represents interests in archaeology, For the Ph.D. degree, all students are required to Examination. (% course ) Prerequisite: consent of physical anthropology and sociocultural obtain research experience and a thorough back- instructor . Opportunity to pursue comprehensive anthropology, and these traditional divisions are ground in both substantive and methodological study in anesthesiology and related areas on an in- crosscut by interests in ecology and social adapta- areas. The department offers specialized training in dividual basis with the opportunity for discussion tion, individual behavior, and social organization archaeology, ethnology, linguistics and physical of the material with the instructor. Mr. Katz anthropology, and encourages the definition of in relation to cognition and communication. interests which combine various aspects of these 598A. Research in Anesthesia I. (r course ) Prere- In order to take full advantage of the departmental subfields with each other or with areas outside quisite: consent of instructor. Opportunity is pre- program, the student is urged to plan his program anthropology. sented to pursue anesthesia research outlets for around his own interests with the help of a coun- thesis preparation . Independent research of quality selor, to include not only required courses, but also Admission suitable for publication is required. This may be independent studies and challenging and useful In addition to meeting the general graduate require- elected instead of the oral comprehensive examina- courses in related fields. ments listed elsewhere in this catalog, students are tion for completion of the Master's Program. admitted to the department by an Admissions Com- Mr. Katz, Ms. Katz The department has a regular faculty advisor to aid mittee. Graduate enrollment is limited and candi- students in dealing with routine requirements. 598B. Research in Anesthesia II. (% course ) Prere- In dates will be chosen on the following bases: addition, undergraduates are encouraged to make quisite: Research in Anesthesia I. Opportunity is the personal acquaintance of any faculty members (1) prior scholastic performance; (2) ratings and presented to pursue anesthesia research outlets for whose work is of interest to them for specialized recommendations by professors and other indi- thesis preparation. Independent research of quality guidance. Undergraduate students may also con- viduals; (3) a term paper or other research paper; suitable for publication is required. This may be sult representatives of the Anthropology Under- and (4) scores on the Graduate Record Examina- elected instead of the oral comprehensive examina- graduate Student Association for additional guid- tion. Students may enter the program only in the tion for completion of the Master's Program. May ance. Fall Quarter. Candidates are normally admitted for be repeated two times for credit. the Ph.D. only. Mr. Katz, Ms. Katz The undergraduate and graduate student associa- Graduate Program and Advising tions are integral to the departmental program and organization. Through them students have the On entering the graduate program, each student ANTHROPOLOGY opportunity to take a direct part in departmental will be assigned an adviser. His function will be to administration , select speakers and programs, and acquaint the student with the department and to as- (Department Office, 341 Haines Hall) produce publications including student evaluations sist him in devising an initial plan of study. By the of all courses taught in the department. Under- beginning of the second quarter, the student will Walter R. Goldschmidt, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology. graduate and graduate students are encouraged to have formed a two-man advisory committee. This James N. Hill, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology. Jacques Maquet, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology (Chairman of committee will assist the student in formulating a acquaint themselves with their respective organiza- the Department). tions and with the departmental library, museum, long-term plan of study developed around the stu- Clement W. Meighan, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology. reading and typing rooms, and the Archaeological dent's interests which provides for those courses, Michael Moerman, Ph.D., Professor ofAnthropology. Survey program. seminars and research experiences that will best Sally F. Moore, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology. Henry B. Nicholson, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology. prepare him to implement Preparation for the Major and develop his interests. When it has been determined that the stu- Wendell H. Oswalt, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology. Required:Anthropology 1A-IB, 5A, 5C. All courses dent is prepared for the Ph.D. qualifying examina- Hiroshi Wagatsuma, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology. taken in preparation for the major must be taken on tions, his advisory committee will be extended to a Johannes Wilbert, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology. a letter grade basis. five-man Ph.D. committee including two members Bobby J. Williams, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology. Ralph L. Beals, Ph.D., Emeritus Professor of Anthropology. Foreign Language from outside the department. This committee will Joseph B. Birdsell, Ph.D., Emeritus Professor of A nthropology. Hilda Kuper, Ph.D., Emeritus Professor of Anthropology. The department administer the Ph.D. qualifying requires a demonstration examinations, of profi- supervise the student's doctoral research, and William A. Lessa, Ph.D., Emeritus Professor of Anthropology. ciency in one foreign language to insure that its gra- administer the final oral examination after comple- Christopher Donnan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of duates have the communication skills and cultural tion of the thesis. Anthropology. insights offered by such proficiency. Any spoken Allen W. Johnson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Anthropology. language is acceptable as is any extinct language Requirements for the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees Donald G. Lindburg, Ph.D., Associate Professor of with a substantial body of literature. Proficiency is General .A dossier developed for each student will Anthropology. Claudia Mitchell -Kernan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of equated with the skill level to be attained through contain materials relevant to deciding whether a Anthropology. course five in a language. Specifically, this require- student is prepared to take his qualifying examina- Philip L. Newman, Ph.D., Associate Professor of A n thropology. ment may be met in one of two ways. (1) By com- tion. This material will consist of a study plan and ANTHROPOLOGY / 81 stated objectives, all term papers, written evalua- from its first beginnings to the advent of writing as society among the diverse peoples of the tions of course and seminar work by the student's developed through archaeological investigation. Himalayas. Topics to be covered include: environ- instructors, annual written evaluations by the The Staff. ment and economic adaptation, politics in tradi- advisory committee of progress toward stated objectives, and a research paper on a topic de- 11. The Evolution of Man. Lecture, three hours; tional isolation and within the framework of recent discussion, one hour. Students cannot receive national integration, veloped by the student kinship, forms of marriage in consultation with his credit for l l and 1A-1B. This course does not satisfy and the status of women, religion and the social committee. The research paper, and all other major requirements. A one-quarter course on the order in a Hindu-Buddhist culture contact zone materials, will be reviewed by a third member evolution of man. Emphasis is on evolutionary pro- and current problems of modernization. appointed to the advisory committee in the quarter cesses and the evolutionary past of the human Ms. Levine when the research paper is completed. The stu- species. The Staff 105A-10SC Peoples of Latin America. dent's file will then be presented for full faculty review, such review normally taking place not later M12. Human Genetics and Reproduction . (Same as 105A. Peoples of South America. Mr. Wilbert than the sixth quarter of residence. Students admit- Public Health M12.) Survey for general student of 105B. Peoples of Middle America. The Staff ted to the department with an advanced degree normal and abnormal development, and basic prin- 105C. Latin American Societies. The Staff from another department may prepare for the ciples. Topics include genetics, human reproduc- qualifying examinations, but may not take them tion, problems of pregnancy and its outcome, birth 106A-106F. Peoples of North America. until three quarters of residence have been com- defects, prenatal diagnosis, and genetic counseling. 106A. Peoples of California: Ethnography. pleted. Emphasis is on introducing facts for current discus- Mr. Meighan sions of the "New Genetics" and scientific and ethi- Language Requirement . The student must pass the cal questions regarding reproduction and develop- 106B. Peoples of California: Prehistory. Graduate Language Examination (ETS) in one ment. Mr. Sever Mr. Meighan foreign language before the oral qualifying examination. Also, before taking the qualifying 22. General Cultural Anthropology . Lecture, three 106C. Peoples of North America. Mr. Oswalt examination, he must pass an examination hours; discussion section, ne hour. This course is 106D-106E. Archaeology of North America. Prere- administered by his Ph.D. committee testing his designed for non-majors. Students cannot receive quisite: courses 5A-5C or course 22 or consent of knowledge of a corpus of substantive or theoretical credit both for Anthropology 22 and 5A. An the instructor. Course 106D is prerequisite to 106E. literature relevant to his area of specialization in introduction to the cultural understanding of Prehistory of the North American Indians; the same language. the human behavior designed for students who do not evolution of Indian societies from earliest times to plan further work in anthropology. Stress is placed (and including) contemporary M.A. Degree . The department does not admit can- Indians; approaches on those concepts and theories that are applicable didates for the M.A. only; the M.A. degree is not and methods of American Archaeology. Mr. Hill to the everyday life and professional activities in required of candidates for the Ph.D. degree. How- the modern world. Examples of institutions and in- 106F. Eskimos. Prerequisites: upper division stand- ever, graduate students preparing for the Ph.D. dividual behavior of modern America are counter- ing. This is a survey on historical, ethnographic, normally qualify and apply for the M.A. after pointed against studies of primitive life. The Staff and contemporary Eskimo life stressing their satisfactory completion of a research paper and importance in anthropological theory and practice. after faculty review. The research paper and the Particular emphasis is placed in Eskimo origins, oral examination constitute a comprehensive Upper Division Courses technology, and modern administration. examination. Courses 1A-lB, 5A, 5C or upper division standing Mr. Oswalt Ph.D. Degree . Advancement to candidacy for the are prerequisite to all upper division courses, 106G. The Comparative Ethnography of the Ph.D. is dependent on passing qualifying examina- except as otherwise stated. All upper division Hispanic Peoples in North America . Prerequisites: tions. In accordance with university regulations, courses with letter designations (A, B, etc.) may be course 5A or 22 or consent of instructor-primarily the Ph.D. committee conducts both a written and an taken independently except as otherwise stated. for upper division students. A comparative oral examination. The written examination, con- ethnography of the social and cultural adaptations ducted by the departmental committee, will be considered to be in the nature of representatives on the GROUP I. ETHNOGRAPHY of the Hispanic Peoples in North America includ- ing Mexican/Chicanos, Cubans, and Puerto Ricans, a preparation for the oral examination. The This group contains courses of a descriptive nature their respective-social organization, economic and character of the written examination will be deter- where the intent is to survey the cultural patterns of political institutions, sacred and secular belief sys- mined by the committee, in consultation with the an ethnic group either diachronically or syn- tems, and expressive cultures. Each group is pre- student, and need not consist of a closed book chronically. sented as adapting within culture complexes closely examination . The content of the oral examination, 102. World Ethnography . Diversity of cultural related to historical developments in the United conducted by both departmental and non-depart- types and commonalities of cultural systems docu- States and thus considered as areal cultures. mental representatives on the committee, will also mented through print and film. The course will also Linkages for each cultural group transcend national be determined by the committee. Upon successful be concerned with criteria of ethnographic ade- boundaries and national space so that direct and completion of the Qualifying Examinations and quacy in each medium. The Staff indirect historical interaction links all groups, mak- Advancement to Candidacy, the student will pro- ceed with dissertation ing events in any part relevant to the Hispanic areal research. The dissertation Area Courses. (Anthropology 103A-Anthropology culture as a whole. Mr. Velez will be an original contribution to anthropology 110.) Prerequisite: courses 5A, 5C, 22 or 102. Each course is a survey of native peoples and cultures in 106H-106I. Peoples of Pueblo Southwest. literature, normally, Prere- but not necessarily, based quisites one of the following: Anthropology upon field work. Award of the Ph.D. degree is 5A- designated areas of the world. The survey will 5C, Anthropology 22, upper division standing or based on the dissertation and a final oral examina- include discussions of technological, social and ideational patterns among the ethnic groups of the consent of instructor. Course 106H or consent of in- tion. structor is prerequisite to 1061. A survey of area. Special ethnological and theoretical problems ethnographic and ethnohistorical research on the will be covered as appropriate. Outside reading and Lower Division Courses papers may be required. historic Pueblo Indians-Hopi, Zuni, Tanoan, and Keresan - and their immediate neighbors. 106H IA-1B . The Principles of Human Evolution. Lec- 103A-103C. Peoples of Asia. introduces the history , languages , social organiza- ture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Course IA is prerequisite to course 1B. Students cannot receive tion , and traditional cultural systems of the various 103A. South Asia: Buddhist Civilization. A study of Buddhism as basis of one of the main cultural groups. 1061 focuses on selected problems in Pueblo credit for both Anthropology IA-lB and ethnology and considers the Pueblo Southwest as Anthropology 11. Human population biology in the streams of South Asia; its evolution from a system conceptual framework of evolutionary processes. of wisdom to a religion, a way of life, and a national an important locus for anthropological theory and polity; historical background including early method. IA emphasizes the genetic Mr. Kroskrity basis of evolution, population antecedents biology and diversity in India. among living Mr. Maquet 107A-107B. Introduction to African Societies and Modes of Thought. populations. iB emphasizes comparative primate 103B. Southeast Asia. Mr. Moerman behavior, structural anatomy and the fossil record. 103C. Japan (I) Introductory. Prerequisites: upper 107A. Simple Societies of Africa. Prerequisite: These courses are required as preparation for the division standing or consent of instructor. An upper division standing or consent of instructor. A major. The Staff introduction into contemporary Japanese culture: comparative analysis of African societies and sys- family life, social organizations, religion, values 5A-5C. Introduction to Cultural Anthropology. tems of thought. Social, economic, kinship, politi- cal, religious and medical institutions in societies 5A. Principles of Cultural Anthropology. Lecture, and norms. Mr. Wagatsuma which, in the past, lacked centralized political in- three hours; discussion section, one hour. Course 103D. Japan (11) Advanced. Prerequisite: Japan 1. stitutions. Students will be introduced to the classic 5A is prerequisite to course 5C. Students cannot An advanced level discussion of the selected sub- ethnographies and current research among these receive credit for both Anthropology 5A and jects in contemporary Japan origins of people and African peoples in the modern world. Anthropology 22. The character of culture and language, problems of "modernization" and Mr. Mendonsa, Ms. Moore nature of social behavior as developed through "Westernization", psychological characteristics of 107B. Complex Societies of Africa . Prerequisite: anthropological study of contemporary peoples. the people, social deviances. Mr. Wagatsuma upper division standing or consent of instructor. A The Staff 103E. Culture and Society in the Himalayas. Prere- comparative analysis of African societies and sys- 5C. Culture History. Lecture, three hours; discus- quisite: course 22 or consent of instructor. The tems of thought. Social, economic, kinship, politi- sion section, one hour. The development of culture course will provide an overview of culture and cal, religious and medical institutions in societies NOTE: For key to symtxils , x'c page 74 82 / ANTHROPOLOGY which had indigenous centralized political institu- prehistoric foundations and cultural development primate paleontological and evolutionary record, tions e.g., chiefdoms, kingdoms, states. Students of primary civilizations in the Near East, Europe encompassing prosimians, New and Old World will be introduced to the classic ethnographies and and Asia as revealed by archaeology ; theories of monkeys and hominoids. Attendant aspects of current research among these peoples in modern cultural evolution and diffusion based upon paleoecology and behavior will be discussed. Africa, including urban centers. archaeological discovery . Mr. Sackett Mr. Russell Mr. Mendonsa , Ms. Moore 123C. Ancient Civilizations of Western Middle 108. Peoples of the Pacific . Mr. Newman America (Nahuatl Sphere ). Prerequisite: course GROUP IV. SOCIAL 109. Old Stone Age Archaeology . (Formerly num- 5A-5C or course 22. Pre-Hispanic and Conquest SYSTEMATICS bered 109A-1098.) Prerequisite: course 5C or con- period native cultures of Western Middle America Courses which focus on the interpretation or sent of the instructor . The development of as revealed by archaeology and early colonial writ- explanation of some type of code, symbol system, or Palcolithic and Mesolithic cultures of Europe, ings in Spanish and Indian languages . Toltec-Aztec behavior pattern and where the central analytic Africa, and Asia, emphasizing the ordering and and Mixteca civilizations and their predecessors, constructs are symbols, personality processes or interpretation of archaeological data. Pleistocene with emphasis on socio-political systems, economic interactional dynamics, and where theory is con- geology and chronology, the relationship between patterns, religion, and esthetic and intellectual cerned with the relationship between the indi- human , cultural and biological evolution. achievements. Mr. Nicholson vidual and his interactional setting. Anthropology Mr. Sackett 123D. Ancient Civilizations of Eastern Middle students may also fulfill Group IV requirements by 110. Peoples of the Middle East: Arab Culture. America (Maya Sphere ). Prerequisite courses 5A- taking Linguistics 100. Prerequisite: course 5A, consent of instructor. This 5C or course 22, Pre-Hispanic and Conquest period 138. Symbolic Systems. Prerequisite: upper divi- course will delineate the area of "Arab Peoples" native cultures of eastern Middle America as sion standing or consent of instructor . An analysis through an examination of their historical back- revealed by archaeology and early colonial writings of the anthropological research and theory on the ground, their language, and their belief system. It in Spanish and Indian languages . Lowland and cultural systems of thought, behavior, and com- will attempt to uncover the structural principles Highland Maya civilizations and their predecessors munication expressed in a symbolic mode (as dis- shared by the Arab people of North Africa and with emphasis on socio-political systems, economic tinguished from the discursive , instrumental, and Southwest Asia which underlie Arab culture. patterns , religion , and esthetic and intellectual casual modes). Methods for the study of symbolic The Staff achievements . Mr. Nicholson meanings , including the experiential approach. 123E. Ancient Civilizations of Andean South Mr. Maquet GROUP II. DEVELOPMENT OF America. Prerequisite: courses 5A-5C or course 22. 139. Comparative Minority Relations . Prere- MAN AND CULTURE Pre-Hispanic and Conquest period native cultures of Andean South America quisites: as revealed courses by 5A-5C. Comparative study of This group contains two kinds of courses in terms archaeology and early Spanish writings. The Inca minority relations , social discrimination and pre- of method Those courses primarily historical in in Peru , with emphasis on judice. The emphasis will be both on cross-cultural and their predecessors perspectives and on psycho-cultural analysis. The orientation where the concern is to present socio-political systems, economic patterns, religion, cases will be taken from the U.S., Japan, India, and sequences of change in the development of man and and esthetic and intellectual achievements. culture , and those courses concerned with general Mr. Dorman other areas. The factors responsible for discrimina- theories of change. tion and the cultural-psychological consequences of 111A•111B. Fossil Man and His Culture. Course GROUP III. BIOLOGY AND class, caste or minority status of the individuals will bediscussed. Mr. Velez 111A is prerequisite to 111B. No credit will be CULTURE 140. Comparative Religion . A survey of various allowed for courses 111A without course 111 B. An An examination of the biological factors in human methodologies in the comparative study of introduction to paleoanthropology; the variability, both behavioral and physical, and the morphology, ecology and culture of fossil man in ideologies and action systems. These religious operation of biological factors within a cultural set- the light of the synthetic theory of evolution. include the understanding of particular religions ting. through descriptive and structural approaches, and Ms. Kennedy, Mr. Sackett the identification of social and psychological factors 112. Hunting and Gathering Societies. Prere- 130A-1308. The Genetics of Human Diversity. which may account for variation in religious sys- quisite: course 5A. A survey will be made of hunt- Course 130A is prerequisite to 1308. No credit will be allowed for course 130A without course 130B. A tems cross -culturally . Mr. Newman ing and gathering societies. Their distinctive general survey of the techniques and problems of 141. Social and Psychological Aspects of Myth and features will be examined from both an ecological racial classification . Emphasis is on the genetic Ritual. This course is aimed at understanding the and cultural viewpoint . The possibility of develop- approach. The methods of modern classical genetics social and psychological significance of myth , ritual ing a general framework for synthesizing these two and population genetics are applied to human and symbolism , with particular attention given to viewpoints will be discussed. This synthesis will be used as a basis for illustrating the relevance of evolution. The Staff rituals concerned with folk psychotherapies, hunting and gathering societies to an understand- 131. Evolution and Biology of Human Behavior. A possession and trace phenomena . Mr. Mendonsa ing of complex societies. Mr. Read comparative survey of the behavior patterns of 142. Comparative Study of Socialization . Introduc- 113. Civilizations of Subsaharan Africa . Prere- preliterate and Paleolithic peoples and those of tion to ethnographic data on socialization and child quisite: upper division standing or consent of in- non-human primates . The biological variables fun- training. Theories explaining cross-cultural structor. A comprehensive overview of the socio- damental to human and prehuman behavior will be variability in socialization practices. Current cultural world of subsaharan Africa. This world is assessed with regard to theories on the evolution of methods and research topics in the field. interpreted as a broad cultural unit with its specific human culture. The Staff Mr. Weisner African configurations, and as a plurality of 132. Comparative Morpho -Physiology of the 143. The Individual in Culture . Prerequisite: upper civilizations, each based on a particular association Higher Primates . Lecture , two hours ; laboratory, division anthropology, sociology, or psychology of an environment (dry savanna, grass-land, three hours . The comparative anatomy of monkeys, students. The course considers the balance for equatorial forest, highlands) with a dominant tech- apes and man will be surveyed. The methods and freedom and determinism for individuals and nique of acquisition/production (hunting/gather- data prerequisite to the interpretation of the pri- societies in the interrelation of personality , social ing, cereals growing, cattle-herding, commercial mate fossil records will be discussed. The Staff structure and culture. It surveys the nature and crops, industry). Mr. Maquet 133A-1338 . Primate Behavior Non-Human to limits of human plasticity; the variability and 119. Culture Stability and Culture Change. Prob- Human . (2 courses ) Prerequisites upper division uniformity of personality within and between lems of cultural and social change, including the standing. Course 133A is prerequisite to 133B. cultures; the relation of normal and abnormal, con- impact of western civilization on native societies. Review of primate behavior as known from formity and deviance. Mr. Edgerton Mr. Mendonsa laboratory and field studies . Stresses theoretical 144. Aesthetic Anthropology . Lecture, three hours. 122A. Comparative Society. Prerequisite: courses issues and the evolution of casual processes , struc- Prerequisite upper division standing . Elaboration 5A-5C, or Sociology 1 or consent of the instructor. ture, and function of animal behavior with special of a crosscultural notion of visual aesthetic The general principles of the organization of reference to nonhuman primates . Human behavior phenomena that meets the requirements of society ; the relation of these to the technological will be discussed as the product of such evolution- anthropological research . Aesthetic phenomena as complexity and ecological conditions of the culture; ary processes. This course is offered on an In cultural their integration in a cultural system; the principles of evolutionary development of Progress basis . Credit is given only after completion their relationships with other elements in the social systems. The Staff of the full 2-quarter sequence. The Staff interplay of social forces. Mr. Maquet 122C. Technology and Environment. Significance 134. Biology , Society and Culture . Prerequisite: 145A . Introduction to Psychological of material culture in archaeology and ethnology; course 1B. An investigation of the interaction be- Anthropology. Prerequisites: upper division stand- problems of invention and the acceptance of tween human biology and human behavior. Partic- ing or consent of instructor . 145A is prerequisite to innovations; the ecological and sociological con- ularly emphasized are the influences of human 1458. An historical approach to culture-and-per- comitants of technological systems; selected prob- biological evolution on human cultural evolution sonality studies and psychological anthropology. lems in material culture. The Staff and human cultural evolution on human biological These sub-disciplines will be described and evolution . Mr. Bytes analyzed as they relate to the broader history of 123. Origins of Old World Civilization . Prere- upper divi- quisite: course SC or course 22. A survey of the anthropology and to developments in other fields, 135A. Primate Evolution . Prerequisite especially sociology, psychology, and psy- sion standing/consent of instructor. A survey of the ANTHROPOLOGY / 83 choanalysis. The work of Durkheirn, Benedict, the process of social change. minority groups and subsequent adaptation of Mead, Sapir, Malinowski, Roheim, Freud, Kar- Mr. Mendonsa, Ms. Moore them within the United States explored in terms of diner, Whiting, and Bateson will be discussed. 151. Kinship and Social Organization . Prere- the methods and perspectives of anthropology. The Staff quisite: Anthropology major, upper division. Kin- The Staff 145B . Introduction to Psychological ship is surveyed as a systematic study in 161. Development Anthropology . Prerequisites: Anthropology . Prerequisites: course 145A. A anthropology with a focus on the basic theoretical courses 5A-5C and upper division standing or con- survey and critical analysis of the theories of issues . Kinship analysis is presented as a tool in sent of the instructor. Comparative study of the methods in use in contemporary psychological research. The Staff peasantization of tribal peoples, the proletarization anthropology. These methods and theories are 152. Traditional Political Systems . Prerequisite: of peasants , and the urbanization of ruralities. Par- examined as they are employed in the crosscultural course 122A or Sociology 101 or consent of the in- ticular emphasis on the relation between national study of the following topics: socialization and de- structor. Political organization in pre-industrial and international, and localized sociocultural sys- velopment, pathology and deviance, fantasy, societies of varying degrees of complexity. Law and tems; the theory of social movements. Alternative religion and altered states of consciousness, cogni- the maintenance of order; corporate groups; theoretical constructs will be critically discussed. tion, perception and motivation, communication ideology. The relations of political to other institu- Mr. Mendonsa and language, psychobiology and evolution. tions of society. The Staff 162. Contemporary American Indian Problems. Finally, theories and methods in psychological Contemporary problems of the American Indian anthropology are compared with developments in 153A-153B. Production and Exchange in Tradi- both on and off the reservation. Topics will include socio-cultural anthropology as a whole. The Staff tional Societies. A review of economic and ecologi- self-determination , land claims , activism, urban cal approaches to studying organization of produc- M146. Language in Culture . (Same as Linguistics tion and exchange. Economic life is viewed from Indians, and role of the Bureau of Indian Affairs. M146.) Prerequisites: Linguistics 1 or three perspectives: adaptation, decision-making The Staff Anthropology 177A-177B. The study of language as and social structure. Comparative theories are dis- 163. Women in Culture and Society . Prerequisite: an aspect of culture; the relation of habitual cussed in the content of ethnographic evidence course 5A or 22. A systematic approach to the study thought and behavior to language; the problem of from a wide variety of cultural systems. 153A: Non- of sex roles from an anthropological perspective. A meaning. For course M146, graduate students in stratified Societies; 1536: Stratified Societies. critical review of relevant theoretical issues sup- anthropology who propose to specialize in Mr. Earle, Mr. Johnson ported by ethnographic material from traditional linguistics must take Linguistics 100 plus graduate cultures and contemporary American culture. courses in linguistics chosen from Linguistics 155. Illness in Non -Western Societies . Prere- 200A-205B and 210A-210B in consultation The Staff with an quisites: course 5A-5C or course 22 or Sociology I adviser; or they may take the M.A. in linguistics or 101 and upper division standing, or consent of M164. The Afro-American Experience in the together with the Ph.D. in anthropology. instructor. An analysis of the cultural modes of United States. (Same as Afro-American Studies Mr. Kroskrity thought and social structures associated with ill- M164.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. This ness in non-western societies. The emphasis will be course aims to promote understanding 148. Personality and Social Systems. Prerequisite: of contem- upon the social roles involved in the diagnosis and porary sociocultural forms among Afro-Americans upper division standing or consent of instructor. curing. Mr. Mendonsa in the United States by presenting a comparative The course explores the relationships between indi- and diachronic perspective on the Afro-American vidual and social-cultural systems. Major topics: 157. Intentional Communities. Prerequisite: upper experience in the new world. We will be concerned (the study of personality in culture); cultural inf- division standing or consent of instructor. Com- munes and monasteries, ashram and kibbutz are with the utilization luences on motor behavior and psychological reac- of Anthropological concepts and methods in understanding tion patterns; cultural influences on cognition, per- the origins and voluntarily joined societal units, offering complete life-styles perceived as alternatives to the maintenance of particular patterns of adaptation ception, and thought process; socialization in among Black Americans. Ms. Mitchell - Kernan Culture I (child rearing); socialization in Culture 11 mainstream cultures, and stressing the affective (moral development and values); expressive sym- involvement of the members. Questions such as the bolic behavior (ritual, myth, art, folklore, dreams, following will be discussed in a comparative GROUP VII. TECHNIQUES AND projective tests); social deviance (anti -social perspective: institutional goals stated in the com- METHODS behavior, mental illness, suicide). munity's "charter"; system of acquisition or pro- duction; internal organization; ideational con- Techniques are thought of as procedures in gather- Mr. Wagatsuma ing or manipulating data; methods are thought of figurations ; individual experience ; sociological and as concerned with problems of inference and 149A-149B. Human Social Ethology . Prerequisite: psychological functions; criteria of success and Permission (consent of instructor). Two quarter failure; subculture and counterculture. validation . The following courses deal with one or course. Grade of IP for first quarter. Each student Mr. Maquet both concerns . They are intended for majors and will videotape a scene of naturally occurring graduate students in anthropology . Anthropology human interaction to be analyzed (in lab. sessions) M158. Health in Culture and Society . (Same as students may also fulfill Group VII requirements by by the class and instructor for the interactive tasks, Nursing M168 .) Prerequisite upper division stand- taking Linguistics 110 and Indo-European Studies resources, and accomplishments displayed. Stu- ing. An examination of the theories and methods of 149. dents will be able to set individual hours of medical anthropology in relation to cross-cultural 170A-170B-170C. Field Training . Prerequisite: con- laboratory participation within the time-block set health systems, role networks, attitude and belief sent of instructor. for the class. Mr. Moerman systems of the participants. Emphasis will be placed upon interaction networks in health care systems. 170A. Archaeology. Introduction to archaeological Ms. Brink problems, theories , methods, and data analysis. GROUP V. SOCIAL M159. Social Networks and Corporate Groups. The Staff SYSTEMATICS II (Same as Law M151.) Prerequisite: upper division 1706. Ethnology . Training in ethnographic field Courses which focus on the explanation of some standing or consent of instructor. Two approaches methods . Execution of individual and group type of institution or social system where the cen- to the analysis of social organization are examined; ethnographic field research projects . The Staff their uses and limitations in the study of modern tral analytic constructs 170C. Physical Anthropology . Training in basic are groups, roles, norms, societies, in the interpretation of ethnographic and societies, and where theory is concerned with materials, and in analyzing processual sequences. field methods ; anthropometry , taxonomy, the development and maintenance of human Social, political, economic implications explored. laboratory methods, and bio-statistics . The Staff groups or networks. Uses in field work discussed. Students will have an 171A-1718 -171C. Laboratory Methods in Physical 15OA-150B. Social Anthropology. opportunity to complete small field projects, and Anthropology. Prerequisite: courses IA-1B, restric- 150A. History of Social Anthropology . Prere- will reanalyze library materials. Ms. Moore tion to majors only and graduate students; consent of instructor . Laboratory methodology and analysis quisites: course 5A-5C or course 22 or Sociology 1 of human variation on skeletal material (171A) and or 101 and upper division standing in GROUP VI. CONTEMPORARY on living populations (1716) and bio-chemical Anthropology or Sociology. A systematic survey of PROBLEMS methods (171C). The Staff the development of social anthropology in France and Britain from the Enlightenment to the present. This group includes those courses (taught from any 172. Methods and Techniques of Ethnohistory. Reviews major early concepts of French Sociology point of view and with any subject matter) which Introduction to the problems and procedures of and British structuralist -functionalism and current are concerned with application of anthropological extracting cultural data from documentary sources concerns in social theory. techniques and methods to problems of contempor- and their interpretation and analysis . The relevant Mr. Mendonsa, Ms. Moore ary interest in our own society or which arise as a documentary sources of various New World product of the contact between our society and regions will be selected as case histories to illustrate 150B. Social Organization. Prerequisites: course others. more concretely the problems and challenges in 5A-5C or course 22 or Sociology 1 or 101 and upper division standing in Anthropology this major area of anthropological and Sociology. concern. 160. Urban Anthropology . Prerequisites: Open to 150A would also be advisable . Formal presentation upper-division majors in social sciences, and others Mr. Nicholson of the methods, aims and conceptual framework of by consent of the instructor. A survey of urbaniza- 173A-1738. Research Design and Quantitative social anthropology. Analysis of thought and tion throughout the world , with emphasis on urban Procedures . Prerequisites upper division standing. behavior within systems of social relationships. adaptation of rural migrants. Special focus on the Course 173A is prerequisite to 1736. Course 173A Emphasis on structural-functional approach and problems of rural-urban migration of ethnic may be taken without 1736. A two quarter course NOTE: For key to symbols, see page 74 84 / ANTHROPOLOGY on research design and quantitative data analysis in of eliciting procedures as supplemental, to other in- Graduate Courses anthropology . The first quarter focuses on the vestigative techniques. Practice with informants. Graduate students may take Linguistics 200F and application of the scientific method to Mr. Kroskrity 2000 and receive credit towards the 36 units anthropology , on the techniques of quantitative 178A. Museum Studies . Prerequisite: consent of in- required for the M.A. degree. ANY COURSE field research, and on the conceptual framework structor. Method and theory of museum operation. WITHIN A GROUP LABELED "SELECTED underlying statistical analysis of quantified data. Acquisition, accession, storage, photography, con- TOPICS" ARE NONREPETITIVE IN CONTENT The second quarter emphasizes research design and servation and exhibition are discussed and demon- AND MAY BE REPEATED FOR CREDIT ON statistical hypothesis testing and will include stu- strated. Museum research, publication, and teach- RECOMMENDATION OF THE GRADUATE dent data collection and processing. ing as well as museum administration and funding ADVISER. Mr. Johnson, Mr. Read are analyzed. Lectures and demonstrations are 174. Laboratory Methods in Technology and structured to illustrate how the various aspects of 200-202. SEMINARS IN Invention . Prerequisite course 122C and consent museum operation are interrelated. ANTHROPOLOGICAL of the instructor . Intensive experimentation in the Mr. Donnan and the Museum Staff technology of nonliterate people. Mr. Dorman 178B. Museum Studies . Prerequisites: course 178A LINGUISTICS 175A. Strategy of Archaeology . Prerequisite: and consent of instructor. Two areas of museum 200. Anthropological Linguistics . (Formerly num- course SC or consent of instructor. An introduction operation are selected by the students from those bered 212.) Prerequisites: Linguistics 100 or its to problem formulation , theory and method in discussed and demonstrated in Anthropology equivalent. The development of anthropological archaeology , with an emphasis on the development 178A. The student is then required to develop linguistics, modern linguistic theory and its of research designs. The focus is on how expertise in these areas through a combination of Li- application to the study of non-linguistic aspects of archaeological research is conceived and planned, brary research and a series of assignments carried culture, including relationship of language to with consideration of differing viewpoints and out in the museum. world view; comparative historical linguistics to their usefulness. A scientific approach is taken and Mr. Donnan and the Museum Staff pre-history, lexico-statistics, semantic analysis, consideration is given to the relevance of linguistic acculturation, and socio- and ethno- archaeology to explaining variability and change in 178C. Museum Studies . Prerequisites: course linguistics. Mr. Kroskrity 178A-178B and consent of instructor. One area of the adaptations of human populations . Mr. Hill museum operation is selected by the student from M201A . Linguistic Anthropology I. (Formerly 175B. Archaeological Research Techniques . Prere- those demonstrated in Anthropology 178A. The numbered M276A; same as Linguistics M246A.) quisite: course 5C or consent of instructor. An student is then required to develop expertise in this Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Research in ver- introduction to the techniques of discovery and area through a combination of library research and bal interaction, emphasizing the use of conversa- analysis that archaeologists have found useful in a series of assignments carried out in the museum. tional structures. Mr. Moerman research. Special attention is given to sampling Mr. Dorman and the Museum Staff M201B. Linguistic Anthropology II. (Formerly techniques in survey and excavation, the techni- 179. Ethnography on Film . Intensive examination numbered M276B; same as Linguistics M246B.) ques of survey and excavation, classification and of filmed and written ethnographies of a wide Prerequisite: consent of instructor. This seminar typology, problems in dating, locational analysis, range of the worlds peoples with the purposes of: aims to provide interested students basic informa- the description of settlement systems, and the tech- a) comparing visual with written data and evi- tion on Black American English, an important niques for measuring parameters of prehistoric dences and b) developing criteria for adequate writ- minority dialect in the United States. The social demography , diet, specialization , exchange and ten and film ethnography. Mr. Moerman implications of minority dialects will be examined warfare. Attention is also given to techniques for from the perspectives of their genesis, maintenance describing and explaining change. Mr. Hill 180. The Ethnography of Communication: and social functions. The seminar also aims to Introduction and Practicum . Prerequisites: upper acquaint students with problems and issues in the M175C. Dating Techniques in Environmental division standing or consent of instructor. The Sciences and Archaeology. (Same as Geography field of sociolinguistics through a case study course has two inter-related objectives: M178.) Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 1) to approach. Ms. Mitchell-Kernan introduce students to the ethnography of com- Introduction to scientific dating methods such as munication-the description and analysis of situ- M201C. Linguistic Anthropology III. (Formerly radiocarbon dating , radiation damage methods, ated communicative behavior-and the socio- numbered M276C; same as Linguistics M246C.) biological dating techniques and magnetic dating, cultural knowledge which it reflects and 2) to train Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Problems in the and applications in environmental sciences, students to recognize, describe, and analyse the relations of language to culture. Mr. Kroskrity archaeology , and physical anthropology. relevant linguistic , proxemic and kinesic aspects of 202. Language Socialization . (Formerly numbered Mr. Berger face to face interaction. Mr. Kroskrity 249.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. This semi- 175E. Laboratory Analysis in Archaeology. Lec- nar will examine language socialization, ture, two hours ; laboratory , four b9urs . Prere- GROUP VIII. ANTHROPOLOGY specifically the child's growing ability to produce quisite: consent of the instructor. Description and AS A PROFESSION situationally appropriate speech. The development classification of archaeological collections catalog- of socio-linguistic selection rules in phonology, ing, typology, documentation . Preparation of This group contains historical surveys of grammar and syntax will be examined and the archaeological reports for publication. anthropology or its subfields and courses con- child's mastery of discourse types and discourse Mr. Meighan cerned with professional preparation. rules will also be considered. M176. A Laboratory for Naturalistic Observations: 182A-182B. History of Anthropology . Prerequisite: Ms. Mitchell-Kernan Developing Skills and Techniques . (Same as Psy- upper division or Graduate Status. Permission of 203. Linguistic and Intra-cultural Variation . Prere- chiatry M112 and Psychology M155.) Prerequisite: the instructor is required to take 182B without quisite: consent of the instructor. The course consent of instructor . The skill of observing and 182A. A systematic survey of the development of addresses the problem of variation as it impinges on recording behavior in natural settings will be anthropology within the western academic tradi- the disciplines of Anthropology and Linguistics. taught, emphasizing field training and practice in tion. Reviews major early concepts relevant to cur- Among the objectives of the course are the follow- observing behavior. Group and individual projects rent anthropological issues and reviews institu- ing: to acknowledge the importance of speech will be included. Some of the uses of observations tional growth and development of the field. variation in anthropological linguistic research, to and their implications for research in the social Mr. Langness critically assess a broad and representative sample sciences will also be discussed. 183. History of Archaeology . The intellectual of modern scholarship devoted to the study of Mr. Gallimore, Mr. Weisner history of archaeology from the ancient world to intra- and inter- individual variation , and to evalu- 177A. Field Methods in Linguistic Anthropology: the present. Although each of its major traditions is ate the utility and potential applicability of recent Practical Phonetics . Practice in elicitation from reviewed, particular emphasis is given to those linguistic models to anthropological linguistics and informants for the purposes of analysis of branches of archaeology that have evolved during anthropological theory. Mr. Kroskrity phonological systems and development of practical the last century within the discipline of transcription , as a preliminary to learning to speak anthropology. Mr. Sackett 205-210. SEMINARS IN the native language and to the recording of 184. History of Human Evolutionary Theory. The ARCHAEOLOGY ethnographic materials in native language . No pre- men, the events, and the spirit of the time which vious experience in linguistics is assumed. mark man's attempts to understand his origins and 205. Problems in Southwestern Archaeology. (For- Mr. Kroskrity merly numbered 290.) A consideration of diversity. Mr. Williams prehistoric cultural systems in the American South- 1778. Field Methods in Linguistics Anthropology: west, with emphasis on the description and Descriptive Semantics. Prerequisite: course 177A, SPECIAL COURSES explanation of organizational variability and or equivalent experience. The acquisition of techni- ques for conducting queries in the target language. change. Examination of the historical development 199. Special Studies in Anthropology . (1/4 to 2 The query techniques are intended to facilitate courses ) Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. of major theories, problems and methodologies. Two courses of 199 may be applied to the ten insight into semantic structure Mr. Hill through examina- tion of lexical and morphological classes. courses required for the major. The Staff M206A -206B. European Archaeology. (Formerly Morphological , syntactic , and lexical phenomena numbered M285A-285B; same as Indo-European that occur in languages in relation to meaning. Use Studies M250A-250B.) Prerequisite: consent of in- structor. Credit is given only upon completion of ANTHROPOLOGY / 85 both quarters. The full sequence may be repeated Biomathematics M246.) Prerequisites: graduate 237. Special Topics in Social Process . (Formerly for credit. Studies in ancient European archaeologi- standing, two quarters of statistics, Mathematics numbered 279.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. cal materials, and their relationship to the Near 3A, Anthropology 222A. An introduction to pro- Selected aspects of the literature on cultural and East, Western Siberia, and Central Asia. bability models and statistical methods in genetics. social process. The significance of repeated and/or Ms. Gimbutas Maximum likelihood methods for estimating gen- cumulative sequences of events in a variety of social 210A. Analytical Methods in Archaeological etic parameters will be introduced and discussed in and cultural contexts. Processual approaches com- Studies . (Formerly numbered 230A.) Prerequisites: detail. This course is a prerequisite for pared with normative concepts and ideal models. One quarter of statistics and consent of instructor. Anthropology M222C. Mr. Read Ms. Moore This course will cover data analysis procedures in M222C. Modeling in Genetic Analysis. (Formerly 241. The Cultural Context of Health Care. (For- archaeology. The emphasis will be on the concep- numbered M246C; same as Biomathematics M207.) merly numbered 216.) Prerequisite: consent of in- tual framework for the analysis of archaeological Prerequisites: graduate standing, course M22213, or structor. Concepts and treatment of illness and dis- data. It will begin aJ the level of the attribute and consent of instructor. Basic concepts of human gen- ease in cross-cultural perspectives, with an end at the level of the region. Mr. Read etics with emphasis on methods of computer- emphasis on research problems and methods. The 210B. Analytical Methods in Archaeological oriented genetic analysis. Topics include segrega- course introduces the anthropological approach to Studies . (Formerly numbered 230B.) Prerequisite: tion analysis, genetic linkage, polygenic (quantita- health-related research, then explores the intersec- consent of instructor. Anthropology 210A is not a tive) models, and population structure. tions of anthropology and problem areas in public prerequisite for this course. This course surveys the Ms. Spence health and psychiatry (such as epidemiology, fer- analytical methods used in archaeology to study tility regulation, socialization, and developmental prehistoric settlement systems using survey data. 229E-229F. SELECTED TOPICS IN disabilities). Mr. Johnson Specific issues addressed include settlement dis- PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY M243. Anthropological Approaches to law. (For- tribution with respect to natural resources, settle- ment hierarchy patterns of exchange, warfare, and merly numbered M223; same as Law M152.) Prere- 229E. Population Genetics . (Formerly numbered quisite: consent of instructor only. Law and politics population movements. Mr. Earle 281.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A con- in non -industrial societies considered with an eye sideration of some of the special methods of the to analogous processes in industrial society. The 214E-214J. SELECTED TOPICS IN genetics of human populations and their current application in research. articulation of local and larger scale organization. Mr. Williams ARCHAEOLOGY Formal organization and explicit rules compared 229F. Physical Anthropology Colloquium. (For- with operating realities. Arenas of regulation, com- 214E. Prehistoric Nonagricultural Societies. (For- merly numbered 284.) To be graded on an S/U basis petition„ dispute and negotiation examined. Works merly numbered 287.) Prerequisite: consent of in- only. Selected topics on the status of current of law by anthropologists reviewed. Ms. Moore structor. Regional studies in the development of research in biological anthropology. The Staff M244. Transcultural Psychiatry . (Formerly num- early human culture. Mr. Meighan 214F. Problems in Old World Archaeology. bered M201; same as Psychiatry M222.) Prere- (For- 230A- 230B - M267C. SEMINARS quisite: consent of instructor. Consideration of psy- merly numbered 288.) Prerequisite: consent of in- IN SOCIO-CULTURAL chiatric topics in cross-cultural perspective, such as structor. Mr. Sackett ANTHROPOLOGY studies of drug use, deviance, suicide, homicide, 214G. Prehistoric Civilizations of the New World. 230A- 230B. Anthropological Theory. (Formerly behavioral disorders, "culture specific" syndromes, (Formerly numbered 289.) Prerequisite: consent of numbered 219A-219B.) Prerequisite: Anthropology non-Western psychiatries, and the question of instructor. Mr. Donnan, Mr. Nicholson graduate students or consent of instructor. This "sick" societies. Mr. Kennedy 214H. Historical Reconstruction and Archaeology. course examines the range of theories that 245. Cultural Modes of Thought . (Formerly num- (Formerly numbered 286.) Prerequisite: consent of anthropologists have employed in describing and bered 248.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An instructor. Interpretation of historical development explaining variability in sociocultural phenomena. examination of the influences of culture on learn- through archaeological research. Application of The organization of particular theories, as well as ing, perception, thinking and intelligence. The ethnohistory to archaeological problems. issues that separate divergent theories, will be course to cover the fields of cross-cultural psy- Mr. Meighan, Mr. Nicholson explored. Emphasis will be placed on up-to-date chology in addition to cognitive anthropology. The examples of different theoretical perspectives. focus is on learning and thinking in non -Western M214I. Dating Techniques in Environmental Major perspectives to be considered include the fol- cultures but would include problems of education Sciences and Archaeology . (Formerly numbered lowing: Evolutionism Cultural Ecology, British in ethnic areas within the U.S. M296; same as Geography M278.) Prerequisite: Functionalism, French Functionalism Structural- Mr. Price-Williams consent of instructor. A colloquium devoted to ism, Cultural and Personality, Psychological topics in dating techniques in environmental Anthropology (Freudian, Neo-Freudian, Non- 246. Comparative Studies of Socialization. (For- sciences, archaeology, and physical anthropology Freudian), Behavioral Anthropology, Cognitive merly numbered 278.) Selected topics in the cross- as well as laboratory instruction and experimental Anthropology and Ethnosemantics. Ms. Moore cultural study of socialization and child training. work. Maybe repeated for credit. Mr. Berger Methods, ethnographic data, and theoretical orien- 231. Social Anthropology . (Formerly numbered tations. Emphasis 214J. Field Training in Archaeology . (Formerly on current research. 220.) Intensive examination of current theoretical Mr. Weisner numbered S297.) Prerequisite: Previous experience views and literature. Ms. Moore, Mr. Mendonsa in archaeology. Advanced training in archaeologi- cal excavation techniques, including organization M247A. Ethnographic Film. (Formerly numbered 232. Structural Anthropology . (Formerly num- M294A; same as Theater Arts M209C.) Prere- of projects, supervision of field crews, methodology bered 210.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. quisites: graduate standing and consent of instruc- of field recording and preliminary analysis of field Background in theoretical linguistics. Critical tor. The ethnographic film as a form of realist data. The Staff examination of structuralism its relationship to cinema and its relations to cultural anthropology. earlier anthropological approaches, its affinity with Mr. Hawkins , Mr. Moerman 220-222C. SEMINARS IN theoretical linguistics, its contribution anthropological to current theory, and its utility as a powerful 250. Indians of South America . (Formerly num- PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY analytic framework in the field situation. bered 207.) Survey of the literature and problems of The Staff the Indians of South 220. Current Problems in Physical Anthropology. America. Concurrently scheduled with Latin American Studies 250A. (Formerly numbered 240.) A detailed examination 234. Explanation of Societal Change . (Formerly Mr. Wilbert of present, on-going research by physical numbered 215.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. anthropologists in order to determine the direction Examination of the processes of societal evolution, 251. Cultural Ecology of Lowland South America. and place of physical anthropology in the general emphasizing the usefulness of a variety of (Formerly numbered 253.) Prerequisite: consent of discipline of anthropology. The Staff explanatory models drawn from General Systems instructor . Seminar on traditional adaptations to Theory, Ecology, Anthropology, and other sources. the lowland environment, 221A- 221B. The Fossil Evidence for Human Evolu- with special emphasis on the tropical forest. Explanatory principles account- tion . (Formerly numbered 251A-251B.) Prere- The development and testing of appropriate evolu- ing for cultural differences are explored and special quisite: consent of instructor. Course 221A is prere- tionary theory, including the use of simulation attention is given to effects of modern change on the quisite to 221B. No credit will be allowed for course techniques. Mr. Hill people and their environment . Mr. Johnson 221A without course 221B. An examination and 235. Social Movements and Social Crisis. (For- analysis of the fossile evidence for man's evolution. merly numbered 221.) Prerequisite: consent of in- M252. South American Folklore and Mythology Ms. Kennedy structor. The emergence of social movements of Studies . (Formerly numbered M257.) Prerequisites: different types, whether millennial, nationalist, course 105A or consent of instructor . An examina- 222A. Population Genetics of Man. (Formerly tion of oral traditions and related ethnological data numbered 246A.) An introductory course in reformist, political, etc., particularly as in situations from various South American Indian societies statistics. The study of population concepts, pro- of social conflict and crisis. Movements of rebellion against the background of the religious systems of bability, the conditions of gene frequency equilibria and revolution examined in the light of these people. Mr. Wilbert and factors causing gene frequency change. anthropological and sociological theory focusing on Mr. Williams a broad range of problems. Mr. Mendonsa 253. Asian -Americans Personality and Identity. 236. Urban Anthropology. (Formerly numbered 222B. Probability Models and Statistical Methods 209.) Prerequisite: graduate standing . This seminar will examine the effects of in Genetics . (Formerly humbered M2468; same as 271.) Prerequisite: course 160 or consent of instruc- class, caste and race on the Asian American per- tor. The Staff NOTE: For key to symbols, see page 74 86 / ANTHROPOLOGY sonality within the framework of anthropological 269F. Ethnology . (Formerly numbered 261.) Prere- psychopathology of the Japanese will be selected theories. Mr. Wagatsuma quisite: consent of instructor. Mr. Wilbert and discussed. Each student will be required to 254. African Cultures. (Formerly numbered 208.) 269G. Social Anthropology . (Formerly numbered select a topic and carry out the library research, Survey of literature and problems of African 262.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. while consulting with the instructor and participat- culture. Mr. Mendonsa, Ms. Moore Mr. Mendonsa, Ms. Moore ing in the group discussion. Mr. Wagatsuma 255. Cultures of the Middle East. (Formerly num- 269H. Cultural Ecology . (Formerly numbered 264.) 269X. Cultures of the Middle East. (Formerly num- bered 214.) Prerequisite: course 110 or consent of Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The Staff bered 265.) Prerequisites: course 110 or consent of instructor. Survey literature and problems of the instructor. The Staff 2691-269J. The Individual in Culture . (Formerly various cultures of the Middle East. The Staff numbered 272A-272B.) Prerequisite: consent of in- 269Y. Cultures of the Pacific Islands . (Formerly structor. Course 2691 is prerequisite to 269J. Credit M260. A Laboratory for Naturalistic Observations: numbered 254.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Mr. Newman Developing Skills and Techniques . (Formerly to be given only at the completion of 269J. numbered M213; same as Psychiatry M235.) Prere- Mr. Edgerton 269Z. Ethnography of the Mexican /Chicano People quisite: consent of instructor. The skill of observing M269K. Culture and Personality . (Formerly num- in North America . Prerequisites: graduate standing and recording behavior in natural settings will be bered 273; same as Psychiatry M272.) Prerequisite: or consent of instructor. It is recommended that taught, emphasizing field training and practice in consent of instructor. The course will deal with students have taken the Comparative Ethnography observing behavior. Some of the uses of observa- theories of the relationship of personality to the of the Hispanic Peoples in North America but it is tions and their implications for research in the context of cultural life; cultural aspects of indi- not imperative. A graduate research course on social sciences will also be discussed. Students will vidual growth and development and methodologi- topics in the ethnography of the Mexican/Chicano be expected to integrate observational work into cal problems in the study of cultural effects of indi- people in North America. Topics may include the their current research interests. vidual character and personality. May be repeated following Social organization, economic and Mr. Gallimore, Mr. Weisner for credit. The Staff political systems, belief and value systems, 261A-261B. Research Methods and Procedures. linguistic and expressive adaptations, and indi- (Formerly numbered 222A-222B-222C.) An inte- 269L. Economic Anthropology . (Formerly num- viduals and their cultural contexts. Topics will vary bered 269.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. according to interest and the instructor grated review of the research methods in will The Staff anthropological inquiry focusing on problem for- announce the topic(s) prior to the beginning of the mulation , methods of setting up testable 269M. Kinship . (Formerly numbered 267.) Prere- quarter. Mr. Velez hypotheses, the kinds of data available for quisite consent of instructor. Mr. Mendonsa M270E. Legal Anthropology . (Same as Law M352.) anthropological explanation, statistical and non- M269N. Medical Anthropology . (Formerly num- Prerequisites: Anthropology M223 (Law M152) statistical means of "explanation" in anthropology. bered M217; same as Nursing M217.) Prerequisites: Anthropological Approaches to Law or consent of Each part may be taken independently. course M158 or consent of instructor. Any of the instructor. An intensive examination of a particular Mr. Johnson topics covered in upper division course M158, will aspect of law. Ms. Moore 262A. Methods in Psychological Anthropology. be selected each quarter, for intensive literature 270F. Social Interaction . Prerequisite: consent of in- (Formerly numbered 274A.) Prerequisite: consent review and independent projects. The course may structor. The course will focus on issues for of instructor. Methods for studying personality, be repeated for credit. Ms. Brink ethnographic theory and practice raised by de- motivation, socialization in field work. Includes 2690 . Comparative Minority Relations . (Formerly velopments in anthropological, sociological, psy- naturalistic observation, interviewing, unobtrusive numbered 211.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. chological, linguistic, and ethological contributions measures, participant observation, and excludes An analysis of the major theoretical and to our understanding of the organization of face-to- standardized testing procedures. Field exercises methodological issues in the study of minority rela- face behavior. Mr. Moerman using various methods are integral to the seminar. tions from a comparative perspective. Consensus, Mr. Weisner conflict, and pluralistic constructs will be analyzed 290-294. SEMINARS IN GENERAL 262B. Methods in Psychological Anthropology. and their strengths as explanatory devices investig- ANTHROPOLOGY (Formerly numbered 274B.) Prerequisite: consent ated as they pertain to dependent populations in 290A-290B-290C. Departmental Faculty Seminar. of instructor. Adequate background in psychology North America, Latin America, Southern Africa, (Formerly numbered 200A-200B-2000.) Prere- in field of personality, clinical psychology and psy- India, Asis, and the Euro-Slavic continent. quisites graduate status, or permission of instruc- chological testing. This course deals with diverse Mr. Velez tor. Each weekly three hour meeting will be standardized tests applicable in cross-cultural 269P. Symbolic Anthropology . (Formerly num- devoted to the current research of a different faculty research. It covers the methods of study of aspects bered 260.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor or member. The Staff of personality, perception, cognition, and mental course 144. Nature of symbolic relations (as dis- 291. The Roots of Human Behavior . (Formerly health as applicable to non-Western and particu- tinguished from other referential ones ), signifi- numbered 299.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. larly primitive cultures. Mr. Edgerton cance of symbolic systems (in terms of action, cog- An examination of the behavior of living non- 263. Analysis of Field Data. (Formerly numbered nition , affectivity, contemplation), symbolic and human primates and of the evolution and biological 291.) Prerequisite course 265 or other field training isomorphic logic (as opposed to the casual one) are basis of human behavior. The Staff course. Supervised analysis of ethnographic among the questions to be selected for analysis and 292. Mathematical Models in Anthropology. (For- materials by students who have participated in a re- discussion in this course . Mr. Maquet merly numbered 275.) Prerequisite permission of lated field training course . Students will work with 269Q. Myth and Ritual. (Formerly numbered 266.) the instructor . Several approaches to developing their own as well as general project data in the Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The Staff mathematical models and their use will be con- preparation of articles for professional journals. 269R. Aesthetic Anthropology . (Formerly num- sidered . In particular , Markovian chains will be The Staff course 144 or consent of bered 250.) Prerequisites introduced and models based on them will be used 265. Selected Topics in Field Training in Ethnogra- instructor . Selected questions concerning the visual to test various hypotheses about social organiza- phy. (Formerly numbered 293A.) Prerequisite: con- aesthetic phenomena in their relationships with the tion. Optimization theory will be considered as a sent of instructor . Supervised collection of socio-cultural context will be examined in depth. basis for constructing theoretical models. ethnographic information in the field. Students will Mr. Maquet Mr. Read spend full time in the field for most of the period. 2695. Comparative Studies of Intentional Com- 293. Evolutionary Approaches in Anthropology. The Staff munities . (Formerly numbered 277.) Prerequisite: (Formerly numbered 244.) Prerequisite: graduate 266. Practicum in a Field Language . (Formerly course 157 or consent of instructor. Questions con- standing . Evolutionary approaches to explanation numbered 293B.) Prerequisite: consent of instruc- cerning the ideational, societal, and individual sig- in biological anthropology and cultural tor. Intensive training in an indigenous language as nificance of intentional communities will be anthropology. Relations between materialist preparation for work in the field. The Staff selected and discussed in depth with reference to perspectives and evolutionary theory. The inf- M267B-267C. Ethnographic Film Direction. (For- particular collectivities. Mr. Maquet luence of evolutionary biology on anthropology. merly numbered M294B-294C; same as Theater 269T. Comparative Political Institutions. (For- The status of evolutionary studies in cultural Arts M265A-2658.) Prerequisite: course 209C, gra- merly numbered 268.) Prerequisite consent of in- anthropology . Mr. Williams duate standing and consent of instructor . Advanced structor . Ms. Moore 294. The Profession of Anthropology. (Formerly study of problems in the production of 269U. African Cultures . (Formerly numbered 258.) numbered 283.) Prerequisite consent of instructor. ethnographic films . M267B is offered in the winter Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An examination of the discipline as a profession; its quarter and M267C is offered in the spring quarter. Mr. Mendonsa, Ms. Moore historic growth, its organization, changing patterns Mr. Hawkins, Mr. Moerman of employment, ethical problems peculiar to the 269V. Arctic Cultures . (Formerly numbered 256.) discipline, special demands 269E-270E. SELECTED TOPICS IN and requisites for Prerequisite consent of instructor . Mr. Oswalt professional performance. Senior majors admitted SOCIO-CULTURAL 269W. Culture and Personality of Japan. (Formerly by special permission. Mr. Goldschmidt ANTHROPOLOGY numbered 206.) Prerequisites course 103C or con- 501. Cooperative Program. (k to 2 courses) Prere- sent of the instructor. Specific topics pertaining to quisite: approval of UCLA Adviser and Graduate 269E. Cultural Anthropology . (Formerly numbered the study of socialization patterns, role behavior, 263.) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Dean. Approval of host campus Instructor, Depart- Mr. Goldschmidt psychological characteristics, social deviance or ment Chairman and Graduate Dean. The course is APPLIED LINGUISTICS (INTERDEPARTMENTAL) / 87 used to record the enrollment of UCLA students in chology, sociology, or anthropology) may need to as two courses in either language acquisition or courses taken under cooperative arrangements make up a large number of course deficiencies. language use. An additional two courses are with neighboring institutions. To be graded S/U. Unless much of their previous work can be shown required in the specialization in which the candi- 5%. Individual Studies for Graduate Students. (t/a to be particularly applicable to one of the four areas date chooses to do his dissertation research. Thus a to 2 courses) of specialization, it will be advisable for them to student who opted for a dissertation in language complete the UCLA M.A. in Linguistics or TESL acquisition would take a minimum of four courses 597. Preparation for the Doctoral Qualifying before seeking admission to the Ph.D. program. in that area, plus two in language analysis and two Examination . (% to 3 courses) Other criteria that will be taken into consideration in language education. 599. Research for Dissertation . (% to 3 courses) in admitting students include their graduate and Appropriate graduate courses taken at UCLA after Ph.D. dissertation research or writing. Student will undergraduate grade-point averages, their relevant completion of the M.A. but before admission to the have completed qualifying examination and professional experience, their command of foreign doctoral program may be counted toward fulfill- ordinarily will take no other course work. languages, the quality of their M.A. thesis, and any ment of the 8-course requirement for the Ph.D. The Staff language-related publications they may have writ- Credit may be transferred for up to two courses ten. Beginning with the Fall of 1980, applicants taken at another institution, but only for graduate- whose mother tongue is English should take the level courses taken after completion of the M.A. and APPLIED LINGUISTICS Aptitude Test of the Graduate Record Examination preferably taken within the framework of UCLA's (INTERDEPARTMENTAL) Admissions Office for inclusion in their dossiers. and have the grade sent to the UCLA Graduate course Applied Linguistics 501. Within the limits imposed by the Graduate Divi- (Program Office, 3306 Rolfe Hall) Information regarding the procedures to be fol- lowed in applying for admission is available from sion, undergraduate courses taken as prerequisites to needed graduate Ph.D. in Applied Linguistics courses, unrequired under- the Program Office. graduate courses, reading courses in a foreign The doctoral program in applied linguistics is Applications for admission for the Fall Quarter in Sep- language, graduate courses taken in addition to the administered by an interdepartmental committee of tember should reach the Graduate Admissions Office by required 32 units, Applied Linguistics 501 and 599, six members, three from the Department of the preceding February 15. Supporting materials should English 400K, and Linguistics 275 may be taken on Linguistics and three from the ESL (English as a reach the Program Office by Apri l 1. a Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory basis. All other Second Language) Section of the Department of To insure their admission, Ph.D. aspirants must courses must be taken for letter grades. English. The courses around which the program is enroll at UCLA in the quarter for which they were Examinations. In lieu of a written qualifying examina- built are taught by all members of the ESL and admitted. If they cannot do so, it will be necessary tion, the student will submit two original research Linguistics faculties as well as certain members of for them to reapply for a subsequent quarter, and papers of publishable quality in different areas of related departments such as Anthropology, Educa- there is no assurance that they will be given specialization. These may be revised or extended tion, Psychology, Sociology and various foreign preference at that time over other applicants who seminar papers but must be prepared after admis- languages. may be judged to be better qualified. sion to the Ph.D. program. (If the student at the The goal of the program is to prepare students to Requirements for the Ph .D. Degree time of his admission has already published papers apply relevant elements of linguistics, psy- of the required quality, he may petition to have one cholinguistics , and sociolinguistics to the solution In addition to fulfilling the general University of these accepted in partial fulfillment of this of practical problems of language use and language requirements for the doctorate, candidates for the requirement.) The topics of these papers are to be teaching . This is to be achieved by providing them Ph.D. in Applied Linguistics must meet the pro- chosen by the student , in consultation with with the broad background of information and the gram requirements listed below. appropriate faculty members and with the approval investigatory skills needed for teaching at the Basic Preparation. Any of the following courses not of the Ph.D. Program Advisor (chairman of the university level, for program planning, and for already taken must be completed as early as possi- interdepartmental committee that administers the effective research. ble and before advancement to candidacy for the program). Each of the finished papers is evaluated Four areas of specialization are available language degree: Linguistics 120A (Linguistic Analysis: by two faculty members chosen by the student in analysis, language education, language acquisition, Phonology), 120B (Linguistic Analysis: Grammar), consultation with the Ph.D. Program Advisor. Any and language use. The specialization in language 165A (Linguistic Theory: Phonology), and 165B paper or papers judged unsatisfactory by either of analysis is designed to prepare researchers to pre- (Linguistic Theory: Grammar); English 370K (The the two readers must be revised to that reader's sent to students significant data on languages the Teaching of English as a Second Language), 250K satisfaction. For each paper one of the two readers researchers know well; to construct school gram- (Contrastive Analysis and Error Analysis in the may be from outside Linguistics and ESL, and one mars, dialect atlases, descriptive phonologies, con- ESL Context), and 380K (Supervised Teaching: of the two must be willing to serve on the student's trastive analyses, etc.; and to carry out similar English as a Second Language or Dialect). English doctoral committee. empirically oriented pursuits. The specialization in 370K, which is organized as a general orientation to At this point the doctoral committee for the student language education concerns various forms of the ESL Section, must be taken at UCLA. If a student is nominated by the Ph.D. Program Advisor after language instruction English as a second or foreign can establish that he has taken courses equivalent to consultation with the student, and is then language, the teaching of other languages, and any of the remaining courses at another institution, appointed by the Dean of the Graduate Division. language in bilingual /bicultural or bidialectal he will not be required to take them at UCLA. If he The doctoral committee will include a minimum of education . It is designed to prepare graduates com- has at least one year of experience in teaching ESL, five members, two of whom hold no appointment petent to serve in the areas of curriculum develop- he can be exempted from English 380K. in Linguistics or ESL. Upon appointment, the chair- ment , language consultation, language testing, Foreign languages. Before advancement to candidacy man of the doctoral committee becomes the stu- materials preparation, and teacher training. The for the degree, students must demonstrate a dent's chief source of guidance. The doctoral com- specialization in language acquisition involves psy- knowledge of two foreign languages at the effective mittee administers to the student an oral candidacy cholinguistics . It refers to both child -language level. For one language, an effective reading examination, the focus of which will be a prospectus acquisition and second-language acquisition. It is knowledge is required. For the other language, effec- of his dissertation which the student must submit intended to equip students to conduct research on tive oral proficiency may, at the option of the stu- to the committee prior to the examination. The language learning in clinics , laboratories, dent, be demonstrated instead of a reading committee also has the responsibility for determin- classrooms , and also in informal natural settings. knowledge. The languages chosen should be ing the adequacy of the student's preparation for The specialization in language use relates generally especially relevant to the student's intended disser- writing the dissertation . If prospectus and prepara- to sociolinguistics , and specifically to language tation topic or professional plans. A student whose tion are judged adequate, the choice of the disserta- planning , language policy in the United States and mother tongue is a language other than English is tion topic is thereby approved and the student abroad, as well as to the analysis of discourse. It is exempted from this foreign-language requirement. becomes eligible for advancement to doctoral can- aimed at the development of competence in such Language-proficiency examinations for the Ph.D. didacy . In case of failure, the doctoral committee areas as educational consultation , program plan- in Applied Linguistics are administered by a special determines whether or not the candidate may be ning and evaluation, language surveys, and literacy ad-hoc committee. Information regarding the reexamined and if further courses must be taken campaigns. nature and administration of the examinations is before the reexamination. Admission to the Program available from the Program Office. Dissertation. All candidates are required to prepare The basic requirement for admission is the comple- Units and Courses. All candidates must take at least a dissertation as a demonstration tion of the UCLA master's degree in Teaching Eng- of their ability to 32 units of graduate-level course work (in the 200 carry out original research under the guidance of lish as a Second Language or in Linguistics, or else or 500 series). These 32 units may not include their doctoral committee. A minimum of three the equivalent of one of these. Applicants with a courses taken while completing the M.A., courses members of the doctoral committee, suggested by graduate degree in TESL, Linguistics , Applied listed above as basic preparation, Linguistics 275, the committee chairman and approved by all com- Linguistics, Psycholinguistics, or Sociolinguistics English 400K, or Applied Linguistics 599. No more mittee members at the time of the oral candidacy from another recognized institution may be admit- than eight of the 32 units may be in 596 individual- examination , must read each dissertation and cer- ted provided they then make up the courses in one study courses, and these should be in Applied tify that it satisfies the research requirements of the or the other of the two UCLA M.A. programs whose Linguistics 596 if possible. Ph.D. These three readers must include at least two equivalents they have not yet taken. Students with faculty members from ESL or Linguistics and at The 32 units (eight courses) must include at least least one member from another department. graduate degrees in other related disciplines (such two courses in each of the specializations of as a foreign language , English, education, psy- language analysis and language education as well NOTE: For key to symbols, see page 74 88 / APPLIED LINGUISTICS (INTERDEPARTMENTAL) As the dissertation nears completion , all candidates 210B , Experimental Design in Educational Graduate Courses must make a public report on the results of their Research; 210C, Experimental Design; Advanced 501. Cooperative Program. (% to 2 courses) Prere- research. This may be done , at the candidate's Topics; 210D, Experimental Design: Multivariate quisite: approval of Ph.D. Program Advisor and choice, at a meeting of the colloquium of either the Analysis (All these courses are highly recom- Graduate Dean. Approval of host campus Instruc- Department of Linguistics or the ESL Section. Each mended for statisticl work, but only two of them tor, Department Chairman and Graduate Dean. The candidate must, therefore, enroll in either English will be counted toward fulfillment of the 8-course course is used to record the enrollment of UCLA 400K or Linguistics 275 during the appropriate requirement.) students in courses taken under cooperative quarter. All members of the doctoral committee 211A. The Measurement of Educational Achieve- arrangements with neighboring institutions. To be who will read the dissertation will attend the collo- ment and Aptitude. graded S/U. quium session at which the public report is made and will then determine whether or not the candi- 211B. Measurement in Education: Underlying 5%. Directed Individual Study . (1 to 2 courses) date will be required to pass a final oral examination Theory. Prerequisite admission to doctoral program. Inde- Only by a unanimous vote of the readers can the 262B. Seminar: Reading. pendent study in an area of Applied Linguistics. final oral be waived. The Graduate Division May be repeated for credit. Up to eight units of 596 262D. Seminar: Language Arts and English. credit applicable to course requirements requires that, if a final oral examination is held, all for Ph.D. in Applied Linguistics. members of the doctoral committee must attend 262F. Seminar: Research Topics in Bilingual Multi- and vote. Even if no final oral examination is held, cultural Education. 599. Research for and Preparation of the Doctoral the readers of the dissertation must still determine 264. Seminar: Teacher Education. Dissertation . (1 to 4 courses ) Prerequisite advan- in the usual way whether or not the dissertation is English 210K. Role of ESL in Bilingual Education. cement to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree. Required finally approved after it has been completed. of all doctoral candidates each quarter they are Normal Progress Toward the Degree 215. The Structure of Present-Day English. registered and engaged in dissertation preparation. 251 K. Bilingual Comparative Studies. May be repeated for credit, but may not be applied From first enrollment in doctoral program to towards fulfillment of Ph.D. course requirements. advancement to candidacy: two to three years. 261 K. Language Testing for Teachers of English as a To be graded S/U. From first enrollment to completion of degree: Second Language. three to five years. The outside limit for the Ph.D 270K. Language Policy in Developing Countries. from start to finish , including leaves or interrup- tions of any kind, is seven calendar years from first 272. Current Issues in the Teaching of English. ARCHAEOLOGY enrollment . If a student has not been awarded the 272K. Current Issues in Applied Linguistics. (INTERDEPARTMENTAL) degree by the end of seven years, it will be the re- 274. Teaching English to Minority Groups. Alexander Badawy, Ph.D., Professor of Art. sponsibility of the Program Advisor to request that C. Rainer Berger, Ph.D., Professor of Geography and Geophysics. the Dean of the Graduate Division disqualify that Language Acquisition Giorgio Buccellati, Ph.D., Professor of Ancient Near East student from further participation in the Program. Education 212A. Learning and Education. (Department of Near Eastern Languages and Cultures) and The disqualification of a student for other reasons 212B. Motivation and Affect in the Educative Pro- History. may be requested if a majority of his doctoral com- Marija Gimbutas, Ph.D., Professor of European Archaeology mittee so votes. Disqualification for any reason may cess. (De partment of Slavic Languages). be appealed to the interdepartmental committee 212C. Cognition and Creativity in Education. James N. Hill, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology. Clement W. Meighan, Ph.D., Professor of Anthropology. which administers the program. 217D. Language Development and Education. Henry B. Nicholson, Ph.D., Professor of A nthropology. Financial Aid English 260K. Psycholinguistics and Language Wendell H. Oswalt, Ph.D., ProfessorofAnthropology. For enrollees in the doctoral program a limited Merrick Posnansky, Professor of African History and Teaching. Archaeology (Department of History). amount of financial support is available in the form 262K. Second Language Acquisition. J. LeRoy Davidson, Ph.D., Emeritus Professor of Art. of scholarships, tuition waivers, and teaching assis- Katharine Otto-Dorn, Ph.D.,Emeritus Professor of Islamic Art. tantships . Application forms can be obtained from Linguistics 254. Topics in Linguistics. Richard C. Rudolph, Ph.D., Emeritus Professor of Oriental the Fellowships and Assistantships Section of the Psychiatry 257A-B-C. Diagnostics and Languages. Graduate Division. Therapeutics of Language Disabilities. Hung -hsiang Chou, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Oriental Languages. Approved Courses Psychology 240. Developmental Psychology. Christopher B. Donnan, Ph.D., Associate Professor of This is a partial listing of the courses that are accep- Anthropology. 260A-B. Proseminar in Cognitive Psychology. Susan B. Downey, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Art. table in fullfillment of the 8-course requirement for 263. Psycholinguistics. Steven Lattimore, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Classics and the doctoral degree. Other courses may be Classical Archaeology. approved by the Ph.D. Program Advisor. For some Language Use Dwight Read, PhD., Associate Professor of Anthropology. of the listed courses there may be undergraduate Anthropology 200. Anthropological Linguistics. James R. Sackett, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Anthropology. prerequisites which will not count for credit toward the doctorate. The list will be periodically reviewed Elizabeth Carter, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Near Eastern 202. Language Socialization. Archaeology (Department of Near Eastern Languages and 245. Cultural Modes of Thought. by the interdepartmental Cultures). committee which Timothy Earle, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Anthropology. administers the program. M201A-B-C. Linguistic Anthropology. Gail Kennedy, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of A nthropology. Language Analysis Education 200B. Survey Research Methods in 11 English 215. The Structure of Present-Day English. Education. Paul A. Clement, Ph.D., Emeritus Professor of Classics and 241. Studies in the Structure of the English 204G. Planning Educational Language Policy Inter- Classical Archaeology. Language. nationally. Jay D. Frierman, M.A., Lecturer in Near Eastern Archaeology Linguistics 201. Phonological Theory. (Department of Near Eastern Languages and Cultures). English 210K. Role of ESL in Bilingual Education. Bernard D. Frischer, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Classics. 204. Experimental Bases of Linguistics. 242. Language and Literature. Cecelia F. Klein, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Art. Deborah Klimburg-Salter, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Art. 206. Syntactic Theory. 270K. Language Policy in Developing Countries. Kan Lao, Academician, Emeritus Professor of Oriental 210A-B. Field Methods. 271. Studies in African Literature in English. Willard F. Libby, Ph.D., Emeritus Professor of Geophysics. Languages. 220. Linguistic Areas (such as Africa, Southeast 273. Studies in Afro-American Literature. Martin Powers, Ph.D., Acting Assistant Professor of Art. Asia, and Aboriginal North America). 274. Teaching English to Minority Groups. Arnold Rubin, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Art. 225. Linguistic Stanislav Segert, Ph.D., Professor of Biblical Studies and North- Structures (such as Germanic, 275. Stylistics and the Teaching of English. west Semitics (Department of Near Eastern Languages and Japanese, and Malayo-Polynesian). Cultures). Linguistics 251. Topics in Phonetics and 251 A-B. Topics in Phonetics and Phonology. Phonology: English Metrics. An interdepartmental committee administers gra- 252A-B. Topics in Syntax and Semantics. 252. Topics in Syntax and Semantics. duate degree programs leading to the M.A. and 253A-B. Topics in Linguistic Variation (when con- 254. Topics in Linguistics. Ph.D. in Archaeology , in addition to the individual tent is relevant). departmental programs in which archaeological Sociology 216A-B. Survey Research Methods. specialization is possible . There is no undergradu- 254. Topics in Linguistics. ate program in Archaeology leading to a B.A. 217A-B. Ethnographic Field Work. Spanish 256A. Studies in Linguistics. degree. 238A-B. Field Work in Minority Communities. Language Education 266. Selected Problems in the Analysis of Conversa- As outlined in the Program's "Guidelines" bro- Education 204A. Topics and Issues in International chure , (which will be sent to applicants upon re- tion. quest), the interdepartmental degree requires a and Comparative Education. 267. Selected Problems in Communication. planned program of graduate study in two or more 204D . Minority Education in Cross-Cultural departments. The Archaeology Program has two Perspective. Spanish 209. Dialectology. tracks, one of which the applicant must select as 210A, Basic Concepts in Educational Research; 256B. Studies in Dialectology. part of the application for admission: ARCHAEOLOGY (INTERDEPARTMENTAL) / 89 (1) Interdisciplinary, in which students take half of (residence, unit patterns, etc.) must be met. Consult Related Courses in Other Departments their courses in departments not offering the Graduate Division brochure, Standards and Most archaeology courses are taught in the various archaeology; (2) Interdepartmental, in which stu- Procedures for Graduate Study at UCLA I. departments. The following is a listing of such dents may take all of their courses in departments 6. There is a ceiling of 7 quarters for the completion courses, by topic and department. They are listed offering archaeology. It is estimated that roughly of all work for the M.A. degree. here for reference; students should consult the half of the students admitted will be on each track, departmental course lists for full descriptions and although no firm ratio is to be established. Those Requirements for the Ph.D. degree in Archaeology prerequisites. No attempt is made to list relevant students whose courses of study will be largely 1. M.A. degree from an appropriate program courses in other disciplines. within a single department (in such fields as (which may or may not involve archaeological ancient history, anthropology, art history, classics, training). METHODOLOGY AND HISTORY Indo-European studies, Near Eastern languages 2. Proficiency in at least one foreign language, as Anthropology 111A-1118. Fossil Man and His and cultures, and Oriental languages) should refer determined by the student's committee. Culture. to the separate degree program offered by the 112. Hunting and Gathering Societies. appropriate department. The graduate advisers for 3. Field work requirement (as in M.A. Program, the Archaeology Program and for the various item #4 above, unless it has already been satisfied). 122C. Technology and Environment. departments will provide counseling to ensure that 4. Written qualifying examination-by the fourth 156. Cultural Ecology. each applicant selects the department or program quarter in the doctoral program the student must 170A. Field Training. (and degree objective) best suited to his/her pass a written qualifying examination in at least the interests. following three fields: a) Topical or problem 171 A. Lab Methods in Physical Anthropology. Active archaeological research is underway in specialization; b) Analytical Theory, Method and 172. Methods and Techniques of Ethnohistory. various parts of the world, and field training in Technique; c) Regional culture history. 173A-173B. Research Design and Quantitative Pro- archaeology is offered. There are opportunities for 5. Oral qualifying examination -to be passed by cedures. participation in a variety of laboratory and field the 6th quarter of the doctoral program. researches in both the Old and New Worlds. Guid- 174. Laboratory Methods in Technology and Inven- ance for students interested in Contract 6. A doctoral dissertation which will embody the tion. Archaeology is available (see statement following results of original research and constitute a con- 175A. Strategy of Archaeology. the course listings). tribution to knowledge. 7. Time limit -there is a ceiling of 14 quarters (4-2/ 175B. Archaeological Research Techniques. Graduate Adviser: James N. Hill M175C. Dating Techniques in Environmental 3 calendar years) for completion of all work Admission to Graduate Status towards the Ph.D. degree, including the disserta- Sciences and Archaeology (same as Geography For general requirements, see the Graduate Divi- tion. M178). sion section. Any undergraduate major will be con- 175E. Laboratory Analysis in Archaeology. sidered for admission into the program. The mini- COURSE LISTINGS 178A-178B-178C. Museum Studies. mum Grade Point Average required for admission Of all the courses listed, only Archaeology 200 is is 3.0. A Graduate Record Examination (Aptitude required. Other courses are listed simply to provide 183. History of Archaeology. Test) Report is mandatory. The following applica- prospective applicants with information regarding 210A-210B. Analytical Methods in Archaeological tion materials must be submitted directly to the course offerings in the Archaeology Program itself, Studies. Chairman of the Archaeology Program: an accepta- and in the various departments that offer 214H. Selected Topics in Historical Reconstruction ble Plan of Study (including a statement of the archaeology or archaeology-related courses. It is applicant's objectives, an outline of projected and Archaeology. not feasible, to list the many courses offered by course work and a general indication of an M.A. M2141. Selected Topics in Dating Techniques other departments in or disciplines at U.C.L.A., even paper or dissertation topic); three letters of recom- though many such courses will be relevant to indi- Environmental Sciences and Archaeology (same as mendation; a research paper preferably but not vidual programs of study. Geography M278). necessarily relevant to archaeology, or comparable 214J. Selected Topics in Field Training in evidence of scholarly work. Applicants are accepted Archaeology. for admission for the Fall Quarter only. Graduate Courses 221A-221B. The Fossil Evidence for Human Evolu- Requirements for the M.A. degree in Archaeology Prerequisite for all courses: consent of the instruc- tion. 1. Nine 4 unit courses (taken for a letter grade) are tor. All courses may be repeated for credit upon required, distributed as follows: 1 Archaeology 200, recommendation of adviser. Of the following gra- 234. Explanation of Societal Change. 2 Archaeology 596, 3 elective upper division duate courses only Archaeology 200 is required. 261B. Research Methods and Procedures. courses (100 series) (no 199 may be included); 3 200. Archaeology Colloquium . (V to 1 course) 263. Analysis of Field Data. elective graduate courses in the 200 series. No more Seminar, two hours. Prerequisite: Archaeology 269H. Selected Topics in Cultural Ecology. than any 3 of the 9 courses may be offered by the major or consent of instructor. The development of same department. archaeology as a discipline . Major intellectual 292. Mathematical Models in Anthropology. 2. Core Examination During the 4th quarter of trends and current issues in archaeology. Scientific Art 265. Field Work in Archaeology. residence, students will take a comprehensive core and humanistic viewpoints presented by archaeologists from different academic depart- Engineering 149C. Properties of Art Ceramic examination (6 hours) based on a list of readings ments . May be taken repeatedly for credit; how- Materials. (approximately 30 volumes) submitted by faculty members and designed to ensure that students ever, M.A. candidates may apply this course only 149E. Ceramic Materials in History and master that body of knowledge considered to be of twice toward the fulfillment of the departmental Archaeology. importance in the education of any professional M.A. requirements. The Staff Near Eastern Languages and Cultures Ancient archaeologist. The examination may be repeated 259. Field Work in Archaeology . (h to 2 courses) Near East 261. Practical Field Archaeology. one time. Participation in archaeological field excavations or NEW WORLD 3. Proficiency in one foreign language (for which museum research under supervision of staff archaeologists . A minimum of one month of field Anthropology 106B. Peoples of California: there is a relevant scholarly literature) must be Prehistory. demonstrated by the end of the sixth quarter, unless time away from the campus is required. The Staff an earlier deadline is imposed by the student's 106C. Peoples of North America. adviser. Additional language skills may be required Individual Study and Research 106D-106E. Archaeology of North America. depending on the field of specialization; this will be 5%. Individual Studies for Graduate Students. ('h 123C. Ancient Civilizations of Western Middle decided by the student's committee. to 2 courses) Hours to be arranged. Prerequisite: America. (Nahuatl Sphere) 4. Field Work: All students receiving the M.A. in consent of the instructor. The Staff 123D. Ancient Civilizations of Eastern Middle archaeology must demonstrate practical knowledge 597. Preparation for Doctoral Qualifying Examina- America. (Maya Sphere) of methods and techniques used in archaeological tions. (/ to 2 courses) Prerequisite: completion of field work , and must be able to relate this formal course work and passing of language 123E. Ancient Civilizations of Andean South knowledge to relevant theoretical and general examinations before enrollment. Graded S/U. America. methodological concerns . This requirement may be The Staff 205. Problems in Southwestern Archaeology. met in several ways; the general standard is that no 214E. Selected Topics in Prehistoric Non- graduate degrees will be awarded to archaeologists 598. M.A. Thesis Preparation . (% to 2 courses) Pre- agricultural Societies. until they have field experience and are competent requisite: consent of the instructor. Graded S/U. to conduct field research in archaeology. The Staff 214G. Selected Topics in Prehistoric Civilizations of 5. By the end of the third week of the 7th quarter 599. Dissertation Research and Preparation . (% to the New World. the student must submit an acceptable M.A. paper 2 courses ) Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 269V. Arctic Cultures. to the Chairperson of the Archaeology Program. In Graded S/U. The Staff Art 117A. Advanced Studies in Pre-Columbian Art: addition , all requirements of the Graduate Division Mexico. NOTE: For key to symbols, see page 74 90 / ARCHAEOLOGY (INTERDEPARTMENTAL) 117B. Advanced Studies in Pre-Columbian Art: 250. Seminar in Ancient Mesopotamia. Samuel Aroni, Ph.D., Professor of Architecture/Urban Desi;{n. Central America. 250x. Seminar in Ancient Mesopotamia. Leland S. Burns , Ph.D., Professor of Planning. John Friedmann, Ph.D., Professor of Planning. 117C. Advanced Studies in Pre-Columbian Art: The 260. Seminar in Ancient Near Eastern Archaeology. Peter Kamnitzer, M.Arch., M.S., Professor of Planning. Andes. Peter Marris, B.A., Professor of Planning. 262. Seminar in Object Archaeology. Murray A. Milne, MAArch., Professor of Architechve/Urhan 118A. The Arts of Oceania. Design. 118B. The Arts of Pre-Columbian America. OLD WORLD - ISLAM Charles Moore , Ph.D., Professor ofArchitecture/Urban Design. 118D. The Arts of Native North America. Art 104B-104C-104D. Architecture and the Minor Harvey S. Perloff, Ph.D., Professor of Planning (Chairman of Arts of Islam in the Middle Ages. Department). 217. Topics in Oceanic Art. Edward W. Sofia, Ph.D., Professor of Planning. 212. Problems in Islamic Art. David Stea, Ph.D., Professor of Architecture/Urban Design and 218. Topics in Pre-Columbian Art. 213. Problems in Islamic Art. Planning. 219. Topics in Native Thomas R. Vreeland, Jr., M.Arch., Professor of Architecture/ North American Art. OLD WORLD - AFRICA Urban Design. 220. The Arts of Africa, Oceania and Pre-Colum- Art 118C. The Arts of Sub-Saharan Africa. Martin Wachs, Ph.D., Professor of Planning. bian America. J. Eugene Grigsby , III, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Planning. 119A. Advanced Studies in African Art: Western Dolores Hayden, M. Arch., Associate Professor of Pla nni ng. OLD WORLD - EUROPE Africa. Frank E. Kopper, M.Arch., Associate Professor of Architecture/ Anthropology 109. Old Stone Age Archaeology. Urban Design. 119B. Advanced Studies in African Art: Central Jurg Lang , Dipl.Arch., ETH, Associate Professor of Ar,hitec M206A-2068. Seminar in European Archaeology. Africa. ture/ Urban Design. See Indo-European Studies M250A-250B. 216. Topics in African Art. William Mitchell , M.E.D., Associate Professor of A rchitechae/ 214F. Selected Topics in Problems in Old World Urban Design. 220. The Arts of Africa, Oceania, and Pre-Colum- George Rand, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Architectiue/llrh,m Archaeology. bian America. Design. Art 103A. Greek Art. Helmut Schulitz , M.Arch., History 125A. History of Africa. Associate Professor of Architechore/ Urban Design. 103B. Hellenistic Art. 175A. Topics in African History. Donald Shoup , Ph.D.. Associate Professor of Planning. 103C. Roman Art. 197. Undergraduate Seminar. W. David Conn , M.A., D.Phil., Assistant Professor of Plan Ruthann Corwin , I 'hD Assistant rh. Professor of Planning. 103D. Etruscan Art. 201. Topics in History. Allan Heskin , Ph. D., LL.B., Assisfant Professor of P1ansAt,\. 103E. Late Roman Art. Karen Hill Scott, Ld.D., Assistant Professor of Planning. 240. Africa and The Indian Ocean 221. Topics in Classical Art. • 240N. Archaeological Background to West African 222A-222B. Graeco-Roman Art. History. Berge Aran, Ph.D., Let Curer in A rchi tecture/Urha n Uesign. 223. Classical Art. Michael Bobrow, BArch., Lecturer in Architecture/Urban 276. African Archaeology-Field Techniques. Design. Classics 151A . Classical Archaeology: Graeco- 277. African Archaeology-Data Analysis. John C. Bollens, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science. Roman Architecture. Bonham Campbell, E.E., Associate Professor of Engineering and OLD WORLD - INDIA AND THE FAR EAST Applied Sciences. 151B. Classical Archaeology: Graeco-Roman Art 114A. The Early Art of India. William A.V. Clark, Ph.D., Professor of Geography. Sculpture. Edgardo Contini, Dottore in Ingegneria, Adjunct Professor of 114B. Chinese Art. Archi tecture/Urban Design and Planning. 151C. Classical Archaeology: Graeco-Roman Paint- Ernest Engelbert, M. P A., Ph.D., Professor of Political Science. ing. 114C. Japanese Art. Leobardo Estrada, Ph.D., Visiting Associate Professor of Plan- 251A-251D. Seminar in Classical Archaeology. ning. 115A. Advanced Indian Art. Robert C. Fried., Ph.D., Professor of Political Science. 252. Topography and Monuments of Athens. 115B. Advanced Chinese Art. Ronald Filson, M.Arch., Adjunct Assistant Professor in 1150. Advanced Japanese Art. 253. Topography and Monuments of Rome. Architecture/Urban Design. Baruch Givoni, Ph.D., Visiting Professor of Architecture/Urban Indo -European Studies 131 . European 259. Topics in Asian Art. Design. Archaeology: Proto-Civilizations of Europe. 260. Asian Art. Donald G. Hagman, LL.B., L.M., Professor of Law. Bruce Herrick, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics. 132. European Archaeology: The Bronze Age. Oriental Languages 170A-170B. Archaeology in Thomas S. Hines, Ph.D., Associate Professor of History. M250A-2506. Seminar in European Archaeology. Early and Modern China. Craig Hodgetts, M.Arch., Lecturer Design. in Architecture/Urban (Same as Anthropology M206A-206B). 270. Seminar: Selected Topics in Chinese Charles Jencks, Ph.D., Lecturer in Architecture/Urban Design. OLD WORLD - NEAR EAST Archaeology. Robin Liggett, Ph.D., Lecturer in Architecture and Urban Plan- Selected Topics in Chinese Cultural Anthropology 123. Origins of Old World Civiliza- ning. 275. Seminar Robert Mangurian, B.Arch., Lecturer in Architecture/Urban tion. History. Design. Art 101A-101B-101C. Egyptian Art and Henry W. McGee, Jr., J.D., LL.M., Professor of Law. OTHER RELATED PROGRAMS Paul M. Merifield, Ph.D, Lecturer in Geology. Archaeology. Donald Mills, B.Arch., Lecturer in Architecture/Urban Design. 102. Art of the Ancient Near East. Related courses (not listed individually ) include Frank G. Mittelbach, M.A., Professor of Management regional geography, ancient history and regional Anthony R. Corrine, Ph.D., Professor of Geography. 210. Egyptian Art. Richard Schoen, M.Arch., Acting Associate Professor in history, ethnography , folklore and history of tech- Architecture/Urban Design. 211. Topics in Egyptian Art. nology . Also recommended are the appropriate Gary T. Schwartz, J.D., Professor of Law. History 105A -105B. History of Ancient modern and ancient languages for the student's David Sears, Ph.D., Professor of Political Science. Mesopotamia and Syria. area of study. Murray Silverstein, B.Arch., Visiting Lecturer in Architecture/ Students are encouraged to examine the course list- 124C. Religions of the Ancient Near East. Urban Design. Norma Sklarek, B.Arch., Lecturer in Architecture/Urban 140A- 140B. History of Ancient Mesopotamia and ings of any and all departments whose offerings Design. may contribute to a truly interdisciplinary course of Syria. study. 193D. Religions of the Ancient Near East. CONTRACT ARCHAEOLOGY PROJECTS IN ARCHITECTURE AND 200. Advanced Historiography. While the importance of Contract (Public) URBAN DESIGN 201. Topics in History. Archaeology is recognized , UCLA currently offers 401. Projects in Architecture . Laboratory, three 203. History of Ancient Egypt in the Late Period. no formal courses in this subject. Archaeology stu- hours. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A num- dents whose interests include this field (as well as ber of different projects in relevant problem areas 240J. Near Eastern History. other disciplines which intersect archaeology) are will be offered by faculty members from which the Near Eastern Languages and Cultures Ancient encouraged to apply . Efforts will be made to de- student may choose. May be repeated for credit. Near East 160A- 160B. Introduction to Near Eastern velop a specially tailored program including the The Staff Archaeology. rudiments of Contract Archaeology. 402. Projects in Urban Design. Laboratory, three 161A-161B-161C. Archaeology of Pre- and Proto- hours. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A num- Historic Mesopotamia. 162. Archaeology of Palestine. ARCHITECTURE AND ber of different projects in relevant problem areas will be offered by faculty members from which the URBAN PLANNING student may choose. May be repeated for credit. 163. Archaeology of Iran. The Staff 164A- 164B-164C. Archaeology of the Historic (Department Office, 1317 Architecture 403. Project Studio With Specific Topic. (% to I Periods in Mesopotamia. Building) course) Laboratory, four to eight hours. Prere- 220. Seminar in Ancient Egypt. Marvin Adelson, Ph.D., Professor of Architecture/Urban quisite: previous courses of particular sequence or Design. consent of instructor. May be repeated for credit. ARCHITECTURE AND URBAN PLANNING / 91 403A. Projects in Systems Building. 422. Advanced Architectural Design . (r to 1 structures; cables, pneumatic structures. Slabs and 403B. Projects in Energy Conserving Design. course ) Discussion, three hours; laboratory, three plates; shells and folded plates. Mr. Aroni hours. Prerequisite: course 421, or consent of in- 433. Structures III. Lecture, three hours. Prere- 403C. Projects in Man-Environment Relations. structor . The course continues with an emphasis on quisite: Structures II, consent of instructor. 403D. Projects in Educational Facilities. the exploration of the interrelationship between Introduction to statically indeterminate analysis. 403E. Projects in Health Facilities. drawing and design. More advanced design Structural materials and loads. Wind loads: dis- strategies and modes of graphic exploration and tribution with height, design for comfort, structure 403F. Projects in History. presentation are developed. The Staff behavior under lateral loads. Steel construction and 403G. Projects in Design Methodology. concepts for high rise structures. Structural case 403H. Projects with Specific Topic Projects in METHODOLOGY AND COMPUTER studies in timber and steel. Introduction to earth- Computer Aided Design . (f to 1 course ) Prere- AIDED DESIGN quakes: seismology, magnitude , intensity, history. quisite previous course (s) in particular sequence 224. Methodology Design Theory . Lecture, three Seismic instrumentation . Case studies of recent or consent of instructor. May be repeated for credit. hours. A survey of the literature on systematic earthquakes and damage. Earthquake design con- The Staff methods and design including problem-solving, cepts and seismic code requirements. Mr. Aroni 411. Introductory Design Studio . Laboratory, eight information handling , artificial intelligence, and 434. Structures IV. Lecture, three hours. Prere- hours. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Architec- decision-making in the design process. The Staff quisites: Structures 1, II, III, consent of instructor. tural composition is initially studied in terms of its 225A . Information Systems . Discussion, three Considerations of concrete structures. Materials of separate elements . After each is studied by means of hours. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Informa- construction cement aggregates, concrete mix a manipulative exercise which allows for experi- tion processing models of design. The relations be- design. Construction methods and structural sys- mentation of its intrinsic possibilities , the student tween information flows and organizational struc- tems. Reinforced concrete theory: elastic and ulti- then undertakes a series of closely controlled exer- ture. New techniques for information handling in mate strength analysis and design of beams, col- cises dealing with combining the elements . The lat- design: storage and retrieval systems, automated umns and slabs. Case studies of concrete structures. ter part of the course is spent in the design of a document production, computer-assisted design Economics of high rise concrete apartment build- small building , in which previously acquired techniques. Mr. Hamer, Mr. Mitchell ings . Mr. Aroni knowledge is synthesized into a single design. 436. Construction Documents . Laboratory, eight The Staff 227A. Computer Graphics . Discussion, three hours. This course considers the relationship of the hours. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Assum- design processes from schematic design through 412. Building Design Studio . Laboratory, eight ing a basic familiarity with computer program- hours . Prerequisite course 411 or consent of in- ming, the course provides an introduction to the the production of all of the documents for the con- structor . The design of the project starts with the theory, techniques, and applications of computer struction contract. A simple structure will be exploration of the architectural program in relation graphics in architecture. It consists of a series of lec- designed and the design development will be car- to the design process and particularly the implica- ture/seminars on technical topics, plus intensive ried through working drawings and an outline tions of the program on architectural forms and practical work conducted on two storage-tube form of specifications. Mr. Schoen concepts. In a second phase structural elements are graphics terminals. Mr. Mitchell 437. Building Construction . Lecture, four hours. introduced to fulfill the program requirements and Introduction to the first principles of structure and to support and further develop the intended forms 2278. Computer Aided Design. Discussion, three building construction. Building elements are not and concepts. The Staff hours. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An only explored for their structural qualities and examination of existing computer-based systems possibilities of their production 413. Building Design and assembly, but with Landscape Studio. for aiding decision-making. Topics will include Laboratory, eight hours. Prerequisites: courses 411, artificial intelligence, self-organizing systems, and also concerning their formal and functional proper- 412 or consent of instructor . Building Design and hardware capabilities and limitations. An attempt ties, and particularly their application and role Site Planning in relation to water, land forms and will be made to develop and test components of a within a building. The Staff plants in natural landscape , with special attention computer design partner. 438. Systems Building . Discussion, four hours. Pre- to natural light, heat and ventilation. The Staff Mr. Hamer, Mr. Milne requisite: consent of instructor. Survey of past and 414. Major Building Design . Laboratory, eight 228A. Mathematical Models in Architectural present developments in Europe, the USSR and the hours. Prerequisites: second year standing. Design Design . Lecture, three hours. Prerequisite: consent USA. Impacts, demands, socio-economic and legal projects which enable students to concentrate on of instructor. An introduction to concepts and tech- constraints , user needs, performance specifications. specifically architectural issues, with emphasis niques of mathematical modeling in architecture. Systems engineering and design. Measurement either on treatment in breadth of large scale pro- Basic mathematics needed to develop models. The regulation , modular coordination, closed systems, jects, or exploration in depth and detail of smaller formal description of built form date structures. open systems, design of systems, subsystems, com- scale projects. Students will learn to integrate struc- Practical case studies and exercises dealing with the ponents, elements and materials . Mr. Schulitz ture, environmental controls, physical context and use of mathematical models in architectural design. 439. Methods in Building Systems Development. the cultural environment in design of buildings, Ms. Liggett, Mr. Mitchell Base for open building systems: reference system, and to present their ideas in graphic or model form. component compatibility, measurement regulation, The Staff 228B. Research in Design Methods . Lecture, three modular coordination. In-depth study of past and hours. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Develop- present research and developments, 415. Major Building Design II. Laboratory, eight such as SCSD, mental work in a specific method of design. hours . Prerequisites: completion of 414, Major Theoretical and operational problems of a design SAR. Mr. Schulitz Building Design I. Design projects which enable method: degree of systemization, man-machine 441. Environmental Control Systems . Lecture, students to concentrate on specifically architectural relationships areas of application, problems of three hours. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The issues, with emphasis either on treatment in translation and compatibility with other methods. design of the mechanical systems necessary for the breadth of large scale projects, or exploration in The Staff functioning of large buildings: air handling, fire depth and detail of smaller scale projects. Students and life safety, plumbing, vertical and horizontal will learn to integrate structure , mechanical sys- circulation , communication and electrical power tems, physical context , and the cultural environ- ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY distribution , analysis of the interaction of these sys- ment in design of buildings , and to present their 431. Structures 1. Lecture, three hours. Prere- tems and their integrated effects on the architec- ideas in graphic or model form . Special emphasis quisite: basic algebra, geometry, trigonometry and tural form of a building . Mr. Milne will be placed upon integration of environmental consent of instructor . Introduction to structural control systems. The Staff 442. Building Climatology . Lecture, three hours. behavior and structural statics. Operations with Prerequisities basic physics, completion of first 416. Comprehensive Design Studio . Laboratory, forces and vectors, both algebraically and year M. Arch. I, consent of instructor. The design of eight hours . Prerequisite completion of required graphically. Equilibrium of force systems; polygon buildings which specifically respond to the local course work up to second quarter, third year. Con- of forces and funicular polygon. Internal actions: climate; utilization of natural energies, human sent of instructor . Course will complete regular axial force and bending moment . Reactions, thermal comfort ; sun motion and sun control required sequence of design work, preparing stu- stability and statical determinacy. Determinate devices; use of plant materials and land form to dents for the third year thesis preparation. Com- frames . Plane trusses analysis and design. modify microclimate . Mr. Milne prehensive design projects will be structured to test Mr. Aroni students on integration of structural aspects, 443. Heat and the Thermal Environment . Lecture, 432. Structures II. Lecture, three hours. Prere- four hours. Prerequisities: Structures 11, Environ- mechanical systems, site planning, and climatic quisite: completion of Structures I, consent of in- considerations within their design solutions. mental Control Systems or consent of instructor. structor. Mechanics of structures and structural Explores the extent to which the physical form of a 421. Architectural Drawing . Discussion, three elements . Elastic materials: stress , strain and stress- building controls the thermal environment of its hours; laboratory, three hours. Description of strain relations . Theory of bending: curvature, occupants; the design of naturally and artificially architectural drawing techniques and skills, includ- stress and strain distributions , centroid , moments heated and cooled environments; parameters of ing: sketching , diagramming, freehand drawing, of inertia , resisting and plastic moments . Design of human thermal comfort; advanced concepts in drafting techniques , introduction to axonometric beams for bending, shear and deflections. Torsion building climatology. Mr. Givoni projection and perspective. The Staff members . Instability and design of columns . Design for combined bending and compression . Tensile 444. Light and the Visual Environment . Lecture, four hours. Prerequisites: Structures II, or consent NOTE: For key to symbols, see page 74 92 / ARCHITECTURE AND URBAN PLANNING of instructor . Explores the extent to which the tion theory in the first three weeks, and a series of each project. Development of a definitional frame- physical form of a building controls the luminous exercises performed on a single building , looking at work, analytical criteria, and practical direction in environment of its occupants ; the design of its effectiveness and character through a variety of the examination of urban form . The Staff naturally and artificially illuminated environ- approaches to evaluation. The class will produce a 279A. Housing for Developing Countries . Discus- ments; parameters of human visual comfort. comprehensive evaluation using multiple-methods sion, three hours. Considerations of socio-cultural, Mr. Milne for each building evaluated. economic, and political factors, materials, struc- 445. Sound and the Auditory Environment. Lec- Mr. Adelson, Mr. Silverstein tural systems, shelter accessories and manufactur- ture, four hours . Prerequisite Structures II, or con- 297. Group Process in Design . Prerequisite: con- ing technologies , related to the priorities of de- sent of instructor . Explores the extent to which the sent of instructor. This course aims to equip stu- veloping countries in housing policies and the physical form of a building controls the acoustic dents with the knowledge and skills needed to work planning and design of shelter. Mr. Aroni environment of its occupants ; the design of spaces effectively in design processes with other profes- 289. Special Topics in Architecture and Urban for auditory privacy and for auditory enhance- sionals and with client and user groups in Design . (r to 1 course ) Prerequisite consent of in- ment parameters of human audition . Mr. Milne organizational and other settings where interaction structor. Selected academic topics initiated by stu- 446. Introduction to Energy Conserving Design. is important in determining design outcomes. dents, student teams or faculty and directed by a Prerequisites M.Arch . I students must have taken 298. Social Meaning of Space . Discussion, three member of the faculty. May be repeated for credit. Building Climatology or equivalent . Others: con- hours. Traces the evolution of the concept of space 290. Design Seminar in Educational Systems and sent of instructor . A professional practice -oriented from its origins in ritual and primitive social Facilities. Laboratory, six hours. Explores educa- view of introductory energy flow and thermal com- organizations . Concentrates on the child 's evolving tion as an environmental system, including goals, fort concepts . Review of existing and developing conception of space, literature on perceptual de- institutional structure , functions , technology, Energy Conserving Design and Management velopment and studies of adaption to the spatial interactions with other social systems, and possible "active" and "passive" techniques. Application of order of the man-made environment . Mr. Rand innovations . Examines implications for design of solar technology to architectural design within the 299. Application of Behavioral Research to the educational structures , facilities , equipment, and ECD/M context. Explanation of historical as well as Design Process. Lecture, three hours. Prerequisite: arrangements . Requires design and critique of alter- current and proposed energy /resource consuming, course 258 or consent of instructor . Application of native physical or functional features. May be re- climate responsive buildings and cities. May be re- behavioral research to the design process. This peated for credit. Mr. Vreeland peated for credit. Mr. Schoen course attempts to begin the difficult task of bridg- ing the gap between research and design by build- ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SOCIO-PHYSICAL RESEARCH AND ing upon the ideas and techniques generated in 194. Architecture and Environment . The study of DESIGN SAUP 258 and applying them to research in a field the design of the total environment-natural and 180. Visual Thinking . Review of concepts of per- situation and the translation of the results of this man-made, as the result of spatial laws , natural ception and conception (e.g., imagery , reasoning, research into a preliminary design solution in a forces, functional necessity and the passage of time memory, representation, communication) as they selected community. Emphasis will be placed upon (evolution ). The emphasis will be on the natural apply to the design process; special emphasis on the problem definition, the generation of meaningful environment and its relation to the built environ- role of visual and schematic thinking in design research questions and understandable results, ment. Ms. Dry problem -solving . Training of visual skills. iterative approaches to the research /design inter- The Staff face, and novel ways of presenting design ideas. 203A-2036. Decision -Making in Planning and May be repeated for credit. The Staff Design. Lecture, three hours. Statistical decision 192. Housing and Settlement Patterns . Patterns of theory and alternative design solutions for coping spatial organization in housing and small settle- with different degrees of future uncertainty ments in a range of cultures. Interaction between in ARCHITECTURAL AND URBAN planning ; nature of models for rational behavior in spatial patterns and prevailing social attitudes ANALYSIS presence of conflicts of interest; individual and toward the individual , the family , land ownership 210. Health Care Facilities. Studies the context of group decision -making under uncertainty. and toward authority , aggression , and communal- health care delivery and the impact on the process Mr. Adelson ism. Mr. Rand, Mr. Vreeland of planning health care facilities . Student work is a 204. Imaging the Future. Lecture , three hours. 258. Research in Man -Environment Relations. (rfi case study of an existing Southern California Introduction to social and technological forecast- to 2 courses) Selected topics for research in social hospital . Studies in detail the process of the design ing, including: nature and limitations of forecast- and behavioral relations to the environment. This of hospitals and the operational requirements of in- ing; ideology and values in forecasting, review of course is intended to provide a teaching space for dividual departments of the hospital. May be re- integrative forecasting techniques , and the role of visiting teachers in the social and behavioral peated for credit . Mr. Bobrow forecasting in environmental planning , design and sciences. It may be repeated since its contents are 218A-218B. Urban Structure Analysis and Model- management processes . Mr. Adelson not set and differ each time it is offered. The Staff ing. Discussion , three hours . Prerequisite consent 291. Architectural Programming and Theory. Dis- 292. Social Building Theory . Prerequisite consent of instructor . Generation of conceptual frameworks cussion , four hours . The first part of the course of instructor . Review of basic literature on applica- on the urban structure based on empirical data, explores concepts and methods of architectural tion of social science theory and data to the design urban theories , and mathematical models. Indi- programming and its interrelation to the design and development of socio-technical systems. vidual and group research on selected aspects of process ; planning of the design process; various Mr. Rand urban systems. Application of models in decision- techniques for the determination of program con- making, particularly in urban design projects. tents, basic conditions , resources and constraints; 293. Experiencing the Environment . Prerequisite: Mr. Lang consent of instructor . Introduction to experience of the identification of solution types for given situa- the environment and its representation in graphic 238. Research in Architectural and Urban tions . In the second part of the course, the theoreti- and visual forms. Focus on metaphoric thinking Analysis . Discussion, three hours . Prerequisite: cal background is applied in the development of a and personal discovery of the meaning and signifi- consent of instructor. Selected topics in architec- program for the thesis. The Staff cance of the environment. tural and urban systems. Documentation and pro- 460. Architectural Management . Lecture, three ject work; field work. The Staff hours. Problems of land development 294. Environmental and real Psychology and Sociology. Prerequisite consent of instructor . Environmen- 255. Urban Morphology Definitions and Conse- estate . The professions of architecture and plan- tally based and interpreted approach to psychologi- quences . Lecture, three hours. An analysis of urban ning traditional and innovative organizational cal states and individual and social behavior. Ter- spatial form and its socio-economic and behavioral forms. Manufacture , distribution , transport, and ritorality , density , stress and adaptation , environ- bases and consequences . Special emphasis is placed on-site construction/assembly. Controls mental cognition , aesthetics and and preferences are on ecological approaches (e.g., social area analysis, resources government programs and restrictions; considered . Mr. Rand urban growth models, factorial ecology) and financing and administration ; costs estimation; behavioral analysis (cognitive mapping, urban materials and labor availability. 295. Cognitive Processes of Design . Lecture, three The Staff imagery , attitudes toward human and material hours. Review of concepts of perception and con- resources). Mr. Stea 461. Professional Organization and Practice. Lec- ception (e.g., imagery, reasoning, memory, repre- ture, three hours . The profession of architecture: sentation , communication ) as they apply to the 271. Elements of Urban Design . Lecture, three historical development , relation to other profes- design process . Special emphasis on the role of hours . Introduction of basic knowledge of elements sions and disciplines , the changing role of the visual and schematic thinking in design problem- and methods of urban design. A multidisciplinary architect . Architecture and professional societies: solving. The Staff approach leading to an understanding of the politi- The American Institute of Architects, state and cal, socio -economic and technological framework of 296. Social Analysis of Buildings and Settings. Pre- national registration boards, educational accredita- urban systems and its dynamic interrelations. tion. Legal and ethical questions relating to the requisite consent of instructor . The class will con- Mr. Lang , Mr. Schulitz practice of architecture . Emerging forms of duct a ten week evaluation of a building in Los architectural practice . Mr. Filson Angeles , designed and built within the past five 275. Urban Form. Discussion , four hours . Seminar years, where the architect, builder, initiator or on recent and historical urban design projects, other parties involved in the inception process are elucidating the planning objectives, structuring THEORY , HISTORY AND CRITICISM available for cooperative review of the facility. The principles, operational characteristics, physical 189. Pre-Modern and Post Modern Architecture. structure of the course involves a review of evalua- components , and environmental consequences of Consideration of nineteenth century revivalism ARCHITECTURE AND URBAN PLANNING / 93 and the response of architects to a growing histori- and social practice of the Good Society. Enrollment that topic , in close collaboration with a potential cal awareness . Issues of electicism within the Beaux will be limited to 12 students. Mr. Friedmann dissertation advisor, through enrollment in an Arts and Art Nouveau movements will be studied. 201B. Introduction to Planning Theory. The course independent study course. This course is required These same themes will be re-considered in terms provides a broad overview of the history of plan- of Ph.D. students; open to M.A. students interested of the post modern era. Mr. Jencks ning theory and focusses on current theories con- in research. This course is graded S/U and may be 191. Modern Architecture. (% or 1 course) A brief cerning the linkage of a scientific -technical repeated for credit. Mr. Burns history of modern architecture in Europe in the intelligence to organized social actions. May be 213. Social Indicators and Reports for first half of this century. Starting with Behrens and taken by upper-division, undergraduate students Metropolitan Regions . Discussion, three hours. the German Werkbund, the course explores De Stijl with consent of instructor. Mr. Friedmann Prerequisite: second year standing . Research semi- in Holland, Purism in France, Constructivism in 201C. Colloquium in Planning Theory. Prere- nar concerned with the development of social Russia, Futurism and Rationalism in Italy, the Ber- quisite enrollment limited to Ph.D. students. An indicators for evaluating and reporting the perfor- lin School, and the Bauhaus in Germany. in-depth and critical examination of major issues in mance of complex urban systems. Mr. Jencks, Mr. Moore Planning Theory. Faculty and students jointly Mr. Grigsby, Mr. Perloff 201A. Architectural Theory . (% to 1 course) Lec- select topics of importance for discussion. This M215A . Advanced Quantitative Analysis. (Same ture, three hours. Varying present-day and histori- course is graded S/U. Mr. Friedman as Geography M270.) Lecture, two hours; cal descriptive and normative frameworks for the 209. Special Topics in Planning Theory. (r to 2 laboratory , two hours . Prerequisites Geography discussion of architecture and its relation to other courses ) Lecture, three hours. Seminar on topics in 171 or equivalent or consent of instructor. aspects of the environment. The effects of literary, planning theory selected by the faculty. May be re- Advanced topics in the utilization of mathematical art, and other forms of criticism on architectural peated for credit. The Staff and statistical techniques for geographic research. theory. Epochs and styles, ideologies and social set- Emphasis on linear models , factor analysis and tings for architecture. The Staff 212. Planning Theory Time and the Future. grouping procedures as applied to geographic data Analyzes how time is, and can be, used as a factor bases. 282A. Image and Cultural Symbolization . Lecture, Mr. Clark in urban decisions and actions. Focuses on concepts three hours . This course will demonstrate how and methods for dealing with the middle- and M215B. Spatial Statistics. (Same as Geography modern architecture is a language that sometimes longer-range future, including asset accounting, M272 .) Lecture , two hours ; discussion , one hour; fails to communicate its intended messages . It will time- and goal-oriented systems analysis, and laboratory , one hour. Prerequisites Mathematics treat the division between elitist and popular different approaches to "planning for a better 50 or Geography 171 and consent of instructor. architecture and suggest means of designing to future". Mr. Perloff Specific techniques useful in the analysis of spatial overcome this division; basically by using multiple distributions including both point and areal pat- "codes" of architectural meaning. Students will be 223A. Professional Development Series (A). Lec- terns; and emphasizing spatial descriptive expected to either analyze a building semiotically, ture, three hours. A lecture-seminar-project course statistics, probability models of spatial distribu- or design a building using the various "codes." offering an introduction to the planning profession tions, and statistical surfaces. Mr. Clark Mr. Jencks and, more specifically, to the Urban Planning Pro- 220A. Quantitative Methods Basic Analytical gram at UCLA. An overview of the forces that 285. Architecture Case Study . Discussion, three shaped its practice over time and an exploration of Concepts . Prerequisite college algebra . Introduc- hours . Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Through various professional roles for planners. Planning tion to specific topics in mathematics most useful a set of structured studio assignments and lectures, education will be viewed as a response to changing for planners . Topics include review of the vocabul- students are made aware of the underlying func- needs and as a catalyst for emerging roles for ary of mathematics with emphasis on planning tional formal structural and spatial organization professional planners. Several short projects are model formulation ; analysis of linear and non- principles of significant buildings and building designed to expose students to real world planning linear functions focussing on growth curves and typologies. The Staff problems and to the various viewpoints and mathematics of finance ; matrix algebra and linear 286. History of Specific Building Types . Lecture, methods that the Areas of Policy Concentration optimization; applications of basic calculus to plan- three hours. Consideration of socio-economic and specialties would bring to bear. 223A is generally ning models focussing on problems of optimiza- historical factors involved in the development of a taken Fall Quarter of the first year as an introduc- tion. Ms. Liggett specific building type, i.e., theaters, schools, tion to 223B and 223C. Mr. Heskin 220B. Quantitative Methods Urban Data. (f to I museums and hospitals . May be repeated for credit. course ) An introduction to statistical concepts and Mr. Aran methods with applications in urban planning. PLANNING METHODS Topics to be covered include elements of probability 287. Ancient and Islamic Architecture in the theory, probability distribution Mediterranian Area. Prerequisite consent of in- 206A. Uses of Urban Data. Lecture, three hours. , sampling , estima- structor. The aim of this course is to study the inf- This course will cover various kinds of data which tion methods , hypothesis testing , analysis of luence of the physical and social environments on can be used and/or are used in planning studies. variance , correlajion and regression . The course building activity throughout the history of societies Heavy emphasis will be placed on census data and will also include introduction to the use of the com- around the Mediterranean . Special consideration is mapping techniques. Course will explore uses of puter as a tool in statistical analysis . (Students with given to architectural development in Greece. school data, employment data, utility building, etc., a statistics background may enroll in 220B for 2 Mr. Aran in preparation of impact analyses, evaluation re- units in order to obtain an introduction to com- ports, and updating census . Generally taken in first puter techniques . 288. Architectural History Ms. Liggett Medieval Period. Pre- year. Mr. Grigsby 2200 . Quantitative Methods Models . Lecture, requisite consent of instructor . A survey of Euro- three hours . Prerequisites pean architecture from the year one thousand with course 220A-220B or 207. Public Resource Allocation. Lecture, three selected buildings and environments considered in hours. Prerequisite: a previous course in introduc- consent of instructor . An introduction to math- terms of the cultural contexts. Mr. Aran tory micro-economics. Over-view of welfare statistical modelling methods with emphasis on economics and its application to planning. Discus- urban growth and spatial allocation models. sion of the operation of private markets with an Mr. Shoup , Mr. Wachs emphasis on private market imperfections , includ- PLANNING THEORY 221A. Evaluation Research . Prerequisite ing natural monopolies , externalities, and collective course 220B or equivalent . This course focuses on the con- 197. Planning for Minority Communities . Lecture, goods, and the implications for public action. Dis- ceptual approach, methods and problems encoun- three hours . This course will introduce the student cussion of public policy objectives and criteria for tered in conducting evaluative research . Topics to inner city policy issues on three separate levels: project appraisal . Introduction to economics of covered will begin with the purposes of evalua- (1) each student will develop a comprehensive political organization . Brief review of alternative tions, follow through with steps involved in the inner city urban program using materials from the economic systems. evaluative process, and conclude with some discus- Altenatives Inner City Future Exercise, (2) each stu- Mr. Conn, Mr. Shoup, and the Staff sion on the uses and future of evaluation in plan- dent is expected to identify the value assumptions 208A -208B . Seminar in Advanced Research ning . Case studies will be used as examples. Stu- and theories of social justice implicit or explicit in Methods . (1 course , % course ) Prerequisite: con- dents will develop an evaluation design for a social alternative intervention programs, and (3) each sent of instructor ; students are, in addition, action program as a class project. Ms. Hill Scott student is expected to participate in class discus- required to participate in an independent study sions which emphasize minority issues which course (from 2-4 units ) in order to prepare disserta- 221B. Project Evaluation Methods . Prerequisite: affect implementation . Mr. Estrada tion topics to be discussed in 208B. The 208A Economics 200. Major topics include benefit-cost 200. The Good Society . Lecture, three hours . Prere- analysis ; goals -achievement matrices course, offered Fall, will consist of (1) lecture-dis- (and variants ); panels of experts (Delphi , etc.); citizen quisite: consent of instructor. An exploration of cussions on research method ; (2) lecture-discus- participation in policy evaluation ; sensitivity certain value premises of contemporary social plan- sions by visitors , most of whom are from the Urban analysis ; brief exposure to complementary ning and social practice . The seminar will cover Planning faculty, leading to the identification of approaches (cross- impact matrices , graphics, such topics as models of man-in -society; dialogue dissertation topics; and (3) potential topics de- advocacy , domains analysis , systems analysis, PPBS as a basic form of social relation; territorially and veloped by each student. The 208B course, offered variants , goals programming , logical frameworks). non-territorially integrated societies ; the social in Spring , will consist of the presentation and dis- Mr. Conn, Mr. Shoup learning paradigm ; optimal conditions for social cussion of dissertation topics, developed in detail learning; and problems of interface between social (with bibliographies , etc.). The intercourse during 229. Special Topics in Planning Methods . (% to 2 planning , backed by the Coercive power of the State, Winter quarter is intended for the development of courses ) Lecture , three hours . Seminar on topics in NOTE: For key to symbols, see page 74 94 / ARCHITECTURE AND URBAN PLANNING planning methodology selected by the faculty. May The course will be organized around a number of essential to comprehension of the material to be be repeated for credit. The Staff urban problems such as employment, housing, covered, students not majoring in this area are social welfare and land use and examine the law's asked to obtain approval from the instructor prior role as a partial cause and cure of these problems. PROJECTS IN PLANNING to enrollment in the course .) Although certain legal principles will be stressed, Mr. Friedmann M202C . Seminar-Urban 239. Special Topics in Urban-Regional Develop- Affairs . (3/4 course) the course examines law as a changing process ment Policy . (% to 2 courses ) Lecture, three hours. (Same as Law M526.) The purpose of the course is rather than a collection of principles. It is a goal of Seminar on topics in urban and regional develop- to explore in a concrete case setting the application the course that the students develop a facility to ment policy selected by the faculty. May be repeated of legal tools to the solution of planning and land interact with law and lawyers in a positive and for- for credit. The Staff use problems . Real situations are selected in which ceful manner. Mr. Heskin significant planning problems exist that appear to be amenable to solution by careful analysis and application of legal tools. A number of case studies PUBLIC SERVICE SYSTEMS (APC) URBAN -REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT are selected so that students may choose one issue POLICY (APC) 240. Advanced Seminar in Public Service Systems. which directly interests them. For each case a M231. Urban Housing and Community Develop- Lecture, three hours. Prerequisites: course 242 or specific client works with the class in presenting to ment . (Same as Law M287.) Lecture, three hours; consent of instructor and second or third year it the problem that client is facing, and remains discussion, one hour. The course will comprehen- standing . A seminar dealing with the general sys- available through the course of the project for con- sively consider the rebuilding and construction of tem within which services are supplied publicly or sultation ; the end product for each case is the pre- American cities with the major emphasis upon the semi -publicly , the specific sectors comprising the sentation of a formal report. Clients include the "housing process" - the way in which shelter and system , and analytical techniques for evaluating the City Planning Commission , the Environmental related facilities are created by the institutions efficiency and effectiveness of services delivered to Quality Board, the Housing Authority, and others. which direct housing activities in urban areas. Stu- the public. Mr. Shoup Letter grade for M202C. Mr. Hagman dents are encouraged to undertake research pro- M241A . Urban Transportation Planning I. (Same 217A-217B. Comprehensive Planning Project. Pre- jects with an emphasis on field research in lieu of a as Engineering Systems M288A.) Lecture, three requisite second year standing . The comprehensive substantial portion of the final examination. hours. Historical development or urban transporta- project is offered by at least two faculty members Mr. McGee tion planning and the current political and representing different Areas of Policy Concentra- 232. Spatial Planning Regional and International administrative frameworks for planning; the rela- tion in the Urban Planning Program and brings Development . An examination of the theory and tionship between transportation systems and urban together students of varying backgrounds and practice of spatial planning at the regional, form, historical review of automobile and public interests in joint solution of a problem in urban national, and international scales, including an transit systems; urban highway and transit plan- planning and development. Each project counts the evaluation of regional growth strategies , national ning programs ; the financing of urban transporta- equivalent of 8 units, total, and will span two quar- settlement policy, growth center concepts, and the tion; environmental and social impacts of transpor- ters. Because of the time required for the comple- normative -ideological issues involved in interna- tation systems; current policy dilemmas; control- tion of project work, it is expected that students tional development planning . Generally taken in ling the automobile , promoting mass transit, energy enrolled in a project will choose the Comprehen- first year. Mr. Soja issues, needs of elderly and handicapped. sive Examination Plan option in place of the 233. Spatial Organization and Urban Planning. An Mr. Wachs Master's thesis. Credit on completion of 2178. introduction to the concepts and methods of spatial M241B. Urban Transportation Planning II. (Same The Staff analysis as they apply to problems of planning and as Engineering Systems M288B.) Lecture, four 223B-2230 . Professional Development Series (B) urban design . The organization of space in human hours. Prerequisites or co-requisites: course (C). Prerequisite: 223A highly recommended. A societies is examined at a variety of scales, from the M241A; 220A, 220B or equivalent. Economic and two quarter sequence concerned with problems of role of personal space and distancing in interper- social basis for travel ; basic data sources for professional practice. Students must be working in sonal behavior to studies of income distribution examining urban travel and transportation ; techni- a field setting to enroll in the course . A job fair will and social justice in urban areas . The emphasis is ques of forecasting and analyzing travel; math- be held at the beginning of the Winter Quarter to on developing a greater sensitivity to the spatial ematical models of travel: trip generation, trip dis- place students in field settings . Students who wish perspective and its role as a framework for urban tribution , modal split, traffic assignment and route to arrange their own placement and join the class planning and policy decisions. Generally taken in choice; uses of forecasts and approaches to may do so with the permission of the instructor. first year. Mr. Soja transportation system and project evaluation. 223B focuses on developing methods which inte- Mr. Wachs 234. Seminar in Spatial Development Policy. Pre- grate theory and practice through readings and in- requisite course 232 or some background in M241C. Urban Planning III. (Same as Engineering dividual and collective analyses of each student's analytical human geography ; or consent of instruc- Systems M288C .) Lecture , four hours . Prere- experience. 223C continues the processes of 223B tor. An advanced course dealing with the analysis, quisites: or co-requisites courses M241A-241B, with the addition of a larger look at the planning measurement , and interpretation of spatial change 220A-220B-220C. Recent experience and case profession by bringing noted professional to the in developing countries, particularly in East and studies in transportation planning and policy: classroom to dialogue with the students . 223A is West Africa. It combines an in-depth examination Planning a rail system and downtown people highly recommended as a prerequisite but not of spatial development theory (especially with mover for Los Angeles; community dial-a-ride required . Students may wish to combine either regard to spatial diffusion and settlement systems services ; express buses on freeways ; the Santa 223B or 223C with one quarter of 4%F or 490 to models ), comparative studies in the geography of Monica Freeway Diamond Lane project; decision- meet their field work requirement . The Staff development, and a detailed assessment of some making in the case of the Century Freeway; a Park- current African regional development plans. Gen- ing Management Program for Los Angeles; car- PLANNING, LAW AND POLITICS erally taken in the second year. Mr. Soja pooling and vanpooling programs ; field trips and guest speakers. Mr. Wachs M202A . Public Control of Land Development. (3/4 235A-2356 . Regional Approaches to National De- or 1 course) (Same as Law M286.) Analysis of the velopment . Prerequisite consent of instructor; 242. Analysis of Public Service Systems . Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours. The application legal and administrative aspects of the regulation of 235A for 2356. An advanced research seminar for land use and development, and the problems and students enrolled in the doctoral program . The first of systems analysis to problems of planning public techniques of urban planning ; dwelling legislation, quarter deals with theoretical aspects of urbaniza- service systems. Specific methods are presented for building codes, zoning, subdivision controls, public tion in the context of national development. The the definition and delimitation of systems, formula- acquisition of land , tax controls, and urban de- second quarter addresses major policy issues. 235A tion of objectives , generation and evaluation of velopment . Mr. Hagman receives a grade of IP. Credit received upon comple- alternatives, and the application of analysis to deci- tion of 235B. Mr. Friedmann M2023 . Governance sion -making and policy formulation . Case studies State, Regional and Local. are drawn from various public service sectors. (Same as Law M285.) Legal problems involving 236A-236& Urban Regional Development Theory. Mr. Shoup local and governmental entities ; sources and extent Lecture, three hours . Prerequisites 207 or equiva- of powers and duties with respect to personnel, lent to 236A; 236A prerequisite to 236B. Economic 245. Finance of Local Public Services . Lecture, finance, public works, community development, growth and development in urban and regional three hours . Prerequisite: Economics 200 or consent and related topics. Mr. Hagman systems, and the resulting changes in spatial pat- of instructor . An examination of the major types of M205C. Urban Government . (Same as Political terns . Special attention to associated planning prob- local government revenue sources (taxes, user lems. Generally taken in the first year. Science M229.) Discussion , four hours . An analysis charges, intergovernmental aid, borrowing). Dis- Mr. Burns, Mr. Shoup cussion of revenue decision -making processes, of the policies , processes , interrelations and intergovernmental relations, questions of equity, organization of governments in heavily populated 237. Evolution of Regional Planning Doctrines: the role of revenue sharing, and social objectives areas. May be concurrently scheduled with Political 1925 to the Present . Prerequisite: consent of in- attainable with revenue instruments. Mr. Shoup Science 197F, sec. 1. Mr. Bollens structor for students not majoring in Urban- Regional Development. A critical survey of major 211. Law and the Quality of Urban Life . Lecture, 246. Housing in Social and Economic Development doctrines in regional planning from the mid-1920's Policy . Lecture, three hours . Prerequisites: three hours. This course is an introduction to law as to the present . (Recommended for students major- Economics 200 or equivalent or consent of instruc- an urban system and is directed primarily toward ing in Urban-Regional Development. Because a tor. Seminar on the position of housing in national those interested in social and advocacy planning. general familiarity with the relevant literature is and regional development strategies with a focus ARCHITECTURE AND URBAN PLANNING / 95 on policies for Third World nations. Topics include 254. Research Methods in Social Development 262. Residuals Management . (% to 1 course) Lec- the nature of housing "need", market responses, Policy . Prerequisite: recommended 220B or equiva- ture, three hours. Prerequisites: Economics 200 or evolution of housing policy, theory of intervention, lent. Course reviews basic methods commonly used 221B or consent of instructor. Advanced seminar alternative policies for increasing the housing sup- in planning or in applied social research. However, covering a selected topic (to be specified each time ply. Numerous case studies . Mr. Burns the emphasis is on the research process as a whole that the course is offered ) in the management of M248. Urban Transportation law. (3/a course) rather than specific techniques of design. Topics atmospheric emissions or solid wastes or nuclear (Same as Law M288.) Lecture , three hours. This will include: conceptualizing the research problem; radiation , etc. Intended for, although not restricted course will begin with an exploration of the urgent developing a research plan; sampling , instrumenta- to, students specializing policy questions in Environmental facing the urban transportation Plan- tion , and data collection ; and time management of a ning and Management , and generally taken during decision -maker today . It will then focus on the research study. Mr. Estrada, Ms. Hill Scott the second year. May be repeated existing governmental for credit. programs for urban 256. Social Impact Analysis . Lecture, three hours. Mr. Conn and Staff transportation, on the policies they embody, and on Prerequisites: recommended: 220A-220B-220C, a 263. Natural Resource Conservation . Lecture, three the public institutions created to or charged with course in advanced statistics , a course in survey hours . This seminar explores , through presenta- the duties of administering them . Mr. Schwartz research and methodology ; or consent of instruc- tions , readings , and discussion , the meaning of 249. Special Topics in Public Service Systems. (r tor. This course will explore ways of creating resource conservation , its desirability , and ways of to 2 courses) Lecture, three hours. Seminar on methods for assessing and determining social achieving it. The focus is generally on minerals, topics in planning for public service systems impacts on communities. Intent will be to develop although other resources (e.g., water , timber, selected by the faculty. May be repeated for credit. both methodologies and policy formulation for as- wilderness) may also be considered. Mr. Conn The Staff sisting in community development . Enrollment M264A . Environmental Law and Policy. (4'4 limited . Generally taken in second year. course ) (Same as Law M290.) The course first SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT POLICY (APC) Mr. Grigsby examines , from perspectives meaningful to legal in- 251. Planning for Multiple Publics . Lecture, three 257. Loss and Change . The course explores stitutions , the nature of environmental problems. It hours . Prerequisite recommended background in underlying patterns of response to change, and then considers the means by which law has re- how those are reflected in social movements and in- statistics and research design. Course is designed to sponded, and can and should respond, to problems stitutions -communities displaced by slum of environmental quality. Both common law and explore the planning needs of various social groups clearance , organizations struggling to assimilate legislative and administrative measures are con- in urban settings . Students will be required to new relationships , tribal societies undergoing mod- sidered. The course uses the air pollution problem explore existing literature and research studies to ernization , scientists faced with revolutions in as the primary vehicle for study. The Staff determine appropriate mechanisms of planning for theory -trying to show how the process of change multiple publics . The course will have students generates some fundamentally similar patterns of 266. Seminar on Land-Use Planning . Lecture, three analyze communities in the Los Angeles reaction and assimilation in both individuals, hours. Prerequisites: Economics 200, 236A, 261A, metropolitan area as a means of gaining insights groups , and even whole societies . Implications of 221B, or consent of instructor. A seminar-discus- into the practical, theoretical , and methodological the argument for the management and planning of sion course that builds on the basic planning con- problems of planning for multiple publics. Gen- change will be discussed. Mr. Marris cepts and knowledge discussed in other planning erally taken in the first year. Mr. Grigsby courses. The topics of discussion include the cur- 252A. Human Lives in Development . Lecture, 259. Special Topics in Social Development Policy. rent practice of land -use planning , issues and prob- three hours. Covers the growth and development of (% to 2 courses) Lecture, three hours. Seminar on lems, land -use planning as a tool for environmental the individual throughout the life cycle . In-depth topics in social development policy selected by the protection and enhancement, and evolving policy. given to various theories regarding faculty. May be repeated for credit. The Staff attention The Staff human development , drawing implications for 269. Special Topics in Environmental Planning planning approaches . Emphasis is on psycho- social ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING AND and Management. (44 to 2 courses) Lecture, three basis of individual development . Some proposed MANAGEMENT (APC) hours . Seminar topics in environmental planning approaches are also offered for using human de- M195. Engineering and Environmental Geology. and management selected by the faculty. May be re- velopment information in social impact analysis. (Same as Earth and Space Sciences M139.) Lecture, peated for credit. The Staff Ms. Hill Scott two and one-half hours . Prerequisites Geology 1 or 252B. Social Policy in Human Development . Prere- 100; 111A recommended . Principles and practice of URBAN DESIGN (APC) quisite course 252A or consent of instructor. Semi- soil mechanics and foundation engineering in light 219. Special Topics in Urban Design. (% to 2 nar that explores the use of lifestyle and life cycle of geologic conditions, recognition, prediction and courses ) Lecture, three hours . Seminar on topics in information in the planning process . Multi -discip- control or abatement of subsidence, landslides, urban design selected by the faculty . May be re- linary background reading on exemplary planning earthquakes , and other geologic aspects of urban peated for credit. The Staff studies that have attempted to consider behavioral planning and subsurface disposal of liquids and 274. Introduction to Urban Design. Lecture, three needs and potentialities during the planning pro- solid wastes. Mr. Merifield cess are analyzed. Case examples of the converse hours . Over-view of trends in urban design. M196 . Geomorphology . (Same as Geography Attempt at redefinition of the field from the approach to planning and its consequences for M102.) Lecture, three hours; reading period, one society are also discussed . Ms. Hill Scott perspective of the planner . Exploration of those hour . Prerequisites Geography I or equivalent, or theories , methods , and skills taught at SAUP and 253. Social Theory for Planners. Lecture, three junior standing , or consent of instructor. A study of other departments which are potentially applicable hours . Prerequisite some prior knowledge of the processes responsible for shaping the world's to urban design . A seminar utilizing brainstorming, sociological theory would be useful but not essen- landforms with emphasis on the relationship be- reading, guest lectures and discussions . The course tial. The course relates the sociological tradition to tween the energy and materials involved and the is expected to aid in the continuing clarification of issues of change , the role of the state, and the rela- magnitude and organization of the surface forms the planner 's contribution to and role in urban tionship between knowledge and values as they produced . Mr. Orme design . Generally taken in the first year. affect planning . The founding fathers of modern 260. Advanced Seminar in Environmental Plan- Mr. Kamnitzer , Mr. Stea sociology (Marx, Durkheim , Weber ) were preoc- ning and Management . (r to I course ) Discussion, cupied with the profound changes which European 276A-276B. Planning Workshop . (1 to 2 courses three hours . Prerequisites consent of instructor. each ) Lecture , three hours ; laboratory, two hours. society had undergone through the industrial Discussion and organized individual and group revolution . They sought to define and explain these Prerequisites 421 or 422 or Art 153A- 153B or dem- the supposedly research . Exploration of broad issues related to onstrated background in architectural design or changes , continually contrasting environmental planning of special interest to stu- cohesive communities of the past with fragmented, consent of instructor . Planning projects with a dents . Generally intended for second year students focus on physical planning . Emphasis on SYN- impersonal industrial society . The Marxist tradition specializing in Environmental Planning and Man- emphasized the inherent instability of industrial THESIS combined with iterative evaluation of the agement . May be repeated for credit. Mr. Conn, emerging solutions . Projects may be reality bound, capitalism , arguing that stable societies can only evolve from the working out of class conflict and 261A. Introduction to Environmental Analysis. hypothetical , or in the form of exploring the impact the transformation of capitalism . The main Lecture, three hours. Discussion of basic ecological of non-physical forces on the physical environ- emphasis of recent American sociology has been principles relevant to environmental planning, ment. Development of presentation skills, both upon the sources of stability - the way in which a including characteristics of ecosystems , energy graphic and verbal, is an essential component of consensus of values is incorporated and legal- transfer, biogeochemical cycles, dominance and this workshop . Mr. Kamnitzer rational institutions develop. From all this comes a niche theory, diversity and stability, species-area 277A-277B-277C. Urban Design Research Seminar. legacy of preoccupation with bureaucracy , roles, relations, etc. Attention will be drawn to man's (% course each ) Lecture, three hours . Prerequisite: norms, the interaction of social classes, and the con- historical role in modifying ecosystems . Generally course 274. Built on AUP 274, this research seminar trast between traditional (rural, cohesive ) and mod- taken during first year. Ms. Corwin continues through three subsequent quarters to ern (urban, atomistic) societies. The course will 261B. Environmental Management . Lecture, three search for the "design content" of planning theo- concentrate on the insights and crucial issues hours . Prerequisites course 261A or consent of in- ries, methods and skills . Students will report on which have arisen from it as they relate to the con- structor . Application of ecological principles to the content of planning courses as they advance cerns of planning and social policy . Contemporary analysis of environmental impacts and the manage- through the program and will jointly search for developments in urban sociology will also be dis- ment of natural and urban/regional resources. optimal applications of the learning acquired to the cussed . Mr. Marris Ms. Corwin field of urban design . 277A generally taken in the NOTE: For key to symbols, see page 74 96 / ARCHITECTURE AND URBAN PLANNING first year. 277B and 277C generally taken in the sec- that arise in creating and maintaining an environ- Helen Clark Chandler, Emeritus Professor of A rt. ond year. Mr. Kanmitzer, Mr. Stea ment for urban activities , and the approaches and J. LeRoy Davidson, Ph.D., Emeritus Professor of Art. methods of architecture and urban planning in Annita Delano, Emeritus Professor of A rt INDEPENDENT STUDY Archine V. Fetty, M.A., Emeritus Professor of Art. helping to cope with such problems. The students Lester D. Longman, Ph.D., L.H.D., D.F.A., Emeritus Professor are exposed to the complexities involved in giving of Art 199. Special Studies. ('fe to 2 courses) Prerequisite: expression to human needs and desires in the pro- Katharina Otto- Dorn, Ph.D., Emeritus Professor of Art consent of instructor. Independent research or in- vision of shelters and movement systems; to the Josephine P. Reps, Emeritus Professor of Art vestigation on a selected topic to be arranged with a possibilities and limitations of technology and Frederick S. Wight, M.A., Emeritus Professor of Art faculty member. May be repeated for credit. building forms; and the issues involved in relating Karl F. With, Ph.D., D.F.A., Emeritus Professor of Art. The Staff the man-made to the natural environment. The stu- Mitsuru Kataoka, M.A., Associate ProfessorofArt. dents are encouraged to comprehend the major 494. Supervised Independent Teaching . (b4 to 2 David M. Kunzle, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Art. Donald F. McCallum, Ph.D., Associate Professor ofArt. courses ) Supervised individual teaching urban issues both as citizens and as potential tech- Arnold Rubin, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Art experience. This course is graded S/U and may be nical experts. Mr. Perloff Nathan Shapira, Dottore in Architettura, Associate Professor repeated for credit. The Staff 226A. Computer Applications in Architecture and of Art. 495P. Teaching Clinic in Urban Planning. (% James R. Valerio, M. F.A., Associate Professor of A rt. Urban Planning (Introductory ). Lecture, three James W. Bassler, M. A., Assistant Professor of Art. course ) Discussion, two hours. Supervised teaching hours. Introduction to electronic computers and the Cornelia K. Breitenbach, M.F.A., Assistant Professor of Art clinic. Will include discussion of teaching FORTRAN IV programming language, with William C. Brown, M.A., Assistant Professor of Art. experiences, teaching methods, procedures, etc. emphasis on writing and executing programs loll Kalavrezou-Maxeiner, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Art. Guest lecturers from other departments on campus specifically applicable to architecture, urban design Cecelia F. Klein, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Art. will be invited to participate in the course. This and planning. The course will also provide an Deborah Klimburg-Salter, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Ark course is required of all Teaching Associates in the Alice F McCloskey, M.A., Assistant Professor of Art. introduction to computer mapping techniques. No Adrian Saxe, B.F.A., Assistant Professor of Art. Urban Planning Program and will be an integral prerequisite or prior knowledge of computing is Madeleine Sunkees, B.Ed., Assistant Professor of Art, Emeritus part of our teaching associate program. May be re- required. Ms. Liggett peated once for credit. This course is graded S/U. 226B. Computer Applications in Architecture and 11 Mr. Wachs and Staff Urban Planning (Advanced). Lecture, three hours. Benjamin B. Johnson, M.A., Lecturer in Art 496. Special Projects in Architecture . ('4 to 2 Prerequisite: course 226A or equivalent. Seminar Martin J. Powers, M.A., Acting Assistant Professor of A rt courses ) Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Pro- on advanced computing techniques and modeling Donald Roberts, Lecturer in Art. jects initiated by either individual students or stu- Robert Wark, Ph.D., Lecturer in Art. as applied to architecture and urban planning. This Jean Weisz, M.A., Lecturer in Art. dents teams, and directed by a member of the course will introduce the PC1 programming faculty. May be repeated for credit. language but will assume students have previous It is recommended that each student majoring in art computing experience in another language. have each quarter's program approved by a depart- 496F. Field Projects . (h to 2 courses ) To be graded Ms. Liggett mental adviser. S/U only; may be repeated for credit. The Staff 497. Special Projects in Urban Design . ('h to 2 278. Research Methods in Man-Environment The departmental major offered in the College of Relations. (% to 1 course) Lecture, three hours; dis- courses) Prerequisite: Fine Arts leads to the degree of Bachelor of Arts consent of instructor. Pro- cussion, two hours. A survey of a variety of with the opportunity to specialize in one of three jects initiated by either individual students or stu- research methods applicable to problems on the areas (1) Art History , (2) Painting /Sculpture/ dent teams, and directed by a member of the man-environment interface , including both those Graphic Arts, (3) Design. faculty. May be repeated for credit. The Staff now frequently employed (e.g., survey research) 50L Cooperative Program. (f to 2 courses ) Prere- and others not so well known (e.g., ecological psy- Preparation for the Major quisites approval of UCLA Graduate Advisor and chology, ethnomethodology, etc.). Emphasis will be Graduate Dean. Approval of host campus instruc- placed on understanding the nature of research, Art History. Six courses selected from courses 50, 51, tor, Department Chairman and Graduate Dean. The upon the application , advantages and disadvan- 52, 53, 54, 55 and 56. course is used to record the enrollment of UCLA tages, of the various methods rather than upon the Painting/Sculpture/Graphic Arts. Courses 10A, 106, students in courses taken under cooperative learning of techniques. The course will start with a 20A, 206, 25; and two courses selected from 50, 51, arrangements with neighboring institutions. To be review of certain concepts basic to the philosophy 52, 53, 54, 55, 56. graded S/U. The Staff of science, emphasize practice in the application of DesignCourses 31A, 31B, 32A, 32B, 34A, 34B; and 596A. Directed Individual Research and Study in research methods to selected exercises and a three courses selected from 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56. Architecture and Urban Design . (% to 2 courses) specific field situation, and conclude with some May be repeated for credit. The Staff commentary upon the nature and future of statisti- cal methods in the study of man-environment rela- The Major 596P. Research in Planning . (% to 2 courses) May tions . Mr. Stea Art History. (12 courses upper division art history be repeated for credit. The Staff required.) 490. Urban Innovations Group Workshop. (1 to 2 597P . Preparation for the Comprehensive courses) Laboratory. Prerequisite: consent of 1. A total of nine courses from the following nine Examination for the Master 's Degree or Qualify- Workshop Staff. Applied research and development areas: at least three courses in one area for the con- ing Examinations for the Ph.D. Degree . (f to 2 work in the Urban Innovations Group workshop centration, at least one course each in four of the courses ) May be repeated for credit. Graded S/U. under the supervision of the workshop staff. Client- remaining areas, and two additional courses from The Staff oriented projects concerned with significant urban, any of the nine areas. 598A. Preparation in Architecture /Urban Design social or technical problems of the physical 1. 101A , 101B , 101C,101D. for the Master 's Thesis . (% to 2 courses ) Prere- environment. May be repeated for credit. quisite consent of instructor. May be repeated for The Staff 2. 103A, 103B,103C,103D,103E. credit. The Staff 3. 104B,104C,104D. 598P. Preparation for Master 's Thesis in Urban 4. 105A, 105B, 105C,105D,105E. Planning . (r to 2 courses ) May be repeated for ART 5. 106A, 106B, 106C, 108A, 108B, 109A, 1095, credit . Graded S/U. The Staff 109C, 109D, 120k 121 A. 599P. Doctoral Dissertation Research in Planning. (Department Office, 1300 Dickson Art (4 to 2 courses) May be repeated for credit. Graded Center) 6. 110A,110B,110C,11013,1205,120C,1215. S/U. The Staff Samuel Amato, B.F.A., Professor of Art 7. 112A, 112B, 112C. Alexander Badawy, B.Arch., D.I.A., Ph.D., Prof essor of Art 8. 114A, 1146, 114C, 114D, 115A, 115B, 115C. E. Maurice Bloch, Ph.D., Professor of Art and Curator of Prints. INTERPROGRAM COURSES Albert Boime, Ph.D., Professor of Art. 9. 117A, 117B, 117C, 118A, 118B, 118C, 118D, our Cities. An 187. Planning and Designing W illiam J. Brice, Professor of A rt Raymond B. Brown, M.A., Professor of Art. 119A, 119B. introduction to urban planning and urban design Jack B. Carter, M.A., Professor of Art. II. Three courses of are history electives which may with an emphasis on methods and tools used in Susan B. Downey, Ph.D., Professor of Art. include Classics 151 ABC, Art 125, 197, 199 (design practice. Starting with an overview of the planning Elliot). Elgart , M.F.A., Professor of A rt or studio courses do not apply as electives.) field, the course addresses itself to physical plan- Robert F. Heinecken, M.A., Professor of Art. In addition to the 12 courses (48 units ) of upper ning for redevelopment , for projects in expanding Thomas Jennings, M.A., Professor of Art. division art history , three upper division courses areas and for new towns . Lectures (with illustrated J. Bernard Kesler, M.A., Prof essor of Art examples ), field visits and presentation of the stu- Velizar Mihich (Vasa), Professor of Art. from other departments related to the area of con- dents' own projects create the framework for Lee Mullican, Professor of Art. centration are to be selected in consultation with a John A. Neuhart, Professor of Art expanding our understanding faculty adviser. of the urban plan- Gordon M. Nunes, M.A., Professor of Art. ning and design process . Mr. Kamnitzer Carlo Pedretti, M.A., Professor of Art. Three quarters of one foreign language, or the 190. Man and Environment An Introduction to Jan Stussy, M.F.A., Professor of Art equivalent . The language should be in relation to Architecture and Urban Planning . This course Otto-Karl Werckmeister, Ph.D., Prof essor of Art. Laura F. Andreson, M.A., EmeritusProfessorofArt the concentration area and is in addition to the aims to introduce students to the kinds of problems foreign language which is part of the General Col- Karl M. Birkmeyer, Ph.D., Emeritus Professor of Art. lege requirements. ART / 97 Painting/Sculpture/Graphic Arts. A minimum of 14 advisor and two other UCLA faculty members, one of course work and language study, the student upper division courses selected in consultation of whom must be a member of the art history takes the Ph.D. written comprehensive examina- with a painting/sculpture/graphic arts adviser faculty. At this time, the student selects, in con- tion, which includes a six hour examination in the including one course each in courses 130, 132, 133, sultation with and with the consent of the Thesis major field of study and a three hour examination 135, 137, 140, 145 and 147; two courses selected committee a thesis topic in his/her major field. The in each of the two minor fields. Upon passing the from courses 101-122 and four courses of art elec- thesis should not exceed fifty pages in length and written comprehensive examination , the student, tives. must be researched and written in consultation in consultation with his/her major advisor, selects a Design.A minimum of 12 upper division courses with the Thesis Committee and with the major dissertation topic; the members of his/her Doctoral selected in consultation with an adviser including advisor in particular. Committee are then nominated. The student then eight courses from 161A-172B; at least one course Painting /Sculpture/Graphic Arts or Design. The proceeds, according to standard University policy, from 192-193 and three courses of art electives. Master of Arts program with these specializations to the writing of the dissertation and, if required by Admission to Graduate Status follows the Comprehensive Examination Plan, a his/her Committee, the defense of same. minimum of nine courses of graduate work includ- Note: Check the Schedule of Classes for courses restricted Painting/Sculpture/Graphic Arts or Design. In addition ing a minimum of five courses in the 200 series in to majors only. to meeting the requirements of the Graduate Divi- the field of specialization. The final comprehensive sion, the student will usually be expected to have a examination is oral and is given within the context bachelor's degree in Art. Students whose prepara- of the candidate's creative work. Those majoring in Lower Division Courses tion in Art is deficient as determined by the depart- painting /sculpture/graphic arts may concentrate on Painting/Sculpture/Graphic Arts courses are super- mental adviser will be required to take additional painting, sculpture, printmaking or photography in vised by the following faculty, augmented by visit- work before proceeding with the graduate program. their advanced project. Majors in design may ing staff: Amato, Brice, Elgart, Mullican, Nunes, Art History. In addition to the University minimum emphasize communication imagery, image transfer, Stussy and Valerio. requirements, the student must have completed six electronic imagery, costume, ceramics, glass, design 10A. Drawing . Studio, eight hours. Beginning full courses in the history of art, distributed over at and structure, fiber structures, textiles, landscape course in drawing. Fundamentals of line, tone and least four of the following categories such that three design, industrial design or exhibition design. All composition as they relate to perception. Problems fall within categories a. through d., and three candidates are expected to have a general in sculptural form, chiaroscuro and spatial projec- within categories e. through g. a) Egypt, Ancient knowledge of the history and theory of art. The tion in a variety of drawing media. Analysis and in- Near East, Classical; b) Medieval (Western Euro- specific program for the Master of Arts degree is de- vestigation of traditional and contemporary artistic pean; Byzantine); c) Renaissance, Baroque, Prints termined in consultation with a faculty member. expression and concepts. and Drawings; d) Modern European, Modern Master of Hine Arts Degree in Painting/Sculpture/ American, Prints and Drawings; e) Chinese, 10B. Drawing . Studio, eight hours. Prerequisite: Graphic Arts or Design course 10A. Beginning course in figure Japanese; f) African, drawing. Oceanic, Native North American, Pre-Columbian; g) Islamic, Indian. No The program requires a minimum of 18 courses, Continuation of 10A. Application of drawing prin- area may be offered in satisfaction of more than one with at least ten courses in the 200 series. Candi- ciples to human form with reference to anatomical requirement. Students whose preparation is defi- dates must have completed, whether as under- structure. Analysis and investigation of traditional cient as determined by the Graduate Review Com- graduates or graduate students, a minimum of ten and contemporary artistic expression and concepts. mittee will be required to make up those courses courses in art history. The painting/sculpture/ 20A. Painting . Studio, eight hours. Prerequisites: during the first two quarters of residence and these graphic arts candidate must complete a minimum 10A and 10B. Beginning course in painting. Prepa- courses will not count toward the degree. Instead of of 11 courses in the field of specialization (includ- ration of painting surfaces and painting media. taking a course, the student may elect to substitute a ing 10 courses in the 200 series), which includes Problems in color, form and composition with competency examination in the deficient area. course work supervised by his graduate committee. stress on interpretation and expression. Analysis Candidates in design must complete a minimum of and investigation Requirements for the Master 's Degree of traditional and contemporary 13 courses in the field of specialization (including artistic expression and concepts. For the general University requirements, see the 13 courses in the 200 series ), which includes course Graduate Division. The Art Department offers gra- work supervised by the graduate committee. Stu- 20B. Painting . Studio, eight hours. Prerequisite: duate study in three areas of specialization: dents who have an M.A. degree may be accepted as course 20A. Continuation of 20A. Increased (1) History of Art, (2) Painting/Sculpture/Graphic candidates for the M.F.A., but the M.A. degree is analysis and exploration of traditional and contem- Arts, (3) Design. When applying for admission, the not a prerequisite. The M.F.A. is the highest degree porary expression in both painting and non-object student is expected to designate the area of for prospective professional artists. Three years of art forms. specialization. graduate work will normally be required to com- 25. Sculpture . Studio, eight hours. Beginning Art History. The program for the Master of Arts plete the requirements in terms of quality of crea- course in sculpture. Studio work in plaster, clay, Degree in art history follows the Thesis plan. Stu- tive work. Additional information concerning pro- concrete, wood, stone, metal and plastics. Lectures dents are required to take a minimum of ten gradu- grams is available through the Art Department. on technical and aesthetic principles of traditional ate and upper division courses, of which at least Doctor of Philosophy Degree in Art History and contemporary sculpture with emphasis on the eight must be in art history, and of which at least si x student's individual direction. Illustrated with The M.A. in art history is required for admission to slides and film. must be graduate courses (i.e. in the 200 and 500 the Ph.D. program. An M.A. in art history from series). At least four of these, including course 201 another institution may be accepted as equivalent to 30A. Introduction to Design and Technology. Lec- (Historiography of Art), must be in the 200 series, that from UCLA or the holder may be accepted into ture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Unders- and no more than two may be "directed studies" the program at a stage determined by the Graduate tanding the design process with emphasis on de- (596) projects. The M.A. degree requires the com- Review Committee. All incoming Ph.D. students velopment of visual awareness; a study of tech- pletion of a major and two minors . Students intend- must show evidence of having taken and passed nological, economic, environmental, and cultural ing to major in areas included in categories e. with a grade B or better at least two courses (upper factors influencing the design of objects. Open to through g. (above) will choose at least one minor division and/or graduate ) in areas not related to the non-majors, and available to Art majors for credit. from categories a. through d.; conversely, students proposed major, as outlined above in M.A. course The Design Staff intending to major in areas included in categories a. requirements. A reading knowledge of French and 31A. Fundamentals of Design . Lecture, two hours; through d . will choose at least one minor from areas German is requisite for admission at the Ph.D. level laboratory, four hours. Exploration of color in included in categories e. through g. The program for those majoring in all areas except Asian and theory and practice. Development and articulation for the degree is worked out under the guidance of Pre-Columbian. Students majoring in Asian art of sensory concepts. May be taken concurrently the advisors in the student's major and minor history must demonstrate reading fluency in either with 32A. Not open for credit for those who have areas. Reading knowledge of French and German is French or German and an appropriate Asian had Art 150A. Mr. Vasa in charge required of all students except those intending to language . Students majoring in Pre-Columbian art 31B. Fundamentals of Design . Lecture, two hours; major in Chinese or Japanese or Pre-Columbian art. history must demonstrate reading ability in Ger- The first language examination must be passed by man and Spanish. Instruction in one9or/more addi- laboratory, four hours. Interrelation of three the end of the second quarter of residence study, tional languages , if considered necessary by the stu- dimensional form concepts as a foundation for creativity; origination and solution of problems. and the second by the end of the fourth quarter of dent 's advisor (s), may be required. The Ph.D. residence study. Students intending to major in requires demonstrated competence in a major and May be taken concurrently with 32B. Not open for Chinese or Japanese art history who are not native credit for those who have had Art 150B. two minor areas. A program of study worked out Mr. Vasa in charge speakers of the relevant language will substitute with advisors in these three areas will comprise a either Chinese or Japanese for either French or Ger- minimum of four courses (at least one a graduate 32A-32B. Visual Presentation . Demonstration, dis- man. Students intending to major in Pre-Colum- course ) in (an) unrelated area or areas taken during cussion and laboratory, eight hours. 32A is prere- bian art history must substitute Spanish for French. the course of the M.A. and/or Ph. D. In all, a mini- quisite to 32B. Translation of perception through Those majoring in Indian art history must mum total of eight graduate and upper division delineation, drawing, and other descriptive media. substitute , for either French or German, an courses are required, of which at least three must be May be taken concurrently with Art 31A-31B. Not appropriate classical research language of India. art history courses on the graduate (200 and 500) open for credit for those who have had 153A or Upon completion of all coursework and language level. Of this total, students must take at least three, 153B respectively. Mr. Vasa in charge requirements, the student forms the Thesis Com- and may take up to five, extra-departmental upper 34A-34B . History of Design . Lecture, three hours; mittee, which consists of the student 's major division and/or graduate courses. Upon completion discussion, one hour. 34A is prerequisite to 34B. NOTE: For key to symbols, see page 74 98 / ART Analysis of significant concepts of form in relation 103C . Roman Art . Lecture, three hours. Prere- 110B. European Art of the 19th Century: Realism to social, technological, and historical develop- quisite: course 50. The art and architecture of Rome and Impressionism. Lecture, three hours. Prere- ments. Not open for credit for those who have had and its Empire from ca. 300 B.C. to A.D. 300. quisite: course 54. An inquiry into the problem of 154A or 154B respectively. The Design Staff Ms. Downey realism with emphasis on French Art, but including 50. Ancient Art. Lecture, three hours; quiz, one 103D. Etruscan Art. Lecture, three hours. Prere- developments in England and Germany. hour. Open to Freshmen and to students who have quisite: course 50. The arts of the Italic peninsula Mr. Kunzle not had credit for former 1A or IOOA. Prehistoric, from ca. 1000 B.C. to the end of the Roman Repub- 110C. European Art of the 19th and 20th Century: Egyptian, Mesopotamian, Aegean, Greek, lic. Ms. Downey Post impressionism to Surrealism . Lecture, three Hellenistic and Roman art and architecture. 103E. Late Roman Art. Lecture, three hours. Prere- hours. Prerequisite: course 54. A study of the major Ms. Downey quisites: course 50, course 103C. The art of the developments in Modern Art, 1880's-1930, includ- 51. Medieval Art. Lecture, three hours; quiz, one Roman Empire from the second through the fourth ing Seurat, Cezanne, Gauguin, Van Gogh, Art hour. Open to Freshmen and students who have centuries A.D. Nouveau, Fauvism, German Expressionism. not had credit for former 1B or 100B. Early Chris- Ms. Downey, Ms. Kalavrezou-Maxeiner Mr. Boime, Mr. Kunzle tian, Byzantine, Islamic, Carolingian, Ottomian, 104B-104C-104D. Architecture and the Minor Arts 110D. Contemporary Art. Lecture, three hours. Romanesque, and Gothic art and architecture. of Islam in the Middle Ages . Lecture, three hours. Prerequisite: course 54. European and American art Ms. Kalavrezou-Maxeiner, Mr. Werckmeister Prerequisites: course 104B for course 104C; course since World War 11. Mr. Kunzle 52. Renaissance Art. Lecture, three hours; quiz, one 104C for 104D. 112A. American Art. Lecture, three hours. hour. Open to Freshmen and students who have 105A. Early Christian Art. Lecture, three hours. Architecture in the United States from the Colonial not had credit for former 113 or 1008. Art and Prerequisite: course 51 or consent of the instructor. period to the 19th century. Mr. Bloch architecture from 1400 to 1600 in Italy, Flanders, Germany, France, and Spain. The origins and development of the architecture, Ms. Weisz 112B. American Art . Lecture, three hours . Painting sculpture, and painting of early Christianity, to the and sculpture in the United States from the Col- 53. Baroque Art. Lecture, three hours; quiz, one Iconoclastic controversy. (Not open to students onial period to the 19th century. Mr. Bloch hour. Open to Freshmen and students who have who have had credit for 105A.) 112C. American Art. Lecture, three hours. Art and not had credit for former 1C or 100C. Art and Ms. Kalavrezou-Maxeiner architecture in the United States in the 20th cen- architecture from 1600 to 1800 in Italy, France, 105B. Early Medieval Art. Lecture, three hours. tury. Mr. Bloch Netherlands, Germany, Spain, England and the Prerequisite: course 51 or consent of the instructor. United States. Ms. Weisz Art and architecture of Western Europe from the 114A. The Early Art of India. Lecture, three hours. Prerequisite: not open to Freshmen. Survey of 54. Modern Art . Lecture, three hours; quiz, one Migration period until 1000 A.D. Indian Art from the Indus Valley cultures to the hour. Open to Freshmen and students who have Mr. Werckmeister 10th century. Emphasis will be given to the Bud- not had credit for former 1C or 100C. Art and 105C . Romanesque Art. Prerequisite: course 51. Art dhist and Hindu backgrounds of the arts. architecture from 1800 to the present in Europe and and architecture of Western Europe in the 11th and Ms. Klimburg-Salter the United States. Mr. Boime, Mr. Kunzle 12th centuries. Mr. Werckmeister 55. Africa , Oceania , and Native America . Lecture, 114B. Chinese Art. Lecture, three hours. Not open 105D . Gothic Art . Lecture, three hours. Prere- to Freshmen. Survey of the arts of China from the three hours ; quiz, one hour. Comparative quisite: course 51. Art and architecture of Europe in Neolithic times to the 18th century. The various approach, emphasizing economic, cultural, and the 13th century. Mr. Werckmeister arts will be related to the developing historical historical aspects of selected artistic traditions background of the country. Mr. Powers which developed outside the spheres of influence of 105E. Byzantine Art. Lecture, three hours. Prere- the major European and Asiatic civilizations. quisite: course 51 or consent of instructor. The 114C. Japanese Art. Lecture, three hours. Not open Ms. Klein, Mr. Rubin theory and development of Byzantine Art from the to Freshmen. Japanese art from its beginning in pre- Iconoclastic controversy to 1453, and the diffusion 56. Asian Art. Lecture, three hours; discussion, one history through the 19th century. Emphasis will be of Byzantine Art in Armenia, Georgia, the placed on the development of Buddhist art and its hour. A survey of the major artistic monuments of Caucasus, and Russia. Not open to students who relationship with the culture. Mr. McCallum the Indo-Iranian, South-east and Central Asian and have received credit for Art 105A prior to Spring the East Asian cultures, concentrating upon formal 1972. Ms. Kalavrezou-Maxeiner 114D. The Later Art of India . Lecture, three hours. and iconographical problems, as well as the social Prerequisite course 114A or consent of instructor. and political conditions under which artworks 106A. Italian Art of the Trecento . Lecture, three Survey of Indian Art from the 10th century to the were patronized and produced. hours. Prerequisite: course 52 or consent of instruc- 19th century. The decline of Buddhist Art, the last Ms. Klimburg-Salter, Mr. Powers tor. Art and architecture of the 14th century. efflorescence of Hindu architecture, Muslim paint- 106B. Italian Art of the Quattrocento . Lecture, ing and architecture , and Rajput painting. three hours. Prerequisite: course 52. Art and Ms. Klimburg-Salter Upper Division Courses architecture of the 15th century. 115A. Advanced Indian Art. Lecture, three hours. Mr. Pedretti, Ms. Weisz Prerequisite course 114A. Study in Indian 106C. Italian Art of the Cinquecento . Lecture three sculpture and architecture . Ms. Klimburg - Salter HISTORY AND THEORY OF ART hours. Prerequisite: course 52. Art and architecture 115B. Advanced Chinese Art. Lecture, three hours. 101A. Egyptian Art and Archaeology . Lecture of the 16th century. Mr. Pedretti, Ms. Weisz Prerequisite: course 1146. Study in Chinese paint- three hours. A study of architecture, sculpture, ing and sculpture . painting, and minor arts during Mr. Powers the predynastic 108A. Northern Renaissance Art. Lecture, three period and Old Kingdom. Mr. Badawy hours. Prerequisite: course 52. Painting and 1150. Advanced Japanese Art. Lecture, three Sculpture in the Northern Renaissance. hours. Prerequisite: course 114C. Study in Japanese I01B. Egyptian Art and Archaeology . Lecture three 108B. Northern Renaissance Art. Lecture, three painting and sculpture. Mr. McCallum hours. A study of architecture, sculpture, painting, arts during the First Intermediate and minor hours. Prerequisite: course 108A. Painting and 117A. Advanced Studies in Pre-Columbian Art: Mexico . Lecture, three hours. Prerequisite: course Period, Middle Kingdom, and Second Intermediate Sculpture in the Northern Renaissance. Period. Mr. Badawy 109A. Baroque Art. Lecture, three hours. Prere- 118B or consent of the instructor. A study of the art quisite: course 53. Art and architecture of Italy and of selected cultures of northern Mesoamerica from 1O1C. Egyptian Art and Archaeology . Lecture three ca. 1200 B.C. to the Conquest, with an emphasis on hours . A study of architecture, sculpture, painting, Spain, 16th to late 17th century. Mr. Pedretti, Ms. Weisz historical and iconographic problems . Ms. Klein and minor arts during the Empire (or New Kingdom ). Mr. Badawy 109B. Baroque Art. Lecture, three hours. Prere- 117B. Advanced Studies in Pre-Columbian Art: quisite: course 109A. Art and architecture of North- Central. America . Lecture, three hours. 102. Art of the Ancient Near East. (Formerly num- Prere- quisite course 118B or consent of the instructor. A bered 101D.) A study of architecture, sculpture, ern Europe, 16th to late 17th century. Mr. Kunzle study of the art of selected cultures of southern painting , and minor arts in Mesopotamia, Asia 109C . European Art of the 18th Century . Lecture, Mesoamerica and the remainder of Central Minor, North Syria, Phoenicia, Palestine, Persia three hours. Prerequisite: course 53. Painting, America, from ca. 2000 B.C. to the Conquest, with and Cyprus from the origins to the 5th century B.C. architecture and sculpture of the 18th century will particular emphasis on the history and iconogra- Not open to students who have had credit for 101 D. be examined in the light of political and intellectual phy of the art of the Maya. Ms. Klein Mr. Badawy developments. Special emphasis will be given to the effect of the rise of democratic institutions, 117C. Advanced Studies in Pre-Columbian Art: 103A . Greek Art . Lecture three hours. Prerequisite: The Andes . Lecture , three hours . Prerequisite: course 50. A survey of the art and architecture of especially the French Revolution. Mr. Kunzle course 1188 or consent of the instructor . A study of Greece from the archaic period through the 5th cen- 109D. Art and Architecture of Georgian England. the art of selected cultures of Colombia, Ecuador, tury B.C. Ms. Downey Lecture, three hours. Mr. Wark Peru, and Bolivia, from ca. 4000 B.C. to the Con- 103B. Hellenistic Art. Lecture, three hours. Prere- 110A. European Art of the 19th Century . Lecture, quest, with particular emphasis on the history and quisites: courses 50 and 103A. The art and architec- three hours. Prerequisite: course 54. Neoclassicism iconography of the art of Peru. Ms. Klein ture of Greece from the fourth century B.C. through and Romanticism, with emphasis upon France - 118A. The Arts of Oceania . Lecture, three hours. the first century B.C. Ms. Downey the development and influence of David, Ingres and Prerequisite: course 55 or consent of the instructor. Delacroix. Mr. Kunzle Survey of the arts of the major island groupings of ART / 99 the Pacific, emphasizing style-regions and broad Maximum two courses . Drawing as a terminal II. Concept and Form in Design historical relationships. Ms. Klein, Mr. Rubin medium of artistic expression. 162A. Ceramics . Lecture, two hours; laboratory, 118B. The Arts of Pre-Columbian America. Lec- 133. Painting . Studio, eight hours; five hours four hours. Prerequisites: courses 31A-318, 32A- ture, three hours . Prerequisite course 55 or consent arranged. Prerequisites: courses I0A-IOB, 20A-20B, 32B, 34A-34B, or equivalent. Introduction to crea- of the instructor. Survey of the sequence of cultures or consent of the instructor. Maximum three tive development of ceramic materials and pro- which developed in the area between (and includ- courses. Varied media and subjects.

Additional information

social sciences and humanities, in open stack brary, which also has collections Teaching English as a Second Language. The Man- in the field of arrangement , with seating for 2,000 readers. In agement Library serves the Graduate School of Man- To obtain the current UCLA Extension catalog, call addition the Reference Room Circulation, and the (213) 825-8895. Periodicals Room are located here, serving these agement and the myriad subject fields relating to An Information and Advisory Service (LAS) is collections. The Microform Reading Service, hous- business and management. The following libraries available to all for assistance in planning long or ing some 80,000 reels of microfilm of newspapers, serve the indicated fields: Architecture and Urban Planning, Art, Chemistry, Geology-Geophysics, Law, short-term study through Extension, for credit or periodicals, and books, contains a variety of reading not for credit. There is no charge for this service. and copying equipment. The Graduate Reserve Maps, Music, Oriental Languages, Physics, Theater Arts, and the University Elementary School. Those interested may write, telephone or visit the Service places books on reserve in open stacks for IAS offices, Room 114, UCLA Extension graduate courses. The Library Photographic Service, in the Powell Li- Administration Building, at the southwest corner of Extensive study and research facilities are provided brary Building, offers complete documentary he campus, 10995 Le Conte Avenue, Los Angeles, in the University Research Library, including typ- photographic service, where photostats, micro- California 90024. Telephone (213) 825-1251. ing and group study rooms and a self-service films, slides, ozalid prints, and other photographic Veterans may use the educational benefits available photocopy center. work are done. to them under Federal and State laws to enroll in Supplementing the University Library is the University Extension classes, provided the classes The College Library William Andrews Clark Memorial Library of about are part of their prescribed and recognized objec- The services and collections of the College Library, 75,000 books, pamphlets, and manuscripts, featur- tives approved by the Veterans Administration. located in the Lawrence Clark Powell Library ing English culture of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth centuries, and the history of Mon- Summer Sessions Building, are designed to meet most of the basic study needs of undergraduates. tana. Materials in the Library do not circulate. The The College Library Clark Library sponsors an annual program of sum- UCLA offers two six-week Summer Sessions each book and periodical collections are maintained in mer postdoctoral fellowships. The areas of study year . Summer session study is designed to provide open stacks, with course reserve materials available are based on the particular academic enrichment , to help students strengths of the Li- enroll in for loan at the Circulation Desk. Microform brary's holdings. Each year a Clark Library Fellow- courses they were unable to take during the year materials may also be found. Full reference services ship is granted to a UCLA graduate student work- because of schedule conflicts, to correct course defi- are offered by librarians at the Reference Desk. The ing toward a doctorate within one of the Library's ciences in preparation for graduate school, and to College Library maintains in its Audiovisual Serv- fields of interest, and each year also an eminent offer small class size. ices cassette collections of poetry readings, plays, scholar is brought to the Library as its Senior speeches, and documentaries, and a selection of Research Fellow. A distinguished scholar is Credit popular music. A variety of equipment, audio cassette and video cassette players, is availa- including appointed each year to the Clark Library Professor- the Summer session courses may apply toward ship. This Library is not on the University campus, ble in this special service. Study carrels and reading but is situated at 2520 Cimarron Street, at West minimum unit requirement of the College of Letters rooms are found throughout the building. Typing Adams Boulevard. and Science and the College of Fine Arts. Consult facilities are also provided. The College Library also the Colleges to make sure. offers a self-paced, self-directed non-credit course The Clark Library is open Monday through Friday The fees for Summer Sessions differ from those of of instruction in the use of the library , " Learning from 9 a.m. to 4:45 p.m. Leaflets describing the regular academic quarters because Summer Ses- Library Skills," for a charge of $5.00. Clark Library are available at the Reference Desk in the Research Library, and information on Univer- sions receive no state support. The Department of Special Collections, in the Research sity transportation to the Clark Library may also be Library, all segments of the campus community, to education, its membership lesbian sisterhood, includes three stu- program planning, participation in any of the groups Students and others may obtain additional infor- dents, three faculty members, three non-academic that plan and work for the Women's Resource mation by calling Student Health at 825-4073, by staff members, and three administrators. Center, such as volunteer staffing, program visiting the Service, or by writing the Director. Students , faculty, staff and administrators are development, the quarterly newsletter, the Beside the general information number, the follow- encouraged to contact the Office at 126 Royce Hall Women's Information Network (WIN). ing may be useful for specific information or or call 825-7906 with policy items of concern to appointments: them and the campus community. For more infor- About ASUCLA Conception Counseling and Education 825-5850 mation about UPC and student government, see the The Associated Students of UCLA is a combination Dental Clinic 825-5858 "recreation and participation" section of the of four diverse vital campus functions within one Insurance Coordinator 825-1856 Catalog. organizational structure. Its basic goal is to enhance Mental Health 825-7985 the quality of UCLA campus life for students and Primary Care Clinics 825-2643 Pauley Pavilion Station Veteran Affairs 825-5704 the entire UCLA community by providing meaningful programs and activities through the Specialty Services 825-0861 The Office of Special Services/Veterans Affairs undergraduate (SLC) and graduate (GSA) student UCLA Hospital Emergency Room 825-2111 (located in A-253 Murphy Hall; telephone 825- governments and the Communications Board, and Emergency (Campus Police) 35 1501) provides numerous counseling and support by providing commercial services and facilities services for veterans and physically disabled stu- There are certain responsibilities students can take through its professional staff ASUCLA operates dents. The office also verifies enrollment for Social to guarantee maximum benefit from the Student Security purposes. Services include: and manages Ackerman Union, Kerckhoff Hall and Health Service: the North Campus Student Center. - Know about all the services Student Health Information You will find information about student govern- provides and take advantage of them. ment in the "recreation and participation" section - Participate in the self-help clinics and stu- Information about V.A. educational benefits, com- of this book; a description of ASUCLA services fol- dent-run health problems. pensation and pension educational benefits, lows below: STUDENT SERVICES AT UCLA 65 Food Services "graphic" services. It is located on the first floor dents are all eligible for membership-and students lobby of Kerckhoff Hall in what was formerly just can join for only $5 a year. ASUCLAoperates the general campus food service the Campus Studio. Services include Xerox and for UCLA with a number of menu options at a If you're a graduating senior, you may want to join book copying, quick offset, custom printing, variety of locations. as an alumni member typesetting, ($20 a year), commercial which lets you photography, color in on free cap and gown rental, a 20% discount on The Treehouse -Located on the first floor of portraits, senior portraits (all academic apparel fur- diploma permaplaquing, a discount on a University Ackerman Union, the Treehouse is the Student nished), identification and passport photographs, Extension class, priority football seating, discounts Union's main cafeteria and is open for breakfast, "Perma Plaques", film and discount photofinish- on UCLA Athletics and more. Those joining as life lunch and dinner. You can find a carved-to-order ing. Telephone is 825-0611; Hours are Mon-Thu members also receive 10 free graduation announce- roast beef sandwich and make-your-own salad bar; 7 45-7 30; Fri 7 45-6 30, Sat 10-5; Sun 12-5 ments. Some of the activities of the Alumni Associa- the "Truck Farm" which offers fresh vegetable tion are: salads, cold soups, cheese wedges, sandwiches-by- Check Cashing the-inch, fresh fruit, freshly baked specialties; and two lines of cafeteria fare. Adjacent to the The check cashing windows, in 140 Kerckhoff Hall, Student Relations Treehouse is the Sandwich Room where you can will cash a personal check for up to Fifty Dollars a Student Relations Programs are designed to find low-cost traditional sandwiches, along with day, with a 15 cent service charge for each check. encourage students Belgian waffles for breakfast and barbecued beef to talk and meet with UCLA You can also postdate a check-it will be held for students, faculty and alumni through a series of sandwiches for lunch. Open Mon-Fri 7 15 am-7 30 two weeks before being sent to your bank-for up unique "Dinners for 12 Strangers" which are held pm. to $50, with a 35 cents service charge. (Only one during the Winter Quarter each year. Other alumni postdated check per two-week postdating period is programs for students feature student membership, The Coop -The Coop is a fast food operation on A allowed.) Cashing of Traveler's Checks in amounts which offers all kinds of benefits at a special price, Level of Ackerman Union which provides ham- up to $50 per day is also available. There is a 5 cents burgers hot dogs, french fries, Mexican dishes, and young alumni events for recent graduates. service charge. Hours are Mon-Fri 9 am-4 pm. pizza and Italian submarine sandwiches . In addi- tion, the Coop offers omelets for breakfast and top sirloin steak dinner sandwiches. Open Mon-Fri 8 Money Orders Tutorial Program Jointly sponsored by the Los Angeles City Schools' am-9 pm, Sat 10-6, Sun 12-7. At the Money Order Window in 140 Kerchoff Hall, Volunteer and Tutorial Program, the alumni pro- North Campus Student Center -This food service you may purchase money orders for up to $200. gram consists of a youth tutorial project and a pro- facility is located just south of the Research Library Money orders to the UC Regents can be over this ject which provides tutorial services to functionally and offers a full range of menu options, including limit. There is a service charge of 35 for each money illiterate adults. All members of the UCLA com- carved-to-order sandwiches, full-course entrees, order. The Money Order Window is open Mon-Fri munity are welcome to participate in this program. deli-type sandwiches, a salad bar, hanburgers and 8 30 am-4 00 pm french fries, and special "garden sandwiches". Career Resources North Campus is open for breakfast, lunch and din- Post Office Boxes ner. Hours are Mon-Thu 7 30 am-I I pm, Fri 7 30 am- The Association is also committed to the career and 8 pm, Sat 10-6, Sun 11-8. Are available to students, staff and faculty in 140 employment needs of students and graduates and Kerckhoff Hall for $4.50 per quarter or $15 per year has recently established several cooperative pro- The Bombshelter Deli and Burger Bar-This uni- for a small box or $5.50 per quarter or $20 per year grams with the UCLA Placement and Career Plan- que food service is located in the center of the Court for a large box. The Post Office Box rental window ning Center for the purpose of providing informal of Sciences. It offers an assortment of deli sand- is open Mon-Fri 8 30 am-4 30 pm career guidance and generating job opportunities. wiches and salads at low prices. In addition, you can get hamburgers and fries or a genuine falafel for lunch. "Gypsy breakfasts" are served in the Meeting Rooms and Lounges Advisory and Scholarships morning. It is open Mon-Fri; 7:30 am-5 p. m., Sat 10-3. The following lounging and meeting spaces are Advisory and Scholarship Program , the oldest of available for the use of the entire campus com- the ssociation's programs, awards approximately Campus Corner -The oldest of the ASUCLA munity, with emphasis on students and groups: $70,000 in scholarships to entering freshmen. facilities, the Campus Corner is located just across four meeting rooms, two very large activity rooms Eligibility for the awards are a minimum 3.50 GPA Bruin Walk from Myerhoff Park. Pita bread pocket and the Grand Ballroom in Ackerman Union; three and California residency. Financial "need" is not a sandwiches, soft frozen yogurt, hamburgers and meeting rooms in Kerckhoff Hall; and two meeting requirement, and the awards are conferred on a french fries are available. Hours are Mon-Thu 8:30 rooms in the North Campus Student Center. competitive basis. Recipients of the awards are am-5 pm, Fri 8:30-5 pm. known as Alumni Scholars and form a club which Public lounges include the Upstairs Lounge located Kerckhoff 's Coffee House is a Baskin-Robbins 31 on the third floor of Kerckhoff Hall; the Downstairs engages in a number of service and recreational Flavors Ice Cream Store, a Creperie and a tradi- Lounge and the Alumni Lounge, on the second activities . In addition , the program provides an tional coffee hours. Live entertainment is a nightly floor of Kerckhoff Hall; and a yet unnamed lounge "advisor" service to highly able high school attraction at the Coffee House. The coffee house is in the North Campus Student Center. seniors, in a project jointly sponsored with the Of- located on the second floor of Kerckhoff Hall. It is fice of Academic Services. open Mon-Fri Sam-11 pm, Sat 11 am-6 pm and Sun 11 You can reserve a place for a meeting by visiting the am-5 pm. Information Desk on the first floor of Ackerman Clubs Union or telephoning 825-0611. Potlach is a lounge on the first floor of the Graduate Under the umbrella of the Alumni Association are School of Management (GSM 1323A) which offers sandwiches, snacks and beverages. Hours are Mon- Travel Service many organizations, grouped according to their function or geographic location. Thu 8 am-9 am; Fri 8 am-2 pm The ASUCLA Travel Service on "A" level of Acker- Banquets and Catering -The ASUCLA Food Serv- man Union , offers a selection of domestic and inter- ice also provides catering service within the Stu- national charter flights, land arrangements /charter More Information dent Centers and throughout the UCLA campus. packages, student tours, and scheduled air and rail You can get more information about the facilities of They will be delighted to discuss any banquet or tickets, as well as other travel-related services. The the UCLA Alumni Association by phoning 825- catering needs and are prepared to offer attractive Travel Service is open Mon-Fri 9 am- 6 pm, telephone 3901, or drop by the James E. West Center (across and innovative options. Visit the catering office in 825-9131. Westwood Plaza from Ackerman Union)Mon-Fri 1311 Ackerman Union or call them at 825-0611. 8 30 am-5 30 pm Need a Job? Students' Store ASUCLA Personnel provides opportunities for stu- Need to Know More? The ASUCLA Students ' Store is actually a "mini dents who want part-time jobs. ASUCLA offers department store" with three locations on campus: more than 1200 part-time positions, all reserved for This section of the Catalog has given you a spot- Ackerman Union, the Center for the Health registered UCLA students, and, in many cases, no lighted selection of available student services. It's prior work experience is required. These are Sciences and the North Campus Student Center. designed to tell you that they're here-and expecially good jobs since ASUCLA how to You can buy books, school and art supplies , dental find them . It is worth repeating , though, that the is used to and medical supplies, casual and fashion clothing, arranging your work schedule around your best way to learn more about each of them is to call gifts, sporting goods , electronics , food, health aids academic schedule. or visit the offices mentioned here. and Lecture Notes . The main store is located on B You can find the ASUCLA Personnel Office in 205 Reference copies of "Finders Keepers" also include level of Ackerman Union ; telephone 825-7711. It is Kerckhoff Hall; telephone 825-7055. Hours are information about Student Services. They are open Mon-Thu 7 45-7 30, Fri 7 45-6 00, Sat and Sun Mon-Fri 8 am-5 pm. available through all department, college, school 12-5. and ASK counselors at the College Library and Graphic Services Alumni Association a number of other counseling University Research Library reference desks and at locations (AAP, You don't have to be an alum to take advantage of Admissions, Dean of Students Office, Honors Pro- ASUCLA Graphic Services is the campus center for the programs and benefits of the UCLA Alumni As- grams Office, Placement and Career Planning Cen- photographic, printing, typographical and other sociation. Staff, parents, University Extension stu- ter and Psychological and Counseling Services). 66 / RECREATION AND PARTICIPATION AT UCLA recreation and If you would like more information on the UCLA and the campus announcement boards. More Information check the student newspaper-the Daily Bruin- participation at of Athletics at 825-3236 or 825-3326. overview of what happens on campus. Intercollegiate Sports Program, call the Department All that can be done in a catalog is to give you an UCLA Office of Cultural and Recreational Opera Theater. Also, instrumentalists are invited to In Music there are fine choral groups as well as the Affairs play with the University Symphony Orchestra and The fact is, the phrase "a college education" is an The Office of Cultural and Recreational Affairs the Collegium Musicum, a group utilizing the incomplete description of the opportunities availa- famous Lachmann Collection of Historical Stringed serves as the administrative center for the coordina- Instruments . The UCLA bands include the Wind ble at UCLA. One of the most stimulating aspects of tion of facilities, equipment, programming and the UCLA experience is the fact that there is not just supervision of campus recreational activities and Ensemble, the Symphonic Band, the Marching a single education here- " a college education"- Band, the Varsity Band and the Jazz Ensemble. services. All students who have paid the full Augmenting the campus activities of the bands are but actually many different avenues to learning registration fee are entitled to these services. Four which , taken all together , make up the components professionally staffed divisions provide a variety of frequent off-campus performances. of your education at UCLA. services and programs to accommodate the total Since there is an extensive program in Most of the other sections of this Catalog have campus community. You will find additional de- ethnomusicology on the UCLA campus, students focused on the academic aspects of UCLA. This sec- scriptions of these activities in the "Student Serv- also have the unique opportunity to participate tion will attempt to describe the educational ices" section of this book. These are: with various non-Western experiences which occur outside the classroom. performance groups, all playing on representative native instruments. Recreation Services and Facilities Opportunities One other note: the information you find here is re- for informal participation in swimming, body con- UCLA also offers students numerous opportunities lated to the "student services" section of this book ditioning, basketball, handball, volleyball, badmin- in theater arts through the various programs of the as well as the chapter called " academics resources ton, tennis, and field sports are available seven days Theater Arts Department. The creative and techni- to help you ". And, like those other sections, this a week at the two gymnasiums, the Memorial cal work on productions is done by major students information will only be of real value if you actually Activities Center, the athletic fields, and tennis in the Department, but acting roles in all media are make a move and use it. courts. In addition, recreation classes are offered in open to any student registered in the College of Fine tennis, skiing, volleyball, exercise and figure con- Lastly, you should notice, too, that the activities, Arts. Each year the Theater Division presents to the general public a series of major productions places and experiences touched on here are open to in the trol, swimming, water safety, senior lifesaving, gymnastics, etc. Ralph Freud Playhouse, people at all levels of skill or interest , with all levels the Little Theater and the "arena theater." Other activities of the division of spare time or spare money. You can get more information by visiting room 164 include the program of One-Acts written and Involvement outside the classroom can make a of Pauley Pavilion, or by telephoning 825-4546. directed by students; the productions of the puppet major difference to the quality of your education Intramural Sports Organized participation at theater; and the Children's Theater program. The here- " a college education " enhanced by the col- various skill levels in seventy-four activities is Motion Picture/Television Division produces about lection of choices talked about below. available on an individual, dual, and team basis. three hundred student-directed films each year, The total program includes coed activities as well as with various screenings, as well as numerous Athletics Intramural Office is located in Men's Gym 118, the wide range of sports for men and women. The television programs. A first look at UCLA, an impression You will also find the opportunity of classrooms for participation telephone 825-3267 or 825-3360. surrounded by a grassy sea of playing fields, is a in afternoon and evening dance concerts and dem- fairly accurate picture of the relationship between University Recreation Association The University onstrations and in dance assignments in many Recreation Association athletics and academics here. is a federation of over forty theater and opera workshop productions. There are special interest clubs which features clinics, semi- folk and ethnic performing groups which meet There is a wide assortment of athletic opportunities nars, exhibitions, concerts, lectures, classes, tourna- regularly. Students of dance may direct and available for men as well as women, for inter- ments, and field trips. The clubs serve students choreograph, as well as perform. collegiate team play or a solitary jog at dusk. If you with interests ranging from chess to surfing, and In addition, UCLA is one of the nation's leading already have a favorite sport, you will get plenty of karate to skiing. Visit the URA Office in Kerckhoff university centers for the performing and graphic chances to practice it. If you have always wanted to Hall 600 or telephone 825-3703. learn about a new one, there are lots of people to arts, presenting an average of more than 600 indi- teach you how to do it. Sunset Canyon Recreation Center The Sunset vidual cultural events each year to both campus Canyon Recreation Center is a recreational and and community audiences. An extensive schedule cultural facility aesthetically designed to serve the Men's Intercollegiate Sports of professional presentations of the Committee on University community. It is open all year, seven Fine Arts Productions features performances by UCLA is a member of the Pacific 10 Conference, days a week, for formal and informal use on both an world-renowned artists both classical and popular. which includes Arizona State University, Univer- individual and a group basis. Located in the hills of There is a full calendar of exceptional programs by sity of Arizona, University of California, Berkeley, the west campus adjacent to the residence halls, it the Music, Dance and Theater Arts Departments, Stanford University, University of Southern features two swimming pools (one for children), including the Motion Picture and Ethnic Music California, University of Oregon, Oregon State picnic-barbecue areas, multipurpose play fields, Divisions. Another aspect of the program, spon- University, Washington State University, and the and an outdoor amphitheater. Rooms are available sored by ASUCLA and/or the Student Committee University of Washington. The Pacific 10 provides for meetings, receptions, symposia, dances, catered for the Arts, brings leading jazz and folk presenta- opportunities for participation on the varsity level luncheons and dinners. The Center sponsors pro- tions and artists-in-residence to campus. in football, basketball, track, baseball, tennis, crew, grams of poetry readings, informal concerts, exhibi- The Committee on Public Lectures sponsors free volleyball, gymnastics, swimming, water polo, rifl- tions and art and dance classes for adults and public lectures of general and scholarly interest by ery, golf, wrestling, soccer, rugby, fencing, cricket children. An extensive aquatic program includes distinguished authorities, supplementing and and cross-country. swim classes for children and adults. You can call stimulating the work of University departments 825-3671 to get more information. As a player or a spectator, there is always some- and sharing with the community at large its thing happening on the UCLA men's intercollegiate resources and expertise. calendar. Cultural Opportunities In the graphic arts, the Frederick S. Wight Art Gall- The geographical location of UCLA and its position Women 's Intercollegiate Sports ery and the Grunwald Center for the Graphic Arts as a leader in the arts combine to make a rich in Dickson Art Center have established a national The Department of Women's Intercollegiate variety of cultural activities available. reputation for presenting and originating impor- Athletic sponsors eleven different varsity programs tant exhibitions, including the distinguished for women athletes under the jurisdiction of the On Campus annual UCLA Art Council Exhibition. The Museum Association for Intercollegiate Athletics for Women of Cultural History presents regular exhibitions (AIAW) and the Western Collegiate Athletic As- If you wish to be active beyond the sphere of your that include works from one of the world's field of specialization, there are clubs (see descrip- foremost university sociation collections (WCAA). of ethnic art. UCLA's women's teams have tion later in this section) and interesting classes won many national, regional and conference titles A special Student Committee for the Arts subsidy offered to non-majors by various academic depart- and have national ranked teams in basketball, ments. program provides tickets to UCLA students at only volleyball, swimming, tennis, track and field, cross- $2 for a great many campus events. Tickets are country, and gymnastics. Athletic grants-in-aid are Complementing the academic environment, UCLA obtainable at the Kerckhoff Hall Ticket Office. Pub- available on a selective basis in most sports. offers you the opportunity for personal growth and lic tickets to events sponsored by the Committee on development in a variety of programs and activities. UCLA is proud of its commitment Fine Arts Productions are available to women's at the UCLA athletics and is equally proud of the athletes them- The campus presents a changing variety of cultural Central Ticket Office, 650 Westwood Plaza, which selves, who have achieved distinction at the highest and recreational events, many of which are free of also makes a limited number of tickets available to levels of national and international competition. charge or available to the student with substantial all full-time day students at reduced rates. discounts. For time and place you are urged to ADMISSION, REGISTRATION, ENROLLMENT & STUDENT CONDUCT 67 Off Campus and sororities-otherwise known as the Greeks- Alpha Theta , Rally Committee (Kerckhoff 129, whose members now number more than 3,500. 825-2168), Theta Kappa Westwood Village has become the entertainment Phi, UCLA Anchors (Navy ROTC, 825-9075), UCLA Helpline (825- magnet for the entire West Los Angeles area. There There are 24 fraternities and 18 sororities, all chap- are 17 first-run movie theaters, a crowded menu of ters of their respective national organizations. The 7464), Panhellenic Council (825-3871) and Alpha Lambda Delta. Council and Interfraternity restaurants, several bookstores, a couple of discos fraternities are bound together and overseen by the and a pinball arcade. Prices tend to be high, but Interfraternity Council, the sororities by Each of these provides, in some form or another, an Westwood has the advantage of being accessible Panhellenic Council, making them the most opportunity to get involved in service projects. from campus on foot. In fact, the most popular organized of the living groups. Westwood activity-walking the streets and watch- An Urge to Action ing the people-is free. Through its commissions, governing boards-and In any one of the bookstores in Westwood, you will Student Government the people who serve on them-student govern- also find an entire shelf of books devoted to the Student Government at UCLA offers a chance for ment at UCLA offers a direct role in decision mak- cultural attractions of the town beyond West- expression that students may feel is lacking in other ing at UCLA. Students hold membership on policy wood-Los Angeles. While these guidebooks attest parts of their university experience: Why not make groups governing the use of the Registration Fee, to the impossibility of summarizing the vibrant an effort to become involved in the decision-making ASUCLA Board of Control, Academic Senate and cultural life of the city, they also indicate the vir- process here? the Board of Regents, to name just a few. Addi- tually limitless list of "things to do". Los Angles is tionally, student activities such as Mardi Gras, par- home to major museums, motion picture studios, a Students have control of more than $4,000,000 to run over 30 different programs. ticipation on student publications, and nearly every world-renowned symphony orchestra and many other facet of student life is sponsored or organized other cultural focal points. Undergraduate student government at UCLA is in some way by student government. Two encouraging Some 40 generalizations can be made, embodied in the Student Legislative Council. different committees, in fields ranging from the arts however: most cultural activities (Music Center, Remember that the commissions of SLC change fre- to general University policy offer an opportunity Los Angeles County Art Museum and so forth) quently and that all programs don't operate at all for involvement outside the classroom. feature a student discount policy or student ticket times. SLC and its officers change every year. Stu- Living groups such as the dormitories as well as performances. And, a car isn't really necessary to dent government officials have considerable flex- many academic departments also encourage stu- get to most of the off-campus attractions. (Please see ibility and sizable budgets. In recent years much dent activities. Whether on your dorm floor, or at a the "transportation" section of this Catalog.) creativity, innovation and professionalism have meeting of the Board of Regents, students have a been exhibited by SLC. say in the actions which govern their lives at UCLA. UCLA and the Natural government at UCLA, visit room 304, Kerckhoff For more information on undergraduate student Remember, too, that any community tends to "get

Contains

rare books and pamphlets, obtained here. Admission manuscripts , the University Archives, certain sub- Computer Reference Services are offered on a par- ject collections of books, early maps, and files of Admission to a Summer Session does not constitute early California newspapers. tial cost-recovery basis by reference librarians in admission to a regular session . Students planning the Research Library Reference Department, the to attend the University in regular session are re- Other collections of rare materials are the Belt Li- Public Affairs Service, the Education and Psy- ferred to the "admission " section of this catalog. brary of Vinciana in the Art Library, the Benjamin chology Library, the Biomedical Library, the En- You can get more information about Summer Ses- Collection of Medical History in the Biomedical Li- gineering and Mathematical Sciences Library, the sions from 1254 Murphy Hall; telephone 825-8355. brary, and the Gross Collection of Business and Physics Library, the Chemistry Library, and the Economic History in the Management Library. Geology-Geophysics Library. The services are The University Library Library, this department provides a coordinated important The Public Affairs Service. Located in the Research based on computerized abstracting and indexing publications, versions of a number of The University Library system on the Los Angeles service embracing collections of official publica- primarily covering subjects in the fields of the campus consists of nineteen libraries which are tions of governments and international organiza- social, life, health, and physical sciences, tech- designed to serve the study and research needs of tions and of other books and pamphlets in the social nology, and education. Descriptions and price lists students , faculty, and staff in all the academic and sciences. It is a depository for the official publica- are available at reference desks throughout the Li- research disciplines offered on the campus . The Ii- tions of the United States government, the State of brary system. ACADEMICS: RESOURCES TO HELP YOU / 49 The resources and services of all the campus li- encourages related curriculum development, and stitutes of varying duration, and include a series of braries are available to all students, faculty, and most important, relates these findings to the com- courses through University Extension leading to a staff of the University. A Library handbook, de- munity-at-large via lectures, publications, and to a Certificate in Industrial Relations. scribing the organization and services of the limited extent, cultural programs. Frederic Meyers, Director University libraries and listing their schedules of Claudia Mitchell-Kernan, Director The Institute for Medical Engineering approved hours, may be obtained in any of the campus li- The American Indian Studies Center acts as an by the Regents in 1976, will, when it is activated, braries. educational catalyst in a variety of ways. It provide a physical and intellectual multi-disciplin- encourages new programs of study, promotes Research Facilities, ary environment for faculty and students to con- faculty development and systematic research, and duct research on important medical problems Museums , Other Resources American Indian Studies. develops In addition, library the Center materials is and curricula gineering. It will seek to encourage the application related to which lie at the interface of health science and en- Recognizing the value of an interdisciplinary involved with the cultural activities of the Indian of the most creative engineering and medical tech- approach to the search for knowledge, the Univer- community and sponsors lectures, symposia, con- niques to problems of direct medical significance. sity maintains Regentally designated organized ferences, and workshops relevant to the American As an interdisciplinary organization, it will include research units and other research programs outside Indian development. Special emphasis is upon faculty participants from the Schools of Engineer- the usual departmental structure. An organized coordinating the educational needs of American ing, Medicine, Dentistry and Public Health, and research unit consists of an interdepartmental Indian students with the University and the Com- will anticipate a growing involvement with other group of faculty and students engaged in research munity. Kenneth Morrison, Acting Director departments and schools. The Institute will receive with them. Research units aid research and may The Asian American Studies Center seeks to pro- support from a number of sources, including the enhance the teaching of participating members of vide a deeper understanding of a particular area of University, a large private endowment, Federal and the faculty, but they do not offer regular academic study by the development of related human and State agencies, foundations and gifts. Coordinator curricula or confer degrees. They may provide material resources. It promotes the systematic de- for the Institute until the Director is announced: research training to graduate students employed in velopment of material resources related to Asian Frederick G. Allen, 7714 Boelter Hall, School of En- research programs with faculty supervision. These American studies through an aggressive library gineering and Applied Science. units, along with more specialized activities in focal acquisitions program, coordinated interdisciplin- The Molecular Biology Institute was established to fields, provide significant support to the educa- ary research, and a broad publications program. serve various interested departments of the biologi- tional program and enhance the overall academic Human resources are nurtured by vigorous cur- cal, medical, and physical sciences in the coordina- quality of the institution. riculum development efforts, and courses have tion, support, and enhancement of research and been designed with degree-granting programs at Universitywide training in molecular biology. Interests and both the undergraduate and graduate levels. The activities of the Institute encompass all approaches The Institute of Geophysics and Planetary Physics Center supports and encourages promising gradu- which aim to explain biology at a molecular level, is engaged in interdisciplinary programs related to ate students and postdoctoral scholars to pursue with particular emphasis on correlation of struc- studies of the interior of the earth, moon, and other their interests in this vital field of study, as well as ture and function. These include study of structure planets, the fluid and gaseous parts of the planets, sponsoring a variety of conferences, lectures, sym- and function of macromolecules, molecular gen- and interplanetary space. Major research programs posia, and cultural events. In addition, the Center etics, and virology; bioenergetics, catalysis and con- being actively explored in the laboratories of the In- supports a wide variety of projects designed to trol; molecular basis of cellular architecture, de- stitute include investigations into the origin of the channel the resources of the University and the velopment, evolution, neurobiology and oncology. magnetic field; the configuration of the earth's fruits of the Center's other areas of activity to Asian Staff members from departments in biological, magnetic field in space; the earth-sun interaction; American communities physical , and medical sciences participate in In- structure and properties of the lunar surface and Lucie Cheng Hirata, Director stitute programs , and the Institute aids departments interior; meteorites; origin of the earth's magnetic The Chicano Studies Center is an organized in graduate training and postdoctoral programs in field; the history of the solar system; astrophysical research unit established at UCLA in 1969. Its main the general area of molecular biology. plasmas; high energy astrophysics; ocean- purpose is to facilitate interdisciplinary academic Most of the Institute staff are housed in the Molecu- atmosphere interactions; seismology; earthquake research related to the Chicano experience. Pur- lar Biology Institute building completed in 1976. control and prediction; internal structure of the suant to this primary purpose, the Chicano Studies Approximately one-half of the building space is earth; earth tides; continental drift and plate tec- Center seeks the development of Chicano Studies as devoted to the Parvin Cancer Research Laborato- tonics; properties of materials under high pressures a unique and scholarly area of activity recognizing ries. The Institute building is located adjacent to the and temperatures; mineral synthesis; radiocarbon that the University and national development of Chemistry, Biology and Bacteriology Departments archaeology; geochronology; glaciology; petrology Chicano Studies are interrelated. The objectives of and close to the School of Medicine. and metamorphism; isotope geochemistry; origins the Chicano Studies Center are: (1) to initiate and Paul D. Boyer, Director of life; man's interaction with the environment. support faculty and student development in Chicano Studies; (2) to identify, explore, and docu- The Laboratory of Nuclear Medicine and Radia- The laboratory facilities of the Institute and its tion Biology conducts research in the fields of faculty are available to guide the dissertation ment original research on critical issues facing the biomolecular and cellular science, environmental research of students in the physical sciences, Chicano community; (3) to support the creation biology, and nuclear medicine. It is funded through including the Departments of Earth and Space and development of Chicano Studies at other in- a contract with the Department of Energy (formerly Sciences, Physics, Chemistry, Mathematics, stitutions, and the organization of professional as- ERDA and AEC). Most of the program is conducted Atmospheric Sciences, Astronomy, Engineering sociations, conferences, and meetings devoted to in Warren Hall, located on the West Medical Cam- and Anthropology. Chicano Studies; and (4) to facilitate public service pus. Leon Knopoff, Associate Director by focusing the unique research, publications, and material collection development resources of the Warren Hall is well-equipped with modern Campuswide Juan Gomez-Quinones, University on Director the Chicano with an activity of 10,000 curies at the time of in- community. research tools including a cobalt radiation source The Institute of American Cultures is charged with The Institute of Industrial Relations , authorized stallation. The Laboratory also operates a biomedi- promoting and coordinating the activities of the by the Legislature of the State of California in 1945, cal cyclotron at the Center for the Health Sciences four ethnic centers-the Center for Afro-American is concerned with two principal types of activity. which produces isotopes and is capable of activat- Studies, the American Indian Studies Center, the ing procedures in support of its research programs. The first is an interdisciplinary Asian American Studies Center, and the Chicano research and pub- lishing program directed primarily toward the The Laboratory staff consists of about 190 scientists, Studies Center. The Institute conducts no research study of labor-management relations, wages and technicians and supporting personnel representing itself, but fulfills its purpose by making research related problems, economic security programs, the many disciplines . Graduate student and postgradu- funds available to the ethnic centers and by ate research programs are supervised by the staff in labor market, the impact of technological change, encouraging and coordinating the efforts of the O. R. Lunt, Director the quality of working life, the problems of poverty several fields . centers to recruit faculty and develop new instruc- and minority groups, human relations, labor law, tional programs. The Institute Dentistry is guided by an labor history, comparative studies, and manpower Executive Committee consisting of the four center directors, three faculty members (one of whom The Dental Research Institute , located mainly on problems. Research staff members of the Institute the 7th floor of the School of Dentistry, involves are usually drawn from the regular faculties of the serves as the chair), and the Vice Chancellor for In- Graduate School of Management, the Departments faculty , graduate and professional students doing stitutional Relations (ex officio). The Director of the of Economics, Political Science, and Sociology; and original research in six program areas as follows: Institute is the Executive Vice Chancellor. (1) Immunology/ Immunogenetics; (2) Periodontal/ the School of Law. This program affords oppor- The Center for Afro-American Studies is an tunities to graduate students specializing in person- Oral Ulceration Disease; (3) Ultrastructure and Cell organized research unit established on the UCLA nel management and industrial relations to engage Biology; (4) Oral Neurology; (5) Craniofacial campus in 1969. Its basic mission is to encourage in investigative work under expert guidance. The Biology ; and (6) Restorative Biomaterials . M.S. and and support research that enhances the interpreta- second main activity consists of community and Ph.D. students are sponsored by individual In- tion of the Afro-American experience. Pursuant to labor relations programs serving management, stitute faculty members. An informational brochure this objective, it provides faculty and graduate stu- unions, the public, and other groups interested in outlining current studies of Institute members is dent research grants, sponsors in-house research industrial relations activities. The programs consist available from the Office of the Director (CHS 43- projects, supports interdisciplinary symposia, of public lectures, conferences, symposia and in- 180, Ext. 55478). William H. Hildemann , Director 50 / ACADEMICS: RESOURCES TO HELP YOU Letters and Science The research Latin unit providing American Center support is an for the multi- organized cooperative projects that involve members of the professional schools. The core staff of the Institute The African Studies Center provides a framework disciplinary study of Latin America. With over 80 provides research consultation and supportive for furthering teaching and research on Africa affiliated faculty and visiting scholars, the Center is services to University faculty members engaged in involving social sciences , education , linguistics, a major resource for individual and collaborative research investigations as well as advice on the humanities, fine arts, law, the health sciences and research activities in the social sciences, arts, designing and funding of projects. From time to the natural sciences. The Center participates in an humanities, and professions. Cooperation between time, the Institute offers special opportunities for interdisciplinary master's degree program in the Center and seven colleges and professional graduate students to gain research experience. As African Area Studies and in an undergraduate pro- schools of the University is facilitated by the Dean's funds permit, the Institute provides seed-funding gram in conjunction with degrees in the social Advisory Committee for Latin American Studies. for project development and pilot studies. sciences or African languages . The Center has also Designated as a "center of excellence" by the U.S. An integral part of the Institute is the Survey become increasingly involved in special programs Department of HEW, the NDEA Latin American Research Center (SRC) which not only serves the which entail the dissemination of knowledge about Language and Area Studies Center at UCLA sup- UCLA faculty but investigators from other univer- Africa to the larger community . Through its ports the interdisciplinary B.A. and M.A. degree sities and research groups in the local and national Research Committee, the Center makes grants to as- programs in Latin American Studies and coordi- social research community. Several times a year, sist UCLA faculty members and students with nates articulated graduate degree programs with SRC undertakes studies of Los Angeles County resi- research on Africa. It participates in administering the Schools of Public Health, Library and Informa- dents that provide research information to a num- the NDEA Title VI fellowship awards for the study tion Science, Management, Education, and En- ber of different investigators. These multi-purpose of African languages , and offers a limited number gineering and Applied Science. NDEA Title VI surveys allow researchers to economically obtain of supplementary grants-in -aid to students both in fellowships, research assistantships, and grants-in- data-sets on large representative samples of Los master's and in doctoral programs whose focal aid are available to students in the graduate degree Angeles County citizens. point is Africa. The Center provides information to programs. faculty and students on extramural sources of The current research program includes studies in research support and employment opportunities The Center also sponsors an extensive program of medical care, mental health, human development, which require knowledge of Africa. It also brings lectures, films, colloquia, and other special events law, demography, economic resources, geron- Africanists to the University for lectures or as Visit- for the University and general public. Additional tology, energy and economic behavior. ing Professors or Research Associates, and sponsors outreach activities include pre-collegiate cur- Howard E. Freeman, Director interdisciplinary colloquia focused on integrative riculum development, special offerings through and innovative themes. Other Center activities University Extension, programs for community col- Management include the publication of quarterly journals, lege instructors, and participation in the Southern The Western Management Science Institute fosters African Arts, UFAHAMU, a student journal, Studies California Conference on International Studies. in African Linguistics, and The Journal of African research and advanced study in management The Center publishes a series of documentary and science and operations research, with special Studies, African Law Studies, The African Studies Cen- scholarly publications, which are the Statistical emphasis on developments needed for more effec- ter Newsletter, Research in Progress , as well as occa- Abstract of Latin America, the Latin American Studies tive practical applications. The Institute conducts sional papers and books based on the interdiscip- Series, the Reference Series, the Journal of Latin mathematical and computer -oriented studies on a linary colloquia. The Center also provides facilities A merican Lore, and the Hispanic American Periodicals variety of subjects. These include the construction for a student organization, the African Activist As- Index (HAPI). Ludwig Lauerhass, Jr., Director of optimization models for production and dis- sociation, which is active in sponsoring events that The Center for Medieval and Renaissance Studies tribution systems, finance and marketing policies, focus public attention on important aspects of is concerned with understanding how, between conservation of natural resources, and resource African culture or politics. allocation in organizations. Appropriate tools of about A.D. 300 and 1650, European Michael F. Lofchie, Director culture in all its aspects built up an unprecedented store of energy decision-analysis, mathematical programming, and The Institute of Archaeology was established in the and competence. Since during that time the West simulation are being developed and applied. The summer of 1973 for the purpose of developing and was an "emerging" society, open to external inf- basic economics of decision and information sys- coordinating all aspects of activities relating to luences from North Africa and the Near East, the tems are also being studied. archaeology. Its goal is to contribute to the ideal of a Center embraces not only the Latin West but also In addition to its research programs, the Institute is comprehensive interdisciplinary reconstruction of Byzantium, the Slavic world, Islam, Judaism, and engaged in developing faculty resources and gradu- the human past, as evidenced especially from the minor Eastern Christian communities, as well ate curricula in the management sciences, and in artifactual remains. as the Germanic and Celtic worlds; its interests sponsoring workshops and seminars such as the The Institute includes faculty members from eleven encompass the arts and sciences, history and Jacob Marshak Interdisciplinary Colloquium on academic units at UCLA, as well as faculty from languages. Mathematics in the Behavioral Sciences. various other UC campuses. It provides an intellec- As an organized research unit, the Center does not Although composed largely of faculty members of tual focus for all University of California currently offer courses or degrees. It assists the the Department of Management, the Institute staff archaeologists , facilitating the exchange of views on research of faculty members in various ways; spon- is interdisciplinary. Fruitful collaborative relation- theoretical models and technical developments. It sors conferences and publishes two annual journals ships have occurred with the departments of does so by sponsoring lectures, seminars, symposia and three series of books. The Center annually Economics, Engineering, Mathematics, Political and arranging for visiting faculty; it also helps sup- awards several research assistantships to graduate Science, and Psychology. port excavation programs of the individual students; three of these are designated for Byzan- J.C. LaForce, Acting Director archaeologists active on campus . Through the tine studies. Fredi Chiappelli, Director Archaeological Survey, the Institute serves the The Gustave E. von Grunebaum Center for Near needs of California archaeology, especially in the Eastern Studies was established to promote indi- Medicine southern part of the state. Besides occasional pub- vidual and collaborative research and training in The Brain Research Institute provides an environ- lications, the Institute issues a yearly journal, a series of technical monographs and a series devoted ment for research in the neurological this area. The Center encourages the research of in- and to major archaeological reports and investigations. behavioral sciences for investigators dividual faculty members and collaborates particularly in the from the behavioral, health and life sciences fields Given the considerable amount of public interest in solution of basic research problems which require but also from the physical sciences and engineer- archaeology, the Institute promotes a variety of institutional backing. The Center also sponsors lec- ing. Three principal goals of the Institute are: (1) to activities which serve a broadly based need in the tures, seminars and conferences on various topics support and conduct research which contributes to off-campus community , such as an Extension cur- falling within the scope of Near Eastern studies, an understanding of brain mechanisms and riculum in archaeology, field trips, public lectures and actively promotes an extensive publication pro- and publications for the interested lay public. gram . behavior; (2) to contribute to the training of pre- Malcolm H. Kerr, Director doctoral and postdoctoral students for professional Giorgio Buccellati, Director The Center for Russian and East European Studies careers in brain science; (3) to develop and dissemi- The Center for the Study of Comparative Folklore was established to promote, assist and coordinate nate information about brain function in the and Mythology is an interdisciplinary research research and training on Russia and the countries interest of the social and scientific communities. facility that supports and coordinates the compara- of Eastern Europe. It furthers the research of indi- Located in the Center for the Health Sciences, the tive study of folklore and mythology from vidual faculty members and graduate students, Institute conducts programs which are largely throughout the world. Housed in the Center suite sponsors colloquia, seminars and lectures, organ- interdisciplinary. General activities include atten- are the Wayland D. Hand Library of Folklore and izes conferences, and participates, with other tion to such broad fields of interest as neurobiology, Mythology , the Western Folklore Archive, the John universities , in academic exchange programs with neurophysiology, neurochemistry, neuroanatomy, Edwards Memorial Foundation, a recording studio Russia and Eastern Europe. neuropharmacology, neuroendocrinology, neurop- and sound laboratory, and collections of field Barisa Krekic, Director sychiatry, biophysics and communications, recordings, phonograph records, films, and slides. The Institute for Social Science Research (ISSR) neuroimmunology, behavior and neuropathology. Foci of current Center affiliates' research include undertakes basic and policy studies on a broad Carmine D. Clemente, Director American popular beliefs and superstitions, spectrum of contemporary sociological, psychologi- The Jules Stein Eye Institute is a comprehensive American legends , Anglo -American ballads, Irish cal, political and economic problems and other facility located within the Center for the Health narrative songs, Chicano traditional arts and oral social-related community issues. The Institute Sciences, devoted to research in the sciences related history, Indo-European mythology. encourages collaborative research between faculty to vision, the care of patients with eye disease and Robert A. Georges, Acting Director in the various social science departments as well as the dissemination of knowledge in the broad field MONEY AT UCLA / 51 of ophthalmology. Incorporated in this structure the Museum offers assistance with instruction, Division's veterinary programs and physical are outpatient, inpatient and operating room research field work, exhibitions, and seminars, and facilities have been approved for full accreditation facilities for the care of patients with opthalmic dis- sponsors exhibitions, lecture programs, symposia by the American Association for Accreditation of orders; areas for research in the sciences related to and publications. Laboratory Animal Care, vision; and facilities for scientific reading, lectures In the community, the Museum directs a satellite Jessie O. Washington, D.V.M., Director and seminars. The Institute affords a unique oppor- museum program which organizes and mounts The University of California Natural Land and tunity for the training of students in the School of exhibitions that are located throughout greater Los Water Reserves System offers 25 reserves statewide Medicine, residents and graduate physicians. A Angeles, particularly in culturally disadvantaged to be used for field studies in unspoiled natural close relationship with graduate and undergradu- areas, and a pre-history program which is designed sites and for protected scientific experiments. Gra- ate research and teaching facilities at UCLA is to make children familiar with museum objects in a duate students at UCLA regularly use several of maintained . B.R. Straatsma , Director classroom setting. Trained volunteers teach classes these for thesis and dissertation research, including The Mental Retardation Research Center provides in prehistoric archaeology in the Los Angeles City the 14,000-acre Boyd Deep Canyon Desert Research laboratories and clinical facilities for basic and School System. Center and the 56,000-acre Santa Cruz Island applied research and research training in mental The Museum has an 1,800 square foot multi-pur- Reserve, both of which have field stations. A com- retardation and related aspects of human develop- pose facility which is used primarily for exhibits plex of three Santa Monica Mountain Reserves ment. Its interdisciplinary activities range from directly related to teaching and research, a focus for administered by UCLA has no housing facilities but molecular biology to epidemiology. The Center is classes, seminars, and lectures. Designed as a home is close enough to the campus for easy daily access. closely allied with a Professional Education and for many University, Museum, and community Jonathan Sauer, Campus Representative Clinical Services Facility, which promulgates inter- activities, the Gallery will greatly enhance the effec- Zoological collections of the Department of Biology disciplinary training in the evaluation and treat- tiveness of existing programs and give impetus to include a research collection of marine fishes, pri- ment of mentally retarded and otherwise disturbed further development. The exhibitions highlight marily from the eastern Pacific and the Gulf of children and their families . Together, these two various aspects of the Museum 's collections. California, and the Dickey Collection of birds and units comprise a total program directed toward a Christopher B. Dorman , Director mammals, primarily from the western United Major public health program. States, western Mexico and Central America. The Nathaniel A. Buchwald, Director The 8-acre Mildred E. Mathias Botanical Garden Department also maintains a more limited collec- contains a useful teaching and research collection tion of amphibians, reptiles and fossil vertebrates. Museums , Galleries , Special of about 4,000 species of plants of the world. Through a cooperative arrangement, the large Facilities Included are a native section, desert garden, lath- zoological collections of the Los Angeles County house, and experimental field. Adjoining is the Museum, containing both fossil and recent speci- The Frederick S. Wight Art Gallery , formerly the Plant Physiology Building, with glass houses and UCLA Art Galleries, was established with the sup- growth chambers. The Herbarium contains a teach- mens, are available for research by qualified stu- port of Edward A. Dickson for whom the Dickson ing and research collection of about 250,000 speci- dents. Art Center was named. The permanent holdings mens representative of the flora of the world, with The department also maintains an extensive collec- include the Franklin D. Murphy Sculpture Garden, special collections of the native flora and of orna- tion of algae, and a smaller collection of fungi and 69 sculptures from the 20th century including Arp, mental species cultivated in Southern California. bacteria (including photosynthetic bacteria). These Calder, Lachaise, Lipchitz, Moore, Noguchi, Rodin Jonathan Sauer, Director collections, which are part of the culture facility, and Smith; The Willitts J. Hole Collection of are available for both teaching and research. approximately 50 paintings of the Italian, Spanish, The Office of Academic Computing (OAC) is re- Dutch, Flemish and English schools, from the 15th sponsible for all general-purpose computing UCLA is a member of the Organization for Tropical to 19th centuries; 20th century painting, sculpture activities on the UCLA campus. In support of in- Studies, a consortium created to promote research and photographic collections. structional and research activities, OAC provides a and educational programs in the New World tro- broad range of computing services to the UCLA pics. Fellowships are available for subsistence in Twelve exhibitions of painting and sculpture, academic community and, through a nationwide field-oriented programs in Central America. prints and drawings, architecture and design are computer network, to institutions throughout the presented annually in close conjunction with the United States. The principal computing resource is (UCLA) Museum of Cultural History and the an IBM System/360 Model 91KK computer. The A Note About Resources Grunwald Center for the Graphic Arts. One of 360/91 is available to all departments and schools Academics form the focus of endeavor for the these exhibitions is regularly sponsored by the within UCLA, and timesharing terminals and UCLA community, but other resources-health UCLA Art Council, the supporting organization of remote-job-entry stations are located throughout care, psychological counseling, learning skills, the Galleries. Jack B. Carter, Acting Director the campus. veteran' s affairs, and so on-also come into play in The Grunwald Center for the Graphic Arts which Both interactive and batch methods are available for the course of any experience here. These additional houses a distinguished collection of prints and performing work on the 360/91. Interactive ter- resources are listed in the "student services" sec- drawings, is maintained as a study and research tion of this book. minal-oriented systems available are APL "PLUS center for the benefit of students, scholars and col- (STSC's version of A Programming Language), TSO Finally, you may have noticed that nearly all of the lectors, as well as, the general public. The perma- (IBM's Time Sharing Option), and URSA (OAC de- academic resources discussed in this section carry nent holdings of the Center include significant veloped). The 360/91 supports standard OS/360 room number and/or telephone number informa- examples from the 15th century to the present batch services as well as a fast, student-oriented tion. The reason for that is at once simple and which were originally selected to complement batch service (QUICKRUN). Turnaround for jobs powerful: If you want help, it's there in a variety of courses given in the history and connoisseurship of run on the 360/91 typically ranges from under a useful programs ... but it's up to you to seek it out. the graphic arts. It is particularly noted for its col- minute for student jobs to under an hour for jobs lection of German Expressionist prints formed by requiring extensive setup operations. Fred Grunwald, as for specialized collections in 19th- and 20th-century lithography (including the OAC also maintains a DEC (Digital Equipment Cor- Tamarind archive), the history of ornament, poration) PDP-OKA computer, principally for stu- Japanese prints (including the Frank Lloyd Wright dent use. Any member of the UCLA student body collection), and comprehensive holdings of or faculty can individually establish an account for Matisse, Picasso and Rouault . Several major exhibi- using the PDP-10. Other noteworthy equipment tions are organized each year accompanied by the provided to OAC users is special equipment for publication of a scholarly catalogue. graphics work: two plotters (a CalComp 936 Drum E. Maurice Bloch, Director Plotter and a Versatec 1200A Electrostatic Plotter) and several Tektronix graphics display devices The Museum of Cultural History (formerly The (models 4081, 4051, and 4013). Museum and Laboratories of Ethnic Arts and Tech- nology) comprises growing collections of objects Computing activities are supported by an extensive money at UCLA which represent a wide range of the material library of application programs, consulting serv- culture, and specifically of the arts, of peoples who ices, and reference documentation. The applica- In this section, you will find a detailed discussion of lived until recently at, or beyond, the margins of the tions program library for the 360/91 includes a wide various fees and other financial obligations-as major Oriental and Occidental civilizations. These range of statistical , engineering and mathematical well as some of the ways to meet them. collections represent the arts and archaeology of software. Several FORTRAN and PL/1 compilers, as Finding out about Financial Aid is a worthwhile Africa, Melanesia , the Americas, the Ancient Near well as other esoteric computer languages, are also East, the circum-Mediterranean cultures, the Euro- supported on the 360/91. W.B. Kehl, Director investment of your time. Don't assume that you don't qualify. Or that you do. Either of those pean, Neolithic and Bronze ages, and the folk arts of The Division of Laboratory Animal Medicine is guesses can be costly. The Financial Aid Office pub- Latin America, Europe, and the Orient. the centralized animal resource facility responsible lishes a guide, called "Passing the Bucks", giving The Museum promotes the study of arts and for the procurement, husbandry and general more information about aid. You can get a copy artifacts as one of the most important avenues welfare of animals required for teaching and inves- from your high school counselor or from the Finan- toward an understanding of man's cultures. As a tigative services. The Division's veterinary and sup- cial Aid Office, A129B Murphy Hall, University of resource for UCLA faculty, students, visiting scho- port staff administers the veterinary medical and California, 405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, lars of international repute, and the general public, husbandry programs throughout the campus. The California 90024. Telephone: (213) 825-9097. 52 / MONEY AT UCLA A further note: All fees outlined here are subject to To establish eligibility to pay the Filing Fee, you the one-year durational period will be extended change without notice. Payment of registration fees submit a Filing Fee application approved by the until BOTH presence and intent have been demon- is part of the registration process; you can pay other Graduate Adviser and the Chairperson of the strated for one full year. Indeed, physical presence fees at the Cashier's office in Murphy Hall from Thesis Committee or Doctoral Committee certifying within the state solely for educational purposes 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m. any weekday. that all other requirements have been met. Forms does not constitute the establishment of California for this purpose are available in the Student and residence under state law regardless of the length of General Fees 1225 Murphy, and should be returned to that office Academic Affairs Section of the Graduate Division, his/her stay in California. Here are the fees charged UCLA students. Relevant indicia which can be relied upon to dem- after certification and payment of the fee. onstrate one's intent to make California his/her per- Fees Assessed Undergraduates Privileges Not Covered by the Filing Fee. A student manent residence include, but are not limited to, the following: registering and voting in California who pays the Filing Fee is not eligible As an undergraduate, for the privi- you must pay a registration elections; designating California as his/her perma- leges normally accorded fee of $124 per quarter and a Student Union fee of regularly registered stu- dents, such as the use of University facilities, other nent address on all school and employment $4, both payable when registering. than the attention of the faculty necessary for the records, including military records if one is in the In addition, you are assessed on Education Fee of military service; obtaining a California driver's final reading of the dissertation or thesis and/or the $100 per quarter and an Associated Students Fee of taking of a formal final examination or master's license or California Identification Card , if a non- driver; obtaining California vehicle registration; $6 per quarter. comprehensive examination. Students may not use this fee for the purpose of taking course work of any paying California income taxes as a resident, Fees Assessed Graduate Students kind. Students whose status as fellowship holders, including income earned outside this state; estab- lishing an abode where one's permanent belong- Graduate students are required to pay a registration as aliens with particular visas, or others whose ings are kept within California; licensing for fee of $124.00 and a Student Union Fee of $4.00, status depends on maintenance of a particular professional practice in California; and the absence course load cannot use the Filing Fee to enroll in the both payable when registering. requisite number of courses, but must obtain of these indicia in other states during any period for In addition, you must pay an Education Fee of whatever other certification of activity is needed which residence in California is asserted. Docu- $120.00 per quarter and a Graduate Students As- from the Dean of the Graduate Division. mentary evidence may be required. No single factor sociation Fee of $2.00 per quarter. is controlling or decisive. All relevant indicia will Registration After Paying the Filing Fee. If, after pay- be considered in the classification determination. The Registration Fee covers certain expenses of stu- ing the Filing Fee in any one quarter, a candidate The student must petition to have his or her resi- dents for counseling service, for athletic and gym- should find it necessary to use the educational dence classification changed at the Registrar's Of- nasium facilities and equipment, for lockers" and facilities of the University in any way other than fice at the campus attended, and documentation of washroom , for registration and graduation, for requiring the attention such consultation, medical advice, and hospital of the faculty sufficient for a residence (driver's reading of the dissertation or thesis or taking of the license, voter registration care or dispensary treatment as can be furnished on receipt, etc.) may be requested at that time. All formal final examination or master's comprehen- the campus by the Student Health Service, and for changes of status must be initiated prior to the late sive examination, registration as a student must be registration period for the quarter or semester for all laboratory and course fees. Membership in the resumed. If this should occur during a quarter in Associated Students is covered by the Associated which the Filing Fee has already been paid, the Student fees. No part of these fees is remitted to which the student intends to be reclassified. those students who may not desire to make use of amount of that payment may be credited toward Waivers of Non -Resident Tuition any or all of these privileges . If you withdraw from payment of the Registration Fee. A student who the University within the first five weeks of the pays the Filing Fee and fails to file the dissertation To the extent funds are available, non-resident tui- quarter, a part of these fees will be refunded. Any or thesis or who is required to take the formal final tion waivers may be granted to spouses and depen- refund for a withdrawal will be based on the date examination or master's comprehensive examina- dent, unmarried children under age 21 of Univer- the completed notice for withdrawal is actually tion again must either register as a student or pay sity faculty members who are qualified for member- the Filing Fee again in the quarter submitted . No claim for refund will be considered in which the final ship in the Academic requirement for the degree is completed. The Filing Senate; to the unmarried, dependent children under age 21 of a full-time unless presented within the fiscal year to which the Fee will not be refunded because the dissertation or University employee whose permanent assignment claim is applicable. thesis was not filed or the examination not taken or is outside California and who has been employed are issued , as long as they are available, passed. by the University for more than one year "Lockers to registered students who have purchased standard locks. immediately prior to the opening of the term; and Locks are sold at $1.25 each, and may be used as long as Deadlines for Applying for the Filing Fee. Since a stu- for certain foreign students. Inquiries desired or may be transferred by the purchaser to another regarding dent must be either registered or have paid the Fil- these waivers normally should be directed to the student. ing Fee to benefit from the attention of the faculty in Residence Deputy in the Registrar's Office. the final reading of the dissertation or thesis, the The Filing Fee for Graduate Teaching completed Filing Fee application should be submit- In addition , certain student Assistants Students ted to the Student and Academic Affairs Section, and Teaching Fellows, and certain graduate stu- Graduate Division, during the appropriate dents designated as University The University has established Fellows and Dis- regulations govern- academic quarter. tinguished Scholars may be eligible for Non-Resi- ing the use of the $62.00 Filing Fee (one half of the dent Tuition Waivers or fellowships. Such students Registration Fee) which can be paid in lieu of the ordinary charges for the Registration Fee ($124.00) About California should contact the Graduate Division at their cam- pus for further information. and Education Fee ($120.00) (and the Nonresident Residence - Non-Resident The residence of the parent with whom an unmar- Tuition Fee of $800.00, where applicable) when a student files a dissertation or thesis or takes the doctoral Fees ried minor (under age 18) child maintains his or her place of abode is the residence of the unmarried final oral examination or the final comprehensive Students who have not been residents of California minor child. When the minor lives with neither examination for the master's degree. for more than one year immediately prior to the parent his or her residence is that of the parent with Administration of the Filing Fee. Under certain cir- residence determination date for each term in whom he or she maintained his or her last place of cumstances, a candidate for the master's or doctoral which they propose to attend the University are abode. The minor may establish his or her residence degree need not be a registered student at the time charged , along with other fees, a nonresident tui- when both parents are deceased and a legal guar- the last of the requirements for the degree are com- tion fee of $800 for the quarter or $1200 for the dian has not been appointed. The residence of an pleted . Instead of registering and paying the semester. The residence determination date is the unmarried minor who has a parent living cannot be University Registration and Educational Fees (and day instruction begins at the last of the University changed by his or her own act, by the appointment the Nonresident Tuition Fee, if applicable), the can- of California campuses to open for the quarter, and of a legal guardian , or by relinquishment of a didate pays the Filing Fee. The circumstances under for schools on the semester system, the day instruc- parent's right of control. which this is the appropriate procedure are as fol- tion begins for the semester. A man or woman establishes his or her residence. A lows: woman's residence shall not be derivative from that Eligibility for the Filing Fee. Prior to the beginning of Definition of her husband, or vice versa. the quarter in which requirements for the degree In order to be classified as a resident for tuition pur- are to be completed, the candidate shall have poses, an adult student must have established his/ fulfilled all of the requirements for the degree her residence in California for more han one year Exceptions except for the filing of the dissertation or thesis immediately preceding the residence determination 1. A student who is an adult alien is entitled to and/or taking of a formal final examination or date for the term during which he/she proposes to resident classification if the student has been law- master's comprehensive examination . If you want attend the University and relinquished any prior fully admitted to the United States for permanent to use the Filing Fee for a doctoral degree you must residence . An adult student must couple his/her residence in accordance with all applicable provi- have been advanced to candidacy and completed all physical presence within this state for one year sions of the laws of the United States and has research; only the final reading of the dissertation with objective evidence that such presence is con- thereafter established and maintained residence in and (if required) the defense of the dissertation may sistent with his/her intent in making California his/ California for more than one year immediately remain. her permanent home and, if these steps are delayed, prior to the residence determination date. MONEY AT UCLA / 53 A student who is an adult alien shall be entitled to Other Requirements If you are a graduate student, the non-resident tui- resident classification if he or she is a refugee who tion fee is $800.00 ($1200 per semester) per quarter has been granted parolee, conditional entrant or New and returning students are required to com- regardless of the number of courses undertaken. indefinite voluntary departure status in accordance plete a Statement of Legal Residence. The student's There is no reduction in Registration , Educational, with all applicable laws of the United States; pro- status is determined by the Residence Deputy who Student Union, or Graduate Students Association vided that he has lived in the state for one year is located in the Registrar's Office. Fees for less than full-time programs. immediately prior to the residence determination You are cautioned that this summation is not a date. (Effective until June 30, 1980.) complete explanation of the law regarding resi- 2. A student who is a minor alien shall be entitled dence. You should also note that changes may have Residents to resident classification if the student and the been made in the rate of nonresident tuition and the Certain qualified undergraduate students, when parent from whom residence is derived have been residence requirements between the time this properly approved by the dean of their college/ lawfully admitted to the United States for perma- catalog statement is published and the relevant resi- school for enrollment in less than 9 units, may be nent residence, provided that the parent has had dence determination Date: Regulations have been eligible for a $50 reduction in their Educational Fee. residence in California for more than one year after adopted by The Regents, a copy of which is availa- The "Request for Fee Reduction " must be filed by acquiring a permanent resident visa prior to the ble for inspection in the Registrar's Office of the the tenth day of instruction . Except for those residence determination date for the term. campus. qualified and approved part-time students, there is A student who is a minor alien shall be entitled to All students classified incorrectly as residents are no reduction in the Registration , Educational, Stu- resident classification if he or she is a refugee who subject to reclassification and to payment of all dent Union or ASUCLA fees. has been granted parolee, conditional entrant or nonresident fees not paid. If incorrect classification indefinite voluntary departure status in accordance results from false or concealed facts by the student, with all applicable laws of the United States; pro- the student also is subject to University discipline. vided that he has lived in this state for one year Resident students who become nonresidents must Other Fees immediately prior to the residence determination immediately notify the Residence Deputy. Following is a list of what might be called date. (Effective until June 30, 1980.) 3. A student who remains in this state after his or "Miscellaneous Fees" charged undergraduate and Appeals graduate students at UCLA. her parent, who was theretofore domiciled in Any student, following a final decision on resi- Application fee, $20. This nonrefundable fee is California for at least one year prior to leaving and dence classification by the Residence Deputy, may charged every undergraduate applicant for admis- has, during the student 's minority and within one make written appeal to the Attorney in Residence sion, readmission, or intercampus transfer to the year immediately prior to the residence determina- Matters at the above address within 120 days after University and every graduate applicant for admis- tion date, established residence elsewhere, shall be notification of the final decision by the Residence sion, leave of absence, and readmission to the entitled to resident classification until the student Deputy. University. has attained the age of majority and has resided in Acceptance of admission fee, $50. For undergradu- the state the minimum time necessary to become a For More Information ates only. The fee is non-refundable, but is applied resident so long as, once enrolled, he or she main- toward the University Registration Fee. tains continuous attendance at an institution. If you have a question about your status as a California resident in connection with tuition, Returned check collection, $5. 4. Nonresident students who are minors or 18 write to the Attorney in Residence Matters, 590 years of age and can evidence that they have been University Hall, 2200 University Avenue, Berkeley, Late registration, $25. When permitted. totally self-supporting through employment and California 94720. Please keep in mind that it is Duplicate registration and/or other cards in actually present within California for the entire University policy that no other University person- registration packet, $3 each order. year immediately prior to the residence determina- nel are authorized to give you information on the tion date and have evidenced the intent to make Change in Official Study List after the tenth day of definitions of California residence. instruction, $3 each petition, when dropping, California their permanent home may be eligible for resident status. changing grading basis, or adding a course within Waivers of Non -Resident Tuition published period. 5. A student shall be entitled to resident classifica- To the extent funds are available, non-resident tui- Late filing of study list (Study List Card), $10, when tion if immediately prior to the residence deter- tion waivers maybe granted to spouses and depen- permitted. mination date he or she has lived with and been dent, unmarried children under age 21 of Univer- under the continuous direct care and control of any sity faculty members who are qualified for member- Removal of grade "E" or "1", $5 each petition. adult or adults other than a parent for not less than ship in the Academic Senate; to the unmarried, Late filing of Degree Candidate Card for the two years, provided that the adult or adults having such control have been California residents during bachelor's degree,$3. dependent children under age 21 of a full-time the year immediately prior to the residence deter- University employee whose permanent assignment Late payment of fees, $10 (after a published dead- mination date. This exception continues until the is outside California and who has been employed line) student has attained the age of majority and has by the University for more than one year immediately prior to the opening of the term; and Candidacy for Ph.D., Ed.D., or Dr.Ph.H., $25. resided in the state the minimum time necessary to become a resident student, so long as continuous Credit by Examination, $5 per petition. for certain foreign students . Inquiries regarding attendance is maintained at an institution. these waivers normally should be directed to the Duplicate diploma, $23.50. Replacement cost upon Residence Deputy in the Registrar's Office of the presentation of evidence original is lost or 6. Exemption from payment of the nonresident tui- campus the student proposes to attend. tion fee is available to the natural or adopted child, destroyed. In addition, certain student Teaching Assistants stepchild or spouse who is a dependent of a mem- ber of the United States military Transcript of Record, $2 for the first copy and $1 for stationed in and Teaching Fellows , and certain graduate stu- each additional copy ordered at the same time. California on active duty. Such resident classifica- dents designated as University Fellows and Dis- tion may be maintained until the student has tinguished Scholars may be eligible for Nonresident Late application for teaching assignment, $1. resided in California the minimum time necessary Tuition Waivers or fellowships. Such students Late return of athletic supplies,** $1 for each 24 should contact the Graduate Division at their cam- to become a resident . If a student is enrolled in an hours until full purchase price of article is reached. pus for further information. institution and the member of the military is "Supplies or equipment not returned before the close of the transferred on military orders to a place outside the fiscal year must be paid for in full; return after that date is United States immediately after having been on Fees for Reduced Programs not permitted. active duty in California, the student is entitled to If you meet the standards described here, you may Failure to empty locker within specified period, $5. retain resident classification under conditions set be eligible for a fee reduction, as indicated. forth above. Fee assessment for the cases discussed below is 7. A student who is a member of the United States based on the total units enrolled as of the 15th day military stationed in California on active duty, of classes. "Third Party" Fee Payment except a member of the military assigned for educa- The University assumes no contractual or other tional purposes to a state-supported institution of obligation to any third party who pays any Univer- higher education, shall be entitled to resident Non-Residents sity fees on behalf of a student , unless the Univer- classification until he or she has resided in the state If you are an undergraduate student with college/ sity has expressly agreed thereto in writing. In this the minimum time necessary to become a student. school approval for enrollment in less than 12 regard, no request for a refund of fees by such third 8. Children of deceased public law enforcement or units , the non -resident tuition fee is $266.00 per party will be honored, and if the student withdraws fire suppression employees, who were California course ($66.50 per unit). File a "Request for Fee from the University with a fee refund due, such residents and who were killed in the course of law Reduction" with academic dean's office for the refund will be paid to the student. enforcement or fire suppression duties, may be applicable quarter. Refunds for courses dropped entitled to resident status. from the Official Study List are made according to the Schedule of Refunds discussed later in this sec- tion. 54 / MONEY AT UCLA Refunds by an educational UCLA Budget institution prior to June 30, 1977 1) Have been determined financially independent t The Schedule of Refunds listed below refers to UCLA Residence Hall Under- or Calendar days, beginning with the first day of in- Budget ' graduates Graduates 2) Have not lived with either parent for six con- struction (Day 1). Percentages listed (days 1-35) Registration Fee $372.00 secutive weeks or received more than $750 from should be applied respectively to each Tuition, Educational Fee 300.00 360.00 parents in any of the last three tax years, 1977, 1978, Educational Fee, University Registration Fee, and 1979-not been claimed as an income tax deduction other student fees. The effective date for determin- Student Union Fee 12.00 by anyone except self or spouse during that period ing a refund is the date you file your official notice ASUCLA Membership 18.00 of withdrawal with the University, and it is Fee or presumed that no University services will be pro- vided to you after that date. 3) Have been a ward of the court, or Graduate Student's 6.00 Association 4) Be an orphan, not claimed as a tax exemption No claim for refund will be considered unless pre- Membership Fee this year except by self or spouse, or sented within the fiscal year to which the claim is applicable. 5) Have been part of extremely adverse home situa- Books and Supplies 252.00 tion, with documentation by responsible com- Residence Hall Room 1,645.00 munity personnel, and without family assistance New Undergraduate Students and Board (19 meal for the last full year. plan) Prior to Day 1. Registration Fee you have paid is Federal Definition refunded except for the $50 Acceptance of Admis Additional expense of 398.00 sion Fee, and other fees paid are refunded in full. To qualify for federally funded aid programs, holiday recesses and including grants, in 1980-81 you: extra meals Day I and after. The $50 Acceptance of Admission 1) May not be claimed as a tax deduction Fee is withheld from the Registration Fee, and the by Personal (clothing, 768.00 Schedule of Refunds (see below) is applied to the parents for calendar years 1979,1980,1981, and cleaning , medical balance of fees assessed. insurance, recreation, 2) May not live with parents more than six con- etc.) secutive weeks during calendar year 1979, 1980, All Continuing and Readmitted Local Bus 108.00 1981, and Students and New Graduate Transportation 3) May not receive more than $750 per year assis- Students (Except Medical and $3,873.00 $3,921.00 Total Budget for tance from parents in 1979, 1980, 1981. Dentistry) California Resident As an independent student, you must also demon- strate that you have been self-supporting during Nonresident Tuition 2,400.00 There is a service charge of $10 for cancellation of the calendar year prior to the academic year in registration before the first day of instruction. Total Budget for $6,273.00 $6,321.00 which aid is accepted. Beginning with the first day of instruction the Nonresident of Schedule of Refunds (see below) is applied to the California total of fees assessed. You should estimate that living off campus will increase Undergraduate Aid this budget by approximately $600.00. Alternatives to Resi- Medical and Dentistry Students Available from Agencies of this Catalog. Various financial aid programs dence Hall living are talked about in the "housing " section administered or Prior to the first day of instruction, the fees you coordinated by the Financial Aid Office are out- have paid are refunded in full, except for the lined below. You may be eligible for several types of Deposit. Financial Aid Programs usually offered honoring financial your aid and a financial preference aid "package" is Day 1 and after the Deposit is withheld from the fees assessed and the Schedule of Refunds (see An underlying principle in the determination of whenever possible. The forms of aid coordinated by below) is applied to the balance of the fees assessed. financial need is that parents have an obligation to UCLA but awarded by other agencies are: Basic finance the education of their children to the extent Educational Opportunity Grant (BEOG), California In the case of continuing students , the Schedule of that they are able. The expected parental contribu- Student Aid Commission Cal Grants A and B, Refunds is applied to the total of the fees assessed. tion is determined from the information supplied in Federal Insured Student Loan (FISL), State Guaran- the Student Aid Application for California (SAAC) teed Student Loans, American Schedule of Refunds Medical Association, for undergraduates and the Financial Aid Form Health Education Assistance and Robert Wood This schedule applies to the procedures described (FAF) for graduates. UCLA uses a nationally Johnson Loans. above approved non-profit system of need-analysis to de- termine what amounts parents are expected to con- Basic Educational Opportunity 1-14 15-21 22-28 29-35 36 days tribute towards your education. If you are an inde- days and pendent student, your financial circumstances are Grant 80% 60% 40% 20% over analyzed rather than those of your parents. Undergraduate students who are U.S. citizens, per- 0% manent residents , or Vietnamese or Cambodian A standard amount of 'self-help' is expected from refugees are eligible to apply for the Federal Basic It no credit for courses is received, a full refund of the all students , as a result of earnings, in addition to Educational Opportunity Grant. The award Registration Fee of the regular session will be granted to all the parent's contribution and any other resources students entering the armed forces prior to the sixth week of students may have. Other resources may be sav- amounts for 1979-1980 range from $200 to $1,800. If the quarter. No refund thereafter. you apply for UCLA "need based" financial aid, the ings, spouse 's earnings , benefits from other Federal Student Aid Application for California (SAAC) also or State agencies (social security, veterans', welfare, serves as your BEOG application. The University of etc.), graduate division assistance , and outside California requires that all eligible undergraduates Estimated Budgets the student's year in school, family financial agency scholarships or grants. Self-help varies with apply the BEOG. The estimated budget presented here was put strength , and dependency status . The family con- together based on expense diaries maintained for us tribution that is subtracted from school-related California Student Aid by students , the Consumer Price Index, and surveys expenses to arrive at 'need' is the sum of the Commission Cal Grants A and B of local costs for books, rent, transportation, food, parents' contribution, and the student's resources Undergraduate California residents who have not clothing-all that is a legitimate part of your school and self-help expectation. completed more than six semesters or nine quarters related expenses . It is designed to serve as a guide of college work prior to September, 1980, are eligi- only. The figures in both the " undergraduate" and Student Financial Independence ble to apply for a Cal Grant award. The Student Aid "graduate " columns are, for the most part moder- Application for California and Cal Grant Supple- ate. The desire of students or parents to claim financial ments are the official applications for these pro- Please note that financial aid awards are based on independence for the student does not necessarily release the parents from the responsibility of pro- "need " which is defined as the difference between grams. You can get them from the UCLA Financial viding financial assistance to meet college expenses. Aid Office, room A-129, Murphy Hall (phone: 825- allowable school -related expenses (budget ) and the 9097), high school counselors, or the California Stu- contribution expected from the family . Budgets The Financial Aid Office is required to use two dis- dent Aid Commission, 1410 5th Street, Sacramento, vary depending on circumstances. tinct definitions of independence to determine CA 95814. The Student Aid Application for Califor- whether students are financially dependent on nia and Supplements The budget below is geared to a single student liv- must be filed no later than their parents. ing in a shared room in a UCLA Residence Hall. February 1, 1980. California Definition "Cal Grant A" awards range from $300 to $700 to To qualify for State and University grant aid in be applied towards education and registration fees, 1980-81, the student must meet one of the following and are based on need and academic achievement. criteria: They are renewable each year. MONEY AT UCLA / 55 "Cal Grant California Guaranteed Student B" awards range from $300 to $1,800 you receive a stipend to cover the difference be- and are renewable annually. The State sends tween your resources and the cost of education at renewal applications to continuing Cal Grant recip- Loan Program (CGSLP) UCLA. ients. The California Guaranteed Student Loan Program (CGSLP) is being implemented for the first time Alumni Scholarships Federal Insured Student Loan during the 1979-80 academic year. The terms of this loan are similar to those of the FISL program above. Alumni Scholarships are limited to California resi- Federal Insured Student Loans are long-term loans The CGSLP application becomes available in the dents who will be entering first year students in the made by banks, savings and loan institutions, and late summer of 1979. See a counselor in the Finan- fall quarter. It is also possible to apply for an Alumni credit unions. cial Aid Office, A129B Murphy Hall for further Honorarium only. No financial need is involved These loans are available to graduate and under- application information. and no financial information is required. graduate students who are citizens or permanent residents American Medical Association of the U.S. enrolled in at least a half-time Prizes program. Applications processed by the Financial Aid Office are then submitted to a lending institu- Loan (AMA) The generosity of alumni and friends of the Univer- sity provides each year for competitive prizes and tion by the student. You should check with various awards in several fields. Selections will be made by lending institutions to determine individual Health Education Assistance Loan committees in the various academic departments policies. (HEAL) concerned. You are required to submit a special application for a Federal Insured Student Loan. You may obtain the Robert Wood Johnson Loan FISL application in the Financial Aid Office, room The American Medical Association Loan (AMA), Grants A-1298 Murphy Hall. the Health Education Assistance Loan (HEAL) and Grants are gifts which do not have to be repaid and are based solely on need. Whenever guidelines and Repayment of the Federal Insured Student Loan the Robert Wood Johnson Loan are administered by funds permit, the student's 'package' includes a begins between 9 and 12 months after completion the Financial Aid Office but each requires a special grant. of, or withdrawal from school. Eligible students application. The AMA loan is awarded to students receive a Federal interest subsidy so that the loan is in the School of Medicine. The HEAL is awarded to interest free during the time you are a student and graduate students in the Health Professions Schools Grant-in-Aid for Graduates and for 9 months thereafter. You have up to 10 years to of Medicine, Dentistry, and Public Health who have Undergraduates repay the loan at an interest rate of 7% per year. not received a FISL/GSL for the same academic year. Grant-in-Aid provides eligible students with finan- Minimum repayment is $360 a year. Repayment is The Robert Wood Johnson Loan is awarded to stu- cial assistance from University funds. Awards waived up to three years while the borrower is dents in the School of Medicine and the School of range from $100 to $3900. serving in the armed forces, Peace Corps, or VISTA, Dentistry. or during any period of full-time study. Under- Supplemental Educational graduate students may borrow a total of $7,500, and graduate students $15,000 including the amount Aid Available from UCLA Opportunity Grants borrowed as an undergraduate. It takes approx- These awards are Federally funded and are granted imately eight to ten weeks to process a Federal Scholarships for only to undergraduate students with exceptional Insured Federal Student regulations Loan. of the Federal Insured Student Undergraduates financial per academic year, but can be no more than one- need. Grants range from $200 to $1,500 Scholarships are categorized as either NEED or Loan Program require that student borrowers be half the total assistance awarded and must be matched dollar for dollar with other aid. notified of (1) their institution's fee refund policy NON-NEED (Honorary) based. need based and (2) the percentage of its students who find scholarship is awarded to outstanding students employment after obtaining a degree. The Univer- with financial need. A non-need based (Honorary) Educational Fee Grants sity of California's refund procedures and schedule scholarship is awarded on merit alone, and nor- In qualifying for this grant, you must demonstrate will be found under "Refunds" earlier in this sec- mally carries only a nominal monetary award. No need, be a California resident and an undergradu- tion. Salary and employment information for the financial information is required from students ate in your first year of attendance at the Univer- University of California fits the following pattern: who apply for honorarium only scholarships. sity. The maximum grant is $100 per quarter for the Scholarship awards range from a $100 honorarium first three consecutive quarters of attendance. This to the amount of the applicant's financial need. grant is awarded to pay the Education Fee if it has Degree Level of Graduates Probable All UCLA scholarship awards are made on a com- not been paid by another fee-paying agency. or petitive basis. Consideration is given to academic Definite excellence, achievement, and scholastic promise. Field Bache- Master's Doctorate job Scholarships are awarded to entering and continu- Work Study Programs of lor's Commit- ing students. The terms and amount of the awards Work-study is a need based "award that allows a Study Average Monthly Salary mentl vary. Students are expected to maintain academic student to work a maximum of 20 hours a week excellence in course work. Engineer- $1261- $1404- $1809- Eligibility for a scholar- while attending school, or 40 hours a week during 87.5 ship is determined by the University Committee on vacation periods. An academic year's award may be ing 1534 1710 2245 Undergraduate Student Support, Honors and from $600 to $3500. Gross earnings may not exceed Humanities 587- 652- 79.6 Prizes. Although most scholarships are open to all the amount awarded. You can obtain more infor- 1155 1364 undergraduate applicants on a competitive basis, mation from the Financial Aid Office, A-129 Mur- Life 600- 76.6 some are restricted by the donors to students who phy Hall. Science 1472 meet prescribed criteria. Students will be con- sidered for all scholarships for which they prove Manage- College Work Study (Federal) 1224- 88.6 eligible. Awards are based on grade-point average ment 1816 and financial need. (See instructions included in A portion of the student's hourly wage is provided Physical 952- by the federal government; the employer con- 1532- 85.2 the scholarship packet for details.) Read the in- Science 1526 2276 structions tributes sent to all financial aid applicants the balance. Whenever possible, work is in for the field of your educational objectives. Hourly pay Social 641- 806- 79.2 grade-point average requirements and special rates comply with minimum wage laws and vary Science 1145 1398 eligibility requirements. with the nature of the work and your experience Medical 1112 100.0 Regents' Scholarships and capabilities. Employment may be on or off cam- pus. To be eligible you must be a citizen, refugee or Dental2 1677 87.7 permanent resident of the U.S. Unlike other University scholarships, Regents' Scholarships are awarded for four years to students 1Source: (Except for Medical and Dental-see Footnote 2). A entering from high school and for two years to con- President 's Work Study 1977 national survey of a representative group of colleges tinuing students and those transferring from This program is administered in the same manner conducted by the Colkie I'lacement Council, representing another university or college who will have com- the 80 percent range o offers throughout the country. It pleted their sophomore year by the end of spring as the Federal program described above except that should be noted that a wide variation in starting salaries funding is provided by the Regents of the Univer- exists within each discipline based on job location, type of quarter. Students who have achieved an outstand- sity and the employer. The student is limited to on- employer, personal qualifications of the individual, and ing academic record and show a high degree of pro- employment conditions at the time of job entry. mise are eligible to apply for Regents' Scholarships. campus jobs. Citizens, refugees, permanent resi- 2Source: The Job Market for UCLA's 1977 Graduates. Percen- Financial need is not a criterion for this award, but dents, and international students are eligible. tages are based only upon those students who planned to students who wish to be considered for this stipend work immediately after graduation. Medical and Dental sal- aries are shown as means, rather than ranges. must file financial information each year. Regents' Education Fee Loan Scholars receive an honorarium of $100 regardless Students who are residents of the State of California of need. If you are eligible for financial assistance, qualify for a deferral-loan of the Educational Fee. 56 / MONEY AT UCLA Educational Fee loans may be awarded up to $300 Loan Exit Interview ment at UCLA as a graduate student, as determined per year for undergraduates and up to $360 for gra- by the Graduate Dean, must be less than the estab- duates. Every continuing resident student who is All loan recipients are required to come into the lished normative time for completion of the Ph.D. eligible for financial aid and whose fees are not paid Loan Services Office (Murphy A107) for a Loan Exit in that program. A candidate for the Ph.D. whose by an outside agency will be offered an Educational Interview before leaving UCLA whether due togra- status lapses will be ineligible for the In-Candidacy Fee Loan. Repayment, including interest of 3 per- duation, withdrawal, or dismissal. The purpose of Fee Offset Grant until, following readmission and cent per year, begins nine months after you termi- the Exit Interview is to help you understand your registration, that student is again advanced to can- nate at least half-time enrollment. The repayment loan agreement and to explain to you both your didacy. period may not exceed ten years. Minimum repay- rights and your responsibilities under the pro- grams. Failure to participate in an Exit Interview The amount of the grant shall be reduced by the ment is $30 plus interest per calendar quarter. Interest will not accrue and payments need not be with the Student Loan Services Office upon separa- amount of financial aid the student may receive made for a maximum of four years while you are tion from the University will result in a hold on from non-University sources to pay all of a portion your academic records and future registration priv- serving in the armed forces, Peace Corps, or VISTA. of the Educational Fee. If the student is being pro- vided with a package of financial aid, any compo- ileges. Please call the Loan Services Office Regents ' and University Loans (Telephone interview. 825-9864) for an appointment for an nent of which is need-based aid, the total amount of aid given to him/her, including the grant, may not These funds are provided by the Regents of the exceed the student's total need, as determined by University and by private individuals and agencies to full-time graduate and undergraduate students. Student Loan Obligations the Financial Aid Office. Payment of the grant shall be in the form Eligible of an students may receive Regents' Loans up to If you receive a loan offer as part of your financial offset of the Educational Fee. In the event that the $1,200 per academic year. University loans may be aid award, you should carefully evaluate your total student has paid the Educational Fee prior to au- for larger amounts. Regardless of your age, you are educational indebtedness and ability to repay your thorization of the grant, the award will be made as a required to obtain one co-signer for loans up to loans. All loan funds are of a revolving nature, and reimbursement. $1,000 and two co-signers for loans over $1,000. money repaid by former borrowers is immediately These loans are repayable in ten years in quarterly re-loaned to current students. The University will No time will be accrued from graduate study at payments that begin nine months after the bor- make every attempt possible to assist you during another institution or UC campus except in the case rower terminates at least half-time enrollment. the repayment of your obligation. University serv- of a student who enters a graduate program follow- Interest is at the rate of 3 percent per annum, and ices, including registration and the release of offi- ing enrollment at UCLA through the Intercampus the minimum quarterly payment is $90. cial transcripts, will be withheld if your loan is Exchanange Program. delinquent. Seriously delinquent accounts are re- A Ph.D. candidate must apply for the In-Candidacy National ferred to a professional Direct Student Loan collection agency for han- dling which includes litigation. Hopefully, none of Fee Offset Grant on a form provided by the Gradu- ate Division. All information necessary to establish These loans are available to all students, under- these measures will be necessary, but it is best that eligibility and the time accrued to that date must be graduate and graduate, who are citizens, permanent you be aware of the potential risks in accepting supplied as part of the application. residents, or refugees and who are carrying at least student loan. one-half the full-time academic workload. Under- The Dean of the Graduate Division will determine graduate students may borrow up to $2,500 during the accrued time to date and certify the student's Emergency Loan eligibility for the grant, if all of the relevant criteria their first two years. The aggregate sum for all You need not be a financial aid recipient to apply for are satisfied. The Graduate Division will be respon- undergraduate studies may not exceed $5,000. Gra- duate or professional students may borrow up to this loan. Registered students qualify. Small sible for initiating the fee offset transaction(s) and $10,000, including all amounts borrowed as an amounts may be borrowed for immediate for taking corrective action in the event a student undergraduate. emergency Students under 18 years of age are needs. The loans are repayable within 30-45 days depending on which day of the month becomes ineligible. required to obtain a co-signer. There is a nine month grace period after termination Notice of expiration of eligibility will be conveyed of at least they are issued. Applications are available in room to each student receiving the grant no later than the half-time enrollment during which no interest A107, Murphy Hall, Student Loan Services Office. beginning of the final quarter of eligibility. Any accrues and no payment is due. Repayment begins appeal to correct an alleged error in the determina- twelve months after you cease at least half-time Graduate Aid Available tion of eligibility or of accrued time must be submit- study. Minimum repayment is $90 per quarter If you are a graduate student seeking support, con- ted by the student to the Graduate Dean promptly, including interest at 3 percent per annum. The sult the department in which you wish to study for in writing. maximum repayment period is ten years. Loans information on fellowships, traineeships, or assis- If a student fails to register for any regular academic made subsequent to June 30, 1972 include principal tantships. You should also get a copy of the booklet, session, in residence or in absentia (those students and interest cancellation provisions up to 100 per- UCLA Graduate Support Resources, from the engaged in research outside the State of California cent of the total debt for those who serve as full- Fellowship and Assistantship Section, Graduate throughout a regular academic session), and has time teachers of certain low income or handicapped Division, 1228 Murphy Hall, telephone 825-3521 or not been granted a formal leave of absence, all students in certain non-profit elementary or sec- 825-4386, and consult that office for further infor- status as a graduate student and as a candidate for ondary schools, as defined by Federal guidelines. mation and assistance in applying for financial sup- the Ph.D. degree will lapse. A student whose can- Staff members in the Headstart Program may also port. didacy lapses may, after readmission, be required qualify for this cancellation benefit, depending by a department to retake the written qualifying upon their salary scale. Members of the Armed The In-Candidacy Fee Offset Grant examinations and may also be required by the doc- Forces may qualify for up to 50 percent cancellation Program for Graduate Students in a toral committee to retake the oral qualifying at the rate of 12-1/2 percent per annum for service examinations. The student will be required to refile in an area of hostilities. Payments are deferred and Ph.D. Program an Application for Candidacy and pay the Can- interest does not accrue during a period in which An In-Candidacy Fee Offset Grant Program has didacy Fee. you attend school at least half-time or for a maxi- been established to provide an incentive for early mum of three years while you are a member of the advancement to candidacy and for completion of At least one quarter of registration subsequent to armed forces, the Peace Corps, or VISTA. degree requirements with a normative time set by advancement or reinstatement to candidacy will be the department and subject to the approval of the required before the Ph.D. will be conferred upon a Nursing Loans Graduate Council. The grant covers the Educational readmitted student. Thus, a student whose can- Fee (presently $120 per quarter). didacy lapses will be required to register for a mini- To be eligible for a nursing loan, you must be a mum of two quarters before award of the degree citizen , permanent resident, or refugee who is a stu- All students who begin graduate study in the (one quarter of registration to be re-advanced to dent in the School of Nursing. No more than $2500 University of California after September, 1978 will candidacy and an additional quarter in which the is available per academic year. Up to 85 percent of be covered by this grant program. Those students degree may be awarded). the loan can be cancelled upon employment as a with graduate standing prior to September 1, 1978 A student who completes all requirements for the full-time registered nurse (including teaching and may elect to be included, and in that event, will be Ph.D., including the final examination and submis- administration) in any public or nonprofit private subject to all of the provisions. Eligible students sion of the dissertation, prior to the beginning of agency. may receive the grant from the time of their advan- classes in the academic session in which the degree cement to candidacy until the department's norma- Health Professions and Dental tive time-to-degree is reached. Students in the pro- gram must register for each regular academic ses- is to be conferred need not register for that quarter provided that: 1) no other University policy Loans sion until all degree requirements are completed, requires registration for that session; 2) the contin- Health Professions and Dental Loans are awarded unless a formal leave of absence is approved by the uous registration 3) the student was registered in the preceding regu- requirement has been met; and to students with exceptional need only. To be eligi- Dean of the Graduate Division. ble, you must be a citizen, permanent resident, or To be eligible for the grant, the student must attain lar academic session. refugee, who is a graduate student either in the formal candidacy for the Ph.D. prior to the first day For further information, please contact the depart- School of Medicine or the School of Dentistry. Up to of classes of the academic session for which the ment concerned or the Student and Academic $3250 is available per academic year. grant is sought, and remain in good standing. The Affairs Section, Graduate Division, 1225 Murphy accrued time, which is the time since first enroll- Hall. HOUSING AT UCLA / 57 Fellowships and traineeships are available from tuition , books and fees plus $100 per month for the roommates). These listings are available to students University sources, from private endowments and four years .) During six -week summer training who come in person to the Office of Residential foundations, and from programs of the federal period at the end of the junior year cadets receive Life. Listings cannot be mailed as they change government. They are usually awarded for one-half the pay of a second lieutenant . Also availa- daily. The office is open 8 00 a.m. to 4 30 p.m., academic excellence and do not require specific ble are 3-year, 2-year, and 1-year scholarships for Monday through Friday. duties. Departments appoint graduate students as students enrolled in Army ROTC. Call 825-7381, or The University does not inspect rental accommoda- Teaching Assistants for undergraduate courses, write the Department of Military Sciences, Men's tions and does not make rental or other arrange- and both departments and organized research units Gym, Room 127, UCLA, Los Angeles , California ments on behalf of students. Student transactions appoint graduate students as Research Assistants. 90024 for full information. must be made individually and directly with land- You should consult the department or the director lords. You are advised to have a clear understand- of the research unit concerning requirements, and Navy ROTC ing, preferably in writing, of the terms and condi- available assistantships as early as possible. tions of tenancy. The Office of Residential Life College Program students receive $100 per month Extramurally administered fellowships, including subsistence allowance during the last two years of offers a handbook on becoming a tenant, model those for study abroad, dissertation, faculty and NROTC. Excellent opportunities exist for qualified lease and rental agreements, other appropriate postdoctoral study, require direct application to the College Program students to receive full scholar- documents, and advice on landlord-tenant prob- specific awarding agency. The Fellowship and As- ships (tuition , books, and $100 per month) after lems. sistantship Section maintains a library of reference spending at least two quarters in the NROTC Pro- Rental rates are relatively expensive in and around materials and can assist students in locating infor- gram. Call 825-9075 or write the Commanding Of- the Westwood area. The farther you get from cam- mation and applications. ficer, Department of Naval Science, UCLA, 405 pus, the less expensive the rental accommodations. Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, California 90024 for Cost balances convenience. Average rental rates Application Procedures for full information. listed with the Office of Residential Life for 1977- Financial Aid* Other Employment 1978 varied from $130 up per month for rooms in private homes, from $200 up per month for fur- If you are a prospective undergraduate student, you nished bachelors and singles, from $275 up per will find descriptive material and instructions for Opportunities month for one-bedroom apartments, and from $325 filing for financial aid in the 1980-81 "Undergradu- There is a fairly wide spectrum of choice and up per month for two-bedroom apartments. Rental ate Admissions and Financial Aid Packet." Contin- challenge for part-time employment at UCLA. rates depend upon the furnishings and location of uing students may obtain the UCLA Undergradu- ate Scholarship the lodgings. House listings are scarce and rental and Financial Aid Packet at the On campus, ASUCLA has regular job openings in prices for houses are appreciably higher. For most Financial Aid Office A-129B Murphy Hall. several areas (see the "student services" section of rentals utilities are extra. A few homes offered room this book) while the Placement and Career Plan- and board in exchange for work from $100 up per Graduate students applying for UCLA "need ning Center (located just south of Powell Library) month. based" financial aid are required to file a 1980-1981 lists jobs in a variety of categories. Application for Graduate Financial Aid and a Financial Aid Form. Room and board in exchange for work situations Temporary Housing are also kept on file at the Center, which is de- Continuing students from foreign countries may scribed more completely in the "student services" Motels are located from one to five miles from cam- obtain a 1980-1981 Financial Aid Application for section of this book. pus with varying rates and accommodations. It is International Student Financial Aid at the Office of sometimes advisable for students to accept these ac- International Students and Scholars, 297 Dodd It is a good idea to also check the Daily Bruin and commodations temporarily until more permanent Hall, Los Angeles, CA 90024. No financial aid is local newspapers for advertisements of potentially lodgings can be located. Motel listings are available awarded to foreign students in their first year of appealing part-time opportunities, from the Office of Residential Life. attendance at UCLA. The 1980-81 deadline date for all financial aid Off-Campus Living Groups applications for undergraduates , and continuing You may find accommodations with a group living graduates is FEBRUARY 1, 1980. The deadline for experience within walking distance to campus in entering graduates is September 1, 1980. These privately operated cooperatives, in fraternities and dates are vitally important to you because the in sororities. Financial Aid Office will accept applications after the deadline date, but these applications will be classified as LATE. Late applications for financial housing at UCLA Cooperatives aid will be considered ONLY after all complete on- There are three privately-owned, nonprofit, mem- time applications have been processed and ONLY if Where you live while attending UCLA can play an ber-controlled student living groups located adja- funds are still available. important role in your total college experience. cent to campus. Each student is required to work Housing options available to students include: three to four hours per week as part payment for It is possible that for 1980-1981 there will be a national UCLA Residence Halls, UCLA Married Student room and board. The Cooperative Housing application As- for most forms of financial aid. Apartments, cooperatives, fraternities and sociation is for men and women, the YWCA and sororities, and off-campus rentals. Student demand Stevens House are for women only. For 1978-1979 for available on-campus and near-campus hous- room and board rates varied from $302-$450 per ROTC Financial Assistance live off campus, it is advised that you arrive early to ing far exceeds the available supply . If you plan to lists, so early application is important ! To obtain quarter. Cooperatives normally have long waiting Funds for students in the Reserve Officers Training make your housing arrangements for the coming applications and information, write directly to each Corps are not administered by the Financial Aid Of- academic year. Some students even pay rent year cooperative. A listing of cooperatives is available fice; the subsistence allowances and scholarships around (and try to sub-let during the summer from the Office of Residential Life. available are briefly described below: months to minimize costs) in order to assure ac- commodations for the academic year. Fraternities and Sororities Air Force ROTC Most fraternities and sororities own or lease homes Four-year scholarships are available to high school Office of Residential Life near the campus and provide lodging and meals for students, and two-year and three-year scholarships The Office of Residential Life, 78 Dodd Hall, a number of their members. However, housing is to college students. Scholarships include full tui- telephone 825-4491, offers services to facilitate your not guaranteed with membership as each group has tion, books, and fees plus $100 a month. All cadets search for housing and to harmonize relations be- more members than live-in spaces. If you are receive $100 per month during the last two years of tween you, as a tenant , and your landlord (includ- interested in affiliating with a fraternity or sorority, the program and one-half the pay of a second ing the University). Services are provided without contact either the UCLA Interfraternity Council lieutenant during the four-week summer training charge. (for fraternities), or the Panhellenic Office (for period or the pay of an airman basic during the six- sororities), care of the Dean of Students Office, 2224 week training period. Call 825-1742, or contact the Murphy Hall, 405 Hilgard Avenue, Los Angeles, Department of Aerospace Studies , 251 Dodd Hall, Eligibility to Use Services CA, 90024, telephone 825-3871. UCLA, 405 Hilgard Avenue , Los Angeles , Califor- You must present a current quarter's Registration nia 90024 for full information. Card or a letter of acceptance and a valid photo Meals identification each time you use the services. Army ROTC Students can obtain moderately priced meals at the University Residence Halls on an individual basis Cadets receive $100 per month subsistence Off-Campus Listings or by contracting for meals on a quarterly non-resi- allowance during the last two years of the ROTC Up-to-date listings are maintained of apartments, dent meal plan . For further information contact the program (Advanced Course). There are also four- houses, rooms, room and board accommodations, Residence Halls Cashier 's Office, Sproul Hall, 350 year Army ROTC Scholarships which provide part-time work in exchange for room and board, DeNeve Drive, Los Angeles, CA, 90024, telephone financial assistance to outstanding students. (Full and "share" situations (for people looking for 825-6131. 58 / HOUSING AT UCLA In addition, meals may be purchased on an indi- Application ing assignment. Assignments will be made on a vidual basis from the various Associated Students point system based on the information on the peti- food service facilities and from full-service vending Due to the limited number of facilities, applicants tion. Only those persons who have parking permits areas located on campus. can anticipate an average wait of 12-18 months for are assured that they may bring an automobile to any apartment. Early application is important! An campus. application is contained in the Housing Informa- University Residence Halls who apply to the University. Graduate students preclude walking long distances may apply for per- tion booklet mailed to all undergraduate students Those students with physical disabilities which Four coed residence halls accommodate under- receive this same booklet upon return of the "Re- mits through the Student Health Service. All other graduate students. Graduate students (21 to 29 quest for Housing Information" Card contained in students must file parking petitions with the Cam- years of age) are accommodated in a coed graduate the packet from Graduate Admissions. pus Parking Service, Room 280, Gayley-Strathmore hail. Structure (Area 8), telephone 825-1887. Permits Rooms (shared by two students) are furnished with Assignment approved and purchased for the fall quarter may be renewed for the winter and spring quarters, with- studio beds, desks, draperies and pillows. Students must furnish blankets, bed linens, bedspreads and Assignments are made only to the full- time student out filing a new petition. If you are not assigned member of the family and are not transferable to towels. parking in any quarter you must re-apply for subse- another member of he family. Verification of mar- quent quarters. New or re-entering students for The residence hall rate (exclusive of recess) is riage or birth certificates are required for assign- each quarter must file parking petitions. Permits approximately $1632 for the academic year (Fall, ment. are not renewable from spring quarter for the fol- Winter and Spring quarters), plus a deposit and To remain eligible for housing, assigned students lowing fall quarter. Deadlines for filing will be es- membership fee in the residence hall student as- must be enrolled in all quarters of the academic tablished for each quarter and are listed in each sociation. For portions of the year, the rate is pror- year (i.e., fall, winter and spring quarters). Only the quarter's Schedule of Classes, or you may inquire at ated. Contracts are issued from the date occupancy student and his/her immediate family may live in Campus Parking Service for additional informa- is authorized through the end of Spring Quarter, tion. Parking permits are not transferable and may the apartment. Extension 1979. students are not eligible. be purchased only from the Campus Parking Serv- Three cafeteria-style meals are served daily with the ice. exception of Saturdays, Sundays and University holidays when two meals are served. Special diets Off-Campus Parking are not available. "Room only" contracts are not available. During the past few years Campus Parking Service has made arrangements with commercial parking Application lots in Westwood Village to sell parking permits to UCLA students, and with the Veterans Administra- A Housing Information booklet, which includes an undergraduate students who apply to the Univer- transportation tion to provide at free parking off-campus parking please call the Parking Service to UCLA staff and stu- application for Residence Halls, is mailed to all dents. For information regarding the availability of tion" Card enclosed with their packet from the Gra- UCLA sity. Graduate students receive this same booklet Bicycles , Motorcycles and on 825-1887. upon return of the " Request for Housing Informa- duate Admissions Office. Further information per- taining to the application process is contained in parking. UCLA is celebrated for academics, athletics-and Mopeds the booklet. Bicycle and motorcycle parking areas are provided Assignment at convenient locations on campus. Parking permits Alternatives are not required. Parking regulations, guide maps Residence hall assignments are mailed mid-April There are several alternatives for personal indicating the location of these facilities and addi- for the Academic Year beginning in the fall, mid- transportation to and from the campus. Alterna- tional information may be obtained from Campus November for Winter Quarter and mid-February tives such as carpooling, public transportation and Parking Service, room 280, Gayley Strathmore for Spring Quarter. bicycling are described in a brochure entitled "How Structure; telephone 825-1887. To Get To UCLA Without Using Your Car," dis- tributed by the Transportation Services Bus Service University Married Student Administration. includes bus route maps and a carpool application Copies of this brochure, which UCLA is linked by bus to most of the L.A. area. Apartments for UCLA students, are available at the Campus when you consider all the costs of driving-park- Fares range from 25 cents to 80 cents. That's cheap The University maintains 643 unfurnished one-, Parking Service. ing, maintenance and the general aggravation that two-, and three-bedroom apartments for married students and single student parents . These units are UCLA Parking Permits comes with West L.A. traffic. Two bus companies serve the campus directly: the located on Sawtelle and Sepulveda Boulevards, A limited number of parkings permits will be sold Southern California Rapid Transit District and the approximately five miles from campus. to students. Parking on campus is only available in Santa Monica Municipal Bus Lines. For detailed Rental rates for 1978-1979 ranged from $136-$195 limited supply and requires payment of a parking information on routes and schedules call the RTD per month. Utilities are not included in the rental fee. Students who wish to obtain parking permits at 273-0910 or the Santa Monica Bus Lines at 451- rate. must petition at Campus Parking Service for a park- 5445. Line Areas served Main streets on route Frequency SM 1 Venice, Santa Monica, West L.A., Westwood Main St., Santa Monica BI., Westwood BI., Every 10 min. 6 30 a.m.-5 30 p.m.; approx- Hilgard Av. imately 20 min. 6 02-11 32 p.m SM 2 Venice, Santa Monica, West L.A., Westwood, Main St., Wilshire BI., VA property, Wilshire Every 15 min. 6 56 a.m.-4 49 p.m.; every 20 Brentwood BI., Westwood BI., Hilgard Av. min. 5 12-6 52 p.m.; every 30 min. 6 52-10 22 p.m. SM 8 Santa Monica, West L.A., Westwood Ocean Park BI., Westwood BI., Hilgard Av. Every 30 min. 6 30 a.m.-6 35 p.m.; every hour 6 35-10 35 p.m RTD 76 Beverly Hills, Westwood, Brentwood, Pacific Sunset BI., Hilgard Av., Gayley Av. Schedule varies; call RTD Palisades RTD 176 Watts, South L.A. Beverly Hills, Westwood, Central Av., Western Av., Santa Monica Leaves Watts 5 35, 6 35, 6 50, 7 05, 7 25 and Brentwood , Pacific Palisades Frwy., La Cienega BI., Sunset BI. 7 55 a.m.; leaves UCLA 3 52, 4 02, 4 13, 4 34, 5 06 and 5 36 p.m RTD 83 L.A., Beverly Hills, Brentwood, Westwood, Wilshire BI., San Vicente BI. Every 4-10 min.; direct to UCLA every 8 min. Santa Monica RTD 88 Westchester , Westwood, Sherman Oaks, Van Century BI., San Diego Frwy., Wilshire BI., Southbound every 10-20 min.; northbound Nuys, Pacoima, Lakeview Terrace Westwood BI., San Diego Frwy., Ventura BI., every 15-20 min. Van Nuys BI., Foothill BI. RTD 602 Downtown L.A., Westwood, West L.A., Santa Monica Frwy., Overland Av., Beverly Leaves downtown L.A. 7 35, 8 10 and 8 45 Palms Glen BI., Wilshire BI., Westwood BI., Gayley a.m.; leaves Wilshire and Westwood 3:35, Av., Montana Av., Sepulveda BI. 4 05 and 4 35 p.m STUDENT SERVICES AT UCLA 59 Fares-The basic RTD fare is 45 cents a ride (except days for all professional fields; seminars and prepa- express lines like Line 88, which increase in incre- Tram Service ration sessions for all graduate school entrance ments of 20 cents depending on distance traveled). Night tram service is available to students needing examinations; and help in determining financial Transfers cost 10 cents. transportation from main library facilities on cam- aid eligibility for state and federal funds. Student passes for a month of unlimited bus travel pus and all on-campus dorms and sorority houses. cost $12 ($24 for Line 88). Get them in 140 The tram, sponsored by the University in conjunc- Campus Programs and Kerckhoff Hall. tion with student government, runs every 20 The Santa Monica lines' basic fare is 25 cents with minutes between 7 30 p.m. and 11 30 p.m. Sunday Activities Office through Thursday. no zone The Campus Programs and Activities charges. Transfers are free, too; Office, 161 interagency transfers are 10 cents. If you're under It makes stops on South, North and East Circle Kerckhoff Hall, telephone 825-7041 , services all 21, you can buy a 10-ride student bus card for Drives, Strathmore Avenue and De Neve Drive. sectors of the campus community through program $1.25-a 25 per cent discount. Buying tokens will The stops are: advisement, planning, and development; offering also save you money. Both are available in 140 1-Across from the campus police; 2-next to Lot 8 assistance to campus groups, including the gradu- Kerckhoff Hall. on Circle Drive West; 3-at the top of Bruin Walk ate and undergraduate student governments, in se- across from Dykstra curing program Culver City also operates funding; uniformly interpreting a bus line, with 10 Hall; 4-in front of Sproul and applying University rules and regulations; pro- transfers to the Santa Monica lines and UCLA. Hall; 5-in front of Rieber Hall; 6-in front of viding general information about all campus meet- Fares are 35 cents. Students under 21 can purchase Hedrick Hall; 7-past the Women's Gym near Lot ings, programs and activities; registering all cam- a 10-ride bus card for $1 at the Culver City Bus 5, on Circle Drive North; 8-behind URL and the pus groups ; and providing production and techni- business office, 9815 W. Jefferson Blvd., or the North Campus Facility; 9-at Macgowan Hall, on cal advice and assistance in all phases of program- Culver City City Hall. For more information call Circle Drive East; 10-on Dickson Court; 11- ming. 837-5211. across from Lot 2, near Geology; 12-across from Carpools Tram service is free to students. Hershey Hall. Campus Activities Service Office Carpooling can save you money and at the same time cut traffic congestion , parking problems and Need to know more? and operates most campus facilities , classrooms for The Campus Activities Service Office administers air pollution. Commuter Computer, a private non- "Finders Keepers"-a handbook to UCLA, with sec- profit organization, has a special rider-driver non-class usage, and auditoriums . They have an matching program for UCLA. The application- tions on transporation . Reference copies are availa- inventory of audio visual equipment which may be available to students, faculty and staff-accommo- ble through all department , college, school and rented for on-campus use. CASO offers technical dates the two types of schedules found here: stand- ASK counselors at the College Library and Univer- advice in the public events area to groups holding ard schedules (with the same eight-hour day, each sity Research Library reference desks and at a num- events on campus. Groups must be registered weekday) and variable schedules (with part-time ber of other counseling locations (AAP, Admis- through the Campus Programs and Activities Of- schedules or schedules that vary from day to day). sions , Dean of Students Office, Honors Programs fice (CPAO, 161 Kerckhoff, 825-7041) to be eligible Office, Placement and Career Planning Center and to use CASO services. CASO administers the Offi- Within two or three weeks of applying, you'll Psychological and Counseling Services). cial and General Purpose Bulletin Boards on cam- receive a match list with up to 25 names of UCLA pus, as well as the General Assignment Lockers and people living in your neighborhood. You can then the sale of UCLA padlocks. Located in room 130, contact people named on the list and set up carpool Royce Hall, telephone 825-8981; Audio-visual serv- arrangements that satisfy your needs. ices in room 2, Royce Hall, telephone 825-7487. Vanpooling services may also be offered this year to people with standard schedules. A vanpool consists Campus Parking Service of 10 people who live near one another and who Please read the "transportation" section of this commute to and from UCLA. In some cases, riders book for a discussion of this service. receive door-to-door service, depending on the preferences of vanpool passengers. Riders pay a monthly fare determined by the round-trip mileage Central Ticket Office of the commute. Costs range from $58 per month The Central Ticket Office serves the UCLA com- for a 30-mile round trip to $76 for a 90-mile round munity through two locations -the Ticket Office in student services trip. This fee covers fuel, maintenance, insurance from the Police Station). the James E. West Alumni Center (ground floor) and lease payments on the van. and at the trailer at 650 Westwood Plaza (across Tickets for all UCLA events are sold at both loca- Off-Campus Permit Parking at UCLA tions . In addition , the following special ticket serv- Parking is available free on Veterans Administra- ices are provided at each location: This section works in concert with two other parts tion property just northeast of the intersection of Sawtelle Blvd. and Ohio Ave. A shuttle bus leaves of the Catalog "academics resources to help you" The James E. West Alumni Center location offers student tickets to athletic events at reduced prices. this parking lot for campus about every 20 minutes and "recreation and participation". Together, this Tickets to off-campus events are also sold, through trio of services sections describes the range and at 10 cents per ride, starting at 6:30 a.m. variety of programs to help you. both the Ticketron system and the Mutual Ticket Arrangements have also been made with commer- Agency. Bus tickets for the RTD and Santa Monica cial parking lots in Westwood Village to sell per- mits for their facilities to UCLA students at UCLA's Academic Advancement bus systems (discount rides for students), and special student discount tickets for local motion permit rate of $27 per quarter. If you'd like a permit Program picture theatres are also available. in one of these lots (each of which has at least 50 The Academic Advancement Program (AAP), for- The 650 Westwood Plaza location offers student spaces available), contact a parking kiosk attendant merly EOP, is the primary student affirmative tickets for on-campus cultural events at reduced at the facility of your choice: Westwood Center, action program at UCLA. AAP is designed to pro- prices, subsidized by the Student Committee forthe 1100 Glendon Ave.; the Security Pacific Bank vide academic support to students from ethnic and Arts. For all student tickets, students must present Building , 10960 Wilshire Blvd. low income communities who have been their Registration Card and Photo I.D. Card. There historically under-represented at UCLA. The pro- is a limit of 2 tickets per person. Watch the Daily gram seeks to assist these students in achieving Bruin ads for ticket sales dates. Permit Alternatives their goal of graduation from the University of Metered parking (25 for 37h4 minutes, 40 for an California. Applicants must be citizens or perma- Child Care hour) can be found across from Ackerman, south of nent residents of the United States and residents of Child Care Services, telephone 825-5086, offers two Ackerman on Westwood Plaza, northeast of Mur- the State of California. This requirement is waived child care programs to University students, staff phy, west of University Research Library off Circle for Native Americans who can document their tribal affiliation, Prospective applicants must meet and faculty as well as a referral file of over 400 child Drive, east of Macgowan (15-minute meters only), care centers in Los Angeles. on Tiverton east of the Medical Center and at the regular university requirements for undergraduate dorms. admission as freshmen or in Advanced Standing. A limited number of exceptions are made each year. Child Care Center Parking in most permit lots is free after 9 p.m. every Special action admission consideration is given on Part-time and full-time care, depending upon day, and all day Sunday. an individual basis . AAP offers orientation to the parents needs , for children two months to six years. During the day, parking is available for $1 to non- campus service ; peer counseling for all entering Fees range from $26/w-$56/w depending on full permit holders. You won't always have your choice students ; extensive personal counseling services; or part -time care. The Child Care Center is located of lots, however. individual and group tutorial programs; career and in Parking Lot 1, behind the Credit Union and the Graduate/Professional school advisement; career BRI trailers at 10833 Le Conte, telephone 825-5086. 60 / STUDENT SERVICES AT UCLA For information regarding fees call Child Care Serv- whatever level they choose. You can join a team in ices at 825-5086. your dorm, or in your fraternity or sorority house, Financial Aid Office or you can form an independent team from among The Financial Aid Office is located at A129 Murphy Family Day Care your friends. The office can help you form a team. Hall. Walk-in counseling hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. Homes in the community which are licensed by Los Playoffs are set up in each sport and in each divi- Monday through Friday at Counseling Window B. Angeles County and participate in training and sion to determine the "All-U" champs. The Counselors are also available by appointment 9 a.m. Intramural Sports Office is located in room 118 of enrichment by the Child Care Services staff. Full to 12 p.m. and 2 p.m. to 5 p.m. Monday through Fri- the men 's gym; telephone 825-3267. day. Please read the material about financial aid in and part-time care; fees and hours arranged with the "money" section of this Catalog for a complete individual Caregivers. Telephone 825-8474 for look at the services of the Financial Aid Office. more information. Recreation Services and Facilities Office UCLA Parent Toddler Group Located in room 164 Pauley Pavilion (telephone Foreign Students Located in the Married Student Housing complex 825-4548), its purpose is to see that facilities are The Office of International Students and Scholars four miles south of campus (3327 S. Sepulveda made available for those persons not interested in (located in 297 Dodd Hall; telephone 825-1681) Blvd., telephone 391-9155 or 398-8739), this is a organized sports. Non-credit classes are also provides counseling and general assistance to all cooperative pre-school open to all members of the offered in such areas as dance, tennis, outdoor foreign students and scholars, from the time of their UCLA community: full-time students, faculty and recreation, swimming, golf, judo, self-defense, arrival, to help them best achieve the objectives staff. gymnastics, etc. Information on both is contained in which brought them to UCLA. Its staff, which the brochure "Recreation Release" available at the includes professional and peer counselors , is uni- The program is designed to help toddlers aged 18- nning of each quarter in Kerckhoff Hall 600, quely equipped to respond to the questions and months to 3-years develop a sense of independence, Pauley Pavilion 164, Men's Gym, Women's Gym, concerns of persons from other cultures. The office self-worth and the ability to relate to other children Recreation Center, the Ackerman Union Informa- functions in an advisory or referral capacity on and to adults outside their own families. Some tion Desk, and/or posted in various places around questions concerning financial aids, Immigration structured activities which encourage mobility and the campus. Also watch the Daily Bruin for class and Naturalization Service requirements and pro- dexterity are available, but the children are schedules. cedures, English language resources, academic as- encouraged to make their own choices and deci- sistance, employment permission and possibilities, sions. University Recreation Association housing assistance and personal matters. Tuition is on a sliding scale, according to parental The Office of International Students and Scholars, income. Parents participating in this cooperative URA is an association of special interest clubs in the together with the International Student Center, scheme are required to work at school one morning cultural and recreational area. There are over 40 offers a special Orientation Program for foreign stu- in every four that their child attends. The Parent clubs already in existence, and you may form a new Toddler Group operates mornings, Monday one by gathering ten other people with the same dents at the beginning of each academic quarter, as interest. The types of clubs existing include water well as regular workshops on topics of concern to through Friday, 9 00 a.m. to 12 00 p.m. The after- foreign students through the academic year. noon sessions meets 12 15 p.m. to 4 00 p.m., three ski, chess, scuba, ski, mountaineering , etc. For a days a week. complete list, drop by Kerckhoff Hall 600 or call. To In addition , the office initiates programs designed join a club, you may either sign-up in Kerckhoff to broaden the scope of academic advising and to University Parents Co-operative Hall 600 or simply attend the first meeting of the club (check the Daily Bruin Campus Events col- ensure that academic counseling is concerned with the student 's long-range professional goals. Nursery School umn). It also functions to increase communication be- Located in the Married Student Housing complex You can find the URA office in room 600 Kerckhoff tween foreign and American students and the four miles south of campus (3327 S. Sepulveda Hall; telephone 825-3703. larger community. Blvd., telephone 397-2735), offers a warm, suppor- tive educational environment to children of the Sunset Canyon Recreation Center UCLA community. The nature of the school also Graduate Students' provides parents of varied cultural backgrounds the The "Rec Center" is located next to Hedrick Resi- Association opportunity to gain insights and skills in parenting. dence Hall. It is normally open 10 a.m. to 7 p.m. (10 Care is provided for children ages 3-6 years. The a.m. to 8 p.m. during the summer). Its facilities Student government participation by graduate stu- hours are Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m. to include an olympic sized and a family swimming dents is detailed in the " recreation and participa- 12 00 p.m. and 12 00 p.m. to 3 45 p.m. with pool, volleyball courts, barbeque pits, picnic tables, tion" section of this catalog. extended care available 3 45 p.m. to 5 30 p.m meeting rooms, and large grassy areas. You need to bring your registration card to get in and you can Learning Skills Center Computer Services bring along friends for a nominal charge ($1.001 person). At the Learning Skills Center you can work in a Registered students can obtain an account free of variety of ways to increase your effectiveness as a Telephone the "Rec Center" at 825-3671 for more learner. You may meet with an experienced coun- charge on the DECsystem -10 interactive computer information. operated by the Office of Academic Computing. selor in a one-to-one session; you may enroll in Special funds from the Chancellor support this small workshops presented by the Center each resource designed to give students the opportunity Dean of Students quarter ; or you may use the self-paced Learning to familiarize themselves with the use of computing The Dean of Students Office (room 2224 Murphy Laboratory. Each of these settings offers a unique equipment as a tool to assist in studies. You may use Hall; telephone 825-3871) is one of the few gen- addition to the classroom and the lecture hall the computer to do homework, edit term papers, which can enhance your educational process both eralists left in these days of specialization. Besides within the university and beyond. conduct independent research, teach yourself pro- the administration of several student services, e.g., gramming , or in connection with specific courses legal services, veteran and handicapped students' In the Center you will find resources available for that make use of the computer as a learning aid. services, it exists to help students with whatever all of your study-related concerns. These include: Terminals to access the computer are available in needs they might have, either directly or by re- Reading: To increase your reading rate the Graduate School of Management , the Math- ferral. and comprehension. ematical Sciences Building , and in Boelter Hall. The direct services offered by the Dean of Students Apply in room 4302 MSA from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. on Study: weekdays. To improve your study effective- Office include: ness and reduce study-con- Emergency locating of and emergency messages to nected anxiety. Cultural and Recreational seling; "good student" automobile insurance dis- students; fraternities and sororities; general coun- your writing process, whether Writing: To overcome trouble spots in Affairs count verification; honorary societies including Phi you have difficulty getting The Office of Cultural and Recreational Affairs Eta Sigma and Alpha Lambda Delta-freshman started, generating ideas, or (room 600 Kerckhoff Hall; telephone 825-3701) is honor societies, Pi Gamma Mu-social science rewriting in any writing tasks the center of recreational activities on the campus. honor society, Mortar Board -senior honor society; from Freshman essays through These are divided into four general areas: letters of recommendation; Orientation Program; Ph.D. dissertations. tie-line for business calls to other UC campuses; and assistance in understanding grievance pro- Speech: To develop ease in speaking in Intramural Sports Office cedures regarding student records, discrimination, group settings Videotape play- 118 Men 's Gym-825-3267 There are teams formed and student debts. backs are available for practicing for just about every sport during every season of formal and informal presenta- The Dean of Students Office also plays a role in the tions. the year. There are divisions for men and women, administration of campus discipline. This role is as well as participation on a coed basis. Some sports discussed in more detail in the "admission" section Math- To improve your reading of (i.e., basketball) are divided into size or skill divi- of this Catalog. Science: science texts, with special sions, so anyone who wants to can get involved, at emphasis on problem-solving STUDENT SERVICES AT UCLA 61 and reducing your anxiety in the Internship Programs, including the UCLA The Campus Interview Program provides conve- physical and life sciences. International, Washington, Sacramento, and nient access for students to interview with Exam To increase effectiveness in mid- Los Angeles Internship Programs, the Model employers and graduate school representatives. A Prepara- term and final exam preparation United Nations Program, and the Volunteer more diverse array of job opportunities is posted tion: and performance. Special Income Tax Assistance Program. for direct referral to the employer. workshops on preparing for the International Opportunities , including informa- LSAT GMAT and GRE exams tion on study and travel abroad programs, Student Employment are offered each quarter. International Student Identity and Youth A job listing and referral system is provided for The To improve your skills by work- Hostel cards, and internships with interna- currently enrolled students and their spouses who Self- ing during your free hours and tional agencies in the United States and are seeking part -time, temporary , or vacation Paced at your own pace on a variety of abroad. employment. Career-related opportunities (includ- Learning programs with supervision as National Opportunities, including information either through ing paid and non-paid the listings or through personal internships ) are available Labora- needed. on alternative and summer study, intern- search with the assistance of this unit. tory: ships, and travel opportunities offered The Learning Skills Center is neither a tutorial nor throughout the United States. an editorial service. Local Opportunities, including information on Educational Career Services The Learning Skills Center is located in 77 Dodd cultural, recreational, and volunteer oppor- Specialized information and counseling is available Hall, Telephone 824-6145; Monday to Friday, 8 a.m. tunities throughout Los Angeles and to assist students and alumni seeking positions in to 5 p.m. Southern California. universities, colleges, community colleges, and sec- Ask and you will probably find it at EXPO, Acker- ondary and elementary schools. Current listings of Office of Experimental man Union A-213 (825-0831). educational job opportunities , internships in educational institutions, and a professional file Educational Programs Ombudsman service are included. The Office of Experimental Educational Programs The purpose of the Ombudsman office is to seek to (OEEP) serves as a developmental and administra- resolve personal grievances of members of the Psychological and tive center for programs and services providing university community emerging from policy, prac- Counseling Services internships, field studies, service-learning, and tices, and/or personalities. As an independent agent other learning opportunities that enrich and sup- with investigatory powers, the Ombudsman The Psychological and Counseling Services include plement the instruction offered through the two separate divisions- The Behavioral Division accepts grievances only after the grievant has tried University's and The Counseling academic curriculum. Division . Both divisions pro- Four profes- to resolve the problem through regular channels sionally staffed units assist students interested in vide professional services focusing upon student and when there is evidence that adverse decisions development, and are for the voluntary use of any getting more actively involved in their education. are questionable. regularly enrolled student. Academically Affiliated Programs (phone 825-7627) and is open to all University-re- The office is located in Kinsey Hall, Room Behavioral Division 280 Information about a variety of programs and lated persons; also at times and other places conve- courses with field experience components is availa- nient to the aggrieved. The Behavioral Division (4223 Math Sciences, 825- ble through the Special Projects Unit. Call 825-2295 4207) offers counseling for students who want to or visit Dodd 50 for more details on UCLA under- increase their effectiveness in handling specific graduate field study opportunities. Most of these Orientation problems encountered in the course of University opportunities are co-sponsored by OEEP and re- The Orientation Program offers extensive academic life. Typical concerns which can be resolved lated academic departments and offer academic counseling and educational planning to all new through a self- management credit. learning process undergraduates entering the University. Working include overcoming test-taking anxiety, fear of oral in small groups with peer counselors, students plan exams or participating in classroom discussions, Community Service -Learning their schedules for the upcoming quarter and learn public speaking anxiety, tension or inexpressive- Center (CS-LC) of the educational opportunities open to them In ness in difficult interviews, and procrastination in addition, undergraduates can learn about student studying. Other personal problems in which Staff at the CS-LC work with students to develop a excessive anxiety or inappropriate learned wide variety of "tailor made" opportunities. For services and the University's facilities and behaviors interfere with performance can also be working with a range of community agencies, a activities. Each student also receives individual time with a counselor, fulfilling the academic advis- relieved , such as lessening difficulty in meeting holistic approach to student placement is pursued, people, learning to express oneself more directly assessing each student's academic, personal, and ing recommended for all students (required by some schools/colleges) for enrolling in classes. and honestly in interpersonal relationships, and experiential needs before placement occurs. Assis- finding ways to increase self-confidence and self- tance is offered in the areas of: Orientation sessions provide opportunities for dealing with the common problems in adjusting to control . Emphasis is placed upon the learning of - Program structure and placement, techniques and abilities to help students implement university life. - goal clarification, decisions they have made and more effectively to personal competence assessment, For further information about the program (includ- realize their goals. proposal and learning contract development, ing costs and dates), contact the Orientation Pro- The staff is composed of professional psychologists. - design and implementation of self-initiated gram, located in the Dean of Students Office, 2224 Both individual and group programs are offered, independent and field work projects, Murphy Hall or phone (213) 825-3626. evaluation and documentation of non- Students should call or come in to arrange an You can find information about other programs for appointment or to receive further information. classroom learning experiences. new students in the "academics: resources to help Programs developed through the CS-LC are you" section of this Catalog. Counseling Division designed to stress an exchange relationship be- tween the student and a community agency. The Counseling Division (4223 Math Sciences Usually students offer their services in return for Placement and Career Building, 825-0768) offers individual and group exposure to professionals with proven expertise in Planning Center counseling for students who are experiencing any an area of the student's interest. The first-hand of the number of general concerns, dilemmas, crises knowledge each student acquires can be applicable The Placement and Career Planning Center offers or indecisions which are often encountered by stu- to either the public or private sectors of society, career development and placement services to stu- dents . Difficulties related to the process of making though service to needy communities is dents of all disciplines and all degree and class decisions , the clarification of values or long-range emphasized . Interested students should visit or call levels. It is comprised of three functional divisions: personal and career goals, the resolution of conflict the Community Service-Learning Center for an Career Development, Student Employment, and in expectations , the handling of intense emotional appointment . CS-LC is located in 51 Dodd, 825- Educational Career Services. Services are located in experiences , and other concerns affecting the per- 5969. the Placement and Career Planning Center building sonal growth of students are among those to which and in two satellite locations: 1349 GSM, specializ- the Counseling Division frequently responds. Experiential Programs and ing in Management, and 6417 Boelter Hall, Educational and career interest inventories can be Opportunities Center (EXPO) specializing Sciences. in Engineering and the Physical taken upon request . Marital and pre-marital coun- seling, and counseling related to problems encoun- EXPO serves as an information clearinghouse and tered in other forms of relationships is also availa- placement service for off-campus opportunities and Career Development ble. Emphasis is placed on the exploration and provides students, faculty, and staff with access to clarification of feelings, choices, expectations, and experiences that supplement the traditional educa- A staff of career counselors is available to assist in alternatives , and the resolution of indecision or tional format of the lecture hall, laboratory, and li- career exploration, choice, and the job search. The inability to act. brary . It offers counseling , information , and pro- Career Resources Library furnishes information for grams in the following areas: planning further education and alternative careers. 62 / STUDENT SERVICES AT UCLA The staff is composed of counseling psychologists The primary objective of the Naval Reserve Of- The Student Health Service is not responsible for and other professionals familiar with the needs and ficers' Training Corps is to provide an education at in-patient hospital costs at UCLA or elsewhere, and interests of college students . Students should call or civil institutions which will qualify selected stu- is not responsible for ambulance fees, except when come in to arrange an appointment (immediate dents of such institutions for appointment as of- authorized in connection with on-campus appointments are possible, if indicated) or to ficers in the Regular Navy, Naval Reserve, Marine emergencies, although such costs are usually receive further information. Corps, and Marine Corps Reserve. Upon successful covered by the student' s health insurance, includ- completion of the four-year program, which ing the UCLA Supplemental Health Insurance Plan, Religious Programs the University, you may expect to be commissioned includes the receipt of a baccalaureate degree from Benefits are subject to change at the discretion of for any legitimate use. The University Religious Conference is located at and to be ordered to active duty in ships, sub- the Chancellor, with appropriate offical prior 900 Hilgard Avenue at LeConte. URC membership marines or aircraft of the Navy, with field units of notice. is held by the Baptist, Catholic, United Church of the Marine Corps, or with Marine Aviation. You Christ, Disciple, Episcopal, Jewish, Lutheran, can check the Naval Science listing in the "courses" United Methodist and United Presbyterian section of the catalog for more details. General Medical and Surgical organizations . The URC serves as the headquarters In addition , each of these programs offers financial Services for various campus ministries and programs which assistance to participating students . Turn to the The Student Health Clinics include: (a) Primary are carried out on the campus and within the build- financial aid section of "money " in this Catalog for Care Clinics where students with all kinds of ail- ing. Other facilities of the URC members include more information. ments may be seen either by appointment or on a the Catholic Center, 840 Hilgard Avenue; Campus walk-in basis. These clinics are organized to pro- Baptist Chapel, 668 Levering; University Lutheran Chapel 10915 Strathmore, and Episcopal Center, Student Health Services vide students with efficient quality care. Qualified clinic personnel screen students who arrive with- 580 Hilgard Avenue. out advance appointments in order to determine Other campus related religiousfacilities include the General Description how best to meet their needs. Students will be seen L.D.S. Institute of Religion , 856 Hilgard Avenue; The Student Health Service is a campus organiza- in the Rapid Care unit unless their condition Christian Science Organization , 500 Hilgard tion dedicated to helping you meet your health requires further diagnostic work or consultation Avenue; the Y.W.C.A. at 574 Hilgard Avenue; needs as a UCLA student . Three major program ele- with a specialist, in which case they may be Chabad House, 741 Gayley Avenue. ments are integrated by Student Health to provide a scheduled to see a clinician in one of the General In these facilities are held worship services, comprehensive approach to addressing your health Care units or be referred to one of the Specialty religious discussion groups, lectures, Bible classes, care concerns. These are: Clinics. Any student may make an advance social gatherings , luncheons , dinners, social action appointment for one of the General Care units by 1. Clinic Facilities conveniently available on cam- stopping by the appointment conferences and other meetings dealing with cam- desk in person or by pus, designed and staffed to provide a broad range pus religious life. In addition the URC student calling 825-2463. (b) A wide variety of Specialty of direct ambulatory services, both preventative Clinics are staffed by consultants with specialized religious organizations and others also hold regular and medical, to anticipate and meet most of your meetings and occasional services on campus. knowledge and experience. Students are seen in health care needs. these clinics only by appointment and only after re- 2. Programs and Learning Opportunities to increase ROTC ferral from the Primary Care Clinics or another your awareness of your own health and your re- Specialty Clinic. A small charge for missed appoint- In accordance with National Defense Act of 1920, sponsibilities for it, to keep you free from disease ments applies to both the General Care units and to and with the concurrence of the Regents of the and to assist you in achieving "good health". the Specialty Clinics. Ancillary services, such as 3. AVoluntary Supplemental Health Insurance Plan, University, a unit of the Senior Division Reserve Clinical Laboratory, X-Ray, and Pharmacy, are available at Student Health . An immunization Officers' Training Corps (ROTC) was established available for purchase at reasonable rates, designed clinic operates during the selected hours, Monday on the Los Angeles campus of the University in to provide substantial financial coverage for the through Friday. Modest fees are charged for phar- July, 1920. costs of necessary care which cannot be obtained in macy, immunizations and health physicals. All Student Health , such as in-patient hospitalization, Air Force surgery, or off-campus treatment. other general health care services are provided at no additional cost to fully registered students. Air Force ROTC, through its Aerospace Studies The Student Health Service's available resources offerings , enables students to develop, demonstrate, and apply the knowledge and leadership qualities must currently be primarily organized to meet the majority's needs for health care, health education The Dental Clinic requisite for an officer's commission in the U.S. Air and counseling as may arise during active atten- Available without need of referral, the primary Force. Students who demonstrate dedication to dance at the University, and cannot offer total function of the Student Health Dental Clinic is to their assignments , who willingly accept respon- coverage of all conditions . In selected cases, some treat dental emergencies. Emergency care has sibility, who think critically and who have the direct care may be offered for predictably chronic or priority over non-urgent procedures. Dental ability to communicate with clarity and precision recurring needs . For most long term conditions, examinations, x-rays, prophylaxis, hygiene instruc- will, upon completing the curriculum and graduat- however , the student will be assisted in locating tions and advice and consultation on dental prob- ing from the University, receive an officer's com- other resources off campus. lems are provided. A limited amount of general mission . See Aerospace Studies listing in the dentistry and dental surgery is available. It should " courses" section of this catalog for more details. Benefits , Locations , and Hours be noted, however, there is a fee for all services in this clinic. Students are required to pay the Army Direct Student Health services are available to stu- dents at the UCLA Student Health facilities and in scheduled fee for dental care at the time of treat- ment. Exception: Initial examination for dental in- The purpose of the Army ROTC is to qualify some officially connected facilities, except for jury or conditions may be given at no cost if re- selected male and female students as leaders in benefits through the Student Health Services of ferred by other Student Health professional staff, their chosen fields, as far as the requirements of the other UC campuses. and if no x-rays or operative procedures are service permit. These fields include engineering; General and Emergency Care is available at the Stu- required. For information call 825-5858. communications; administration; logistics; person- dent Health Clinic on "A" floor of the Center for nel management ; intelligence ; and many others. the Health Sciences or at the Pauley Pavilion The ROTC Program qualifies graduates for commis- Emergency Station during hours when they are Mental Health Service sions as officers in the United States Army open. Office hours are: Monday through Friday, The Mental Health Clinic offers individual and/or Reserves, National Guard and Active Army. Dis- 8 00 a.m. to 12 00 noon, and from 1 00 p.m. to 5 00 group psychotherapy, along with many other diag- tinguished graduates may qualify for a commission p.m. EXCEPT TUESDAY when service begins at nostic and psychotherapeutic techniques. The in the regular Army. 9:00 a.m. Emergencies only, as determined by staff, professional staff, which consists of psychiatrists, Options now available include two-, three- and are seen between 11 30 a.m. and 1 00 p.m., and be- psychologists and clinical social workers, provides four-year programs leading to an Army commis- tween 4 30 p.m. and 5 00 p.m. daily. Pauley Pavi- help with situational stresses, such as school pres- sion. Cross-enrollment is available through UCLA lion Station is open from 1 30 to 6 00 p.m. Monday sures, exam anxiety, family problems or relation- Extension from community colleges or other col- through Friday , and is especially staffed and ship problems, as well as with other emotional or leges that do not offer Army ROTC. You can check equipped to provide prompt expert care for athletic psychological problems. Mental Health Service the Military Science Department listing in the records are kept totally confidential. In an injuries. emergency a student will always be seen "courses" section of this catalog for details of the When these facilities are closed, students in need of program. immediately. For information call 825-7985. emergency care must seek care elsewhere, such as in the UCLA Hospital Emergency Room, or in the Gynecology and Contraceptive Navy Hospital's Acute Care Clinic. Charges for UCLA Hospital emergency services are NOT the respon- Services By action of the Secretary of the Navy and of the Regents of the University of California in June, sibility of the Student Health Service. They will Services in the clinic which are available to all 1938, provision was made for the establishment of a usually be covered by whatever health insurance registered students include (1) routine women's unit of the Naval Reserve Officers ' Training Corps the student may have, but where no insurance is health care needs, (2) gynecology problem clinics, on the Los Angeles campus of the University. applicable, will remain the student's responsibility. (3) family planning through CCEC (Conception STUDENT SERVICES AT UCLA 63 Counseling and Education Clinic), (4) sexuality student intends to register for the next immediately any basis terminates until official confirmation of re- (relationship concerns) counseling, and (5) preg- following quarter, his coverage extends through the registration or Summer enrollment is presented. nancy testing, counseling and referrals. break between quarters. 3. Special Scholars, specifically sponsored part-time, Students who wish to utilize the contraceptive serv- On the basis of a reciprocal arrangement between visiting, and exchange students and researchers ices are required to first attend one of the educa- U.C. campuses, students currently registered at primarily based elsewhere, when officially desig- tional classes (approximately 16 hours ) offered in other UC campuses may receive necessary care on nated as such by the sponsoring department, may the clinic several times each week. We also the same basis as those at UCLA. In the case of an use the Health Service, but only for emergency care encourage men to attend these classes. officially confirmed transfer to UCLA as a fully of acute illness and injury apparently arising in All of the services offered in the clinic are at no cost registered student, the student will be entitled to connection with their scheduled study and activities on the UCLA campus, on a Fee-for-Serv- to students with the exception of contraceptive full benefits , during the regular academic year, for ice basis. materials and other medication except during the the period between the last day of official registra- summer quarter when a fee-for-service charge for tion at another UC campus and the first day of the Prospective students arriving from significant dis- visits is in force. No direct service or coverage is UCLA quarter immediately following. tances and students required for any University- provided by Student Health for indicated abortions Some categories of students who pay anything less than connected reasons to be on campus prior to the first except for counseling and referrals. The clinic is op- the full Registration Fee may receive Student Health day of the quarter will be entitled to full benefits erational on a year-round basis except for official benefits during any quarter (including Summer during such periods with reasonable documenta- University holidays. For additional information months) in which their eligibility applies by elec- tion of their status and intent to register; if later and/or appointments, call 825-5850 weekdays from ting one of the two following payment methods: they fail to register, they will be charged for services 8-9 a.m. (except Tuesdays) and from 3 30 to 4 40 A. They may receive full benefits by pre-payment of actually received. p.m. or come in person to SHS. the optional health service fee prior to the close of the In some unusual situations, if in the best interests of 30th calendar day of the quarter or initial Summer the student and the University, the Director may Hospitalization Session, or: approve eligibility as an exception to the foregoing The University and its Student Health Service does conditions, on a case-by-case basis. B. They may utilize the Student Health Service on a not provide coverage for the costs of students' Fee-for-Service basis between the last official day of hospitalization in in-patient care at UCLA or at any the academic session just preceding and the open- other hospital. All such hospital and related costs are ing day of the next session following such periods. Supplemental Health Insurance the student's responsibility. The specific categories of students eligible for these The cost of necessary hospital in-patient care is not To assure protection against unexpected and some- options areas follows: covered by Student Health nor is the cost of any times severe financial losses, students must be cer- tain that they are adequately covered either care obtained outside of Student Health. Students 1. Continuing students (including those from other treated within Student Health following with- through independent hospital/medical insurance, U.C. campuses transferring to UCLA) during Sum- drawal from school or during an unregistered or through purchase of the UCLA Supplemental mer months , whether attending Summer Session or Quarter are liable to Fee-for-Service charges for Health Insurance Plan at the beginning of the first not. care received. Since such costs are the student's re- registered quarter. 2. Accepted candidates for any UCLA degree during sponsibility, and may cause serious financial hard- any one quarter of non-registration, for any reason ship, it is of great importance that each student Financial Support of Health except withdrawal, provided that they have been have adequate health insurance . In the case of Foreign Students attending UCLA on non- fully registered or have paid the Optional Health Services Fee in the previous quarter, and that they have immigrant visas, the University requires as a condition Student Health is supported principally by alloca- satisfactory evidence of intent to re-register fully in of Registration that they have, or purchase, adequate tions from the Registration Fee paid by all fully the next applicable term. insurance as judged by Student Health. Addi- registered students , and by the Optional Health 3. Graduate students actively researching and/or tionally, it should be noted that the University Service Fee paid by some other categories of stu- writing dissertations, who have no need to take reserves the right to require adequate health dents . Those paying the Registered Fee, or the classes or to register for this purpose , and who are insurance of all students as a condition of registra. Optional Health Service Fee, receive all benefits as not ready to submit their theses and pay Filing Fees. tion. described above at no further cost, except minimal Service is contingent upon presentation of any offi- If not already covered by health insurance, the stu- fees for medications and injections, for dental serv- cial written confirmation of current sponsorship dent may purchase the Supplemental Health ices, for required health evaluations, for missed and continuing BONA FIDE degree candidacy for Insurance Plan developed by the UCLA Student appointments, and for a few other services. the Quarter from the responsible senior Faculty Health Insurance Committee, whose membership Students who are not otherwise eligible may use member or Department Head. includes students, administrators and Student Student Health on a Fee-for-Service basis, as they 4. Graduate students paying a "Filing Fee" for disser- Health staff. This Plan is available at very low cost would a private physician or clinic, paying for serv- tations, but not otherwise registered for that through Student Health only at the beginning of ices actually received according to a fee schedule quarter or Summer period in which that fee is paid. each Quarter. The specific enrollment periods for which is available for students inspection upon re- the insurance appear in the Calendar at the front of quest. 5. Postdoctoral fellows and trainees, properly iden- this Catalog. tified as such by their sponsors, working full time Supplemental Health Insurance coverage is negoti- Summer Session Fees, Filing Fees, and any other towards additional credentials in any quarter or monies advanced for special study categories short summer period. ated annually and is typically structured as follows: of full Registration do not in themselves provide any It is an " excess" plan providing benefits only after support to or eligibility for Student Health services, but 6. Foreign students, not yet registered , but living all benefits available from other insurance coverage may make such persons eligible for benefits either near campus and working under University spon- have been exhausted. by paying the Optional Health Service Fee or on a sorship to meet language and/or other academic It is a "supplemental" plan, which is intended to Fee-for-Service basis as explained below. Benefits prerequisites to full registration , when approved by provide coverage ONLY for those services not not directly provided through the UCLA Student the Office of International Students and Scholars. available to students through the Student Health Health Service or exceeding stated limits, are the 7. Medical and Dental students, technically Service facilities. Consequently, no benefits will be student's personal financial responsibility, with or "registered " for purposes of medicolegal coverage payable under this policy should expenses be incur- without the aid of any health insurance he/she may during elective or "free" quarters, but paying no red for services which could have been obtained in hold. Such insurance , including the UCLA Supple- registration fee, with appropriate confirmation. Student Health. mental Health Insurance Plan (see below) effec- In all of the above situations service charges incur- "Pre-existing" conditions are not covered. These are tively extends the student's overall health-care red prior to the 30th day of the eligible period are conditions for which professional advice or treat- coverage beyond the limits of direct Student Health NOT automatically cancelled by subsequent pay- service. ment was received elsewhere or which were ment of the Optional Health Service Fee. manifest prior to purchase of the Plan. Such condi- Conditions of Eligibility Some other categories of students having only intermit- tions are covered only after continuous enrollment tent, partial, or qualified University status, may be in the Plan for 12 months. Student Health is primarily reserved for the use of eligible for Health Services use, but solely on a Fee- The Plan will also have other specific benefit exclu- students at the Los Angeles campus of the Univer- for-Service basis as follows: sions. Students are urged to carefully review the sity of California , and in special situations, for stu- 1. Students enrolled in Summer Sessions only, who policy prior to purchase. Assistance is available at dents from other U.C. campuses. were not, and will not be, fully registered or the Student Health Insurance desk or by calling the Students paying a full Registration Fee in any quarter of enrolled in the preceding or following quarters. Insurance Coordinator at 825-1856. the regular academic year of any school, college or 2. Students whose re-registration in the next regular The Supplemental Health Insurance Plan is not au- division of UCLA are entitled to full benefits as set quarter is in any doubt following withdrawal, or tomatically renewed and students are not auto- forth below with official verification of registration. matically enrolled in it. Students must re-apply for This entitlement extends from the first day of the receipt of a degree . In such cases, the Fee-for-Serv- Quarter (as officially published ) through the last ice use privilege extends only to the opening day of the Plan on or before the coverage period expires. the next regular quarter, or the initial Summer Ses- Renewal notices are not mailed. day of same, except if the student withdraws. (See below for limitations following withdrawal.) If the sion, whichever is sooner. Thereafter, eligibility on 64 / STUDENT SERVICES AT UCLA Care of Students ' Dependents - Make appointments, but remember charges tutorial assistance , V.A. work-study and loan pro- are made for missed appointments, so cancel grams. Due to limitations of staff and space, no care for stu- ahead of time. dents' dependents can be provided within the - Early in the day is best for walk-in service. Health Service. The UCLA Supplemental Health Early is also best for appointments. Fee Waivers Insurance Plan may be purchased atStudent Health - Buy insurance. Issued to dependents of California veterans who are for the dependents of any student who has Be a responsible employer. deceased or disabled because of service-connected purchased it for him/herself. Dependent benefits injuries and meet the income restrictions in Educa- under the insurance plan will be identical to those Health Requirements at Entrance tion Code Section 10652. available to the student. Before coming to the University, all students are Confidentiality of Medical Records urged to have their own physician and dentist examine Services for Disabled Students them for fitness to carry on University Available to any physically limited student includ- To protect individual privacy, no information work, and to have all defects capable of being ing assistance in registration and enrollment, park- whatsoever will be given to any person regarding a remedied, such as dental cavities, defective hearing, ing permits, fee deferments authorized by the student 's medical condition without his/her prior or defective eyesight corrected. California Department of Rehabilitation, Readers written consent or a legal court order, except in All new and re-entering students in the Graduate for the Blind, proctoring examinations and minor cases of extreme emergency when not to do so School of Dentistry, Education, Medicine, Nursing repairs to wheelchairs. would in the Director's opinion endanger the stu- or Social Welfare must complete and return to the dent's life, or the lives of others and as otherwise Student Health Service the health evaluation form Status Certification required by law. Students have the right to examine mailed to them with their registration materials. and review the contents of their medical records in These individuals are required by the respective Certification of student status . For recipients of the presence of Student Health professional staff Social Security benefits. schools to be given a thorough physical examina- members by appointment and according to estab- tion, and selected tests and immunizations, by lished rules. The record itself, however, is the prop- appointment in Student Health. See school catalogs Visitors Center erty of the University, and may not be removed for additional information. Necessary changes for The Visitors Center (located in 1215 Murphy Hall; from the premises by any person, except under such examinations are the responsibility of the in- court order. telephone 825-4338) has a reception area where dividual student. visitors are met, welcomed, and assisted. Campus Care Off Campus All new and re-entering complete foreign students and return must to Student appointments for both domestic and foreign visi- Health the health tors, including escorting and interpreting, are part When visiting another University of California evaluation form mailed to them with their registra- of the services offered. campus, a UCLA student is eligible for services at tion materials . These individuals are required to be Campus tours for the public are frequently offered, that campus Student Health Service under the same cleared by Student Health for adequacy of health and personalized campus tours are arranged on conditions that apply to students enrolled on that insurance and freedom from active tuberculosis special request for visitors and guests of University campus . Verification of student registration at before completing registration. staff and faculty. UCLA will be required. While a student is off-cam- Other students are not required to complete a pus participating in an officially sponsored event, health evaluation form as a condition of registra- Literature and information on campus events, con- necessary medical expenses incurred because of in- certs, exhibits, lectures, and recreation areas are jury are covered by insurance carried by the tion. However, students who would like to partici- kept on hand in the Center. pate in a special campus medical program for the Regents of the University. This policy does not physically disabled are urged to contact the dis- cover any care which the student could reasonably ABLEd Student Medical Program Co-ordinator in Women 's Resource Center have obtained through UCLA Student Health Serv- the Student Health Service. The Women's Resource Center (WRC), Dodd 2, ice. 825-3945, was created by students, staff, and faculty Third -Party Liability and Student Legal Services who were concerned about unmet needs of women Registered students with legal problems may obtain Subrogation assistance free of charge in the resolution of their on the UCLA campus. The Center provides a com- prehensive referral service, an answer to or a way When a student is treated under Student Health difficulties in such diverse areas as landlord/ tenant to find answers to any questions a person may have, Services auspices for illness or injury resulting relations, domestic relations, accident and injury a meeting place for new and ongoing groups. pro- from third party negligence or intent , the Univer- problems, criminal matters and contract and debt gramming on women's interests for the general sity reserves the right to recover the actual costs of problems. Each student will be seen on a walk-in campus community, and a center for activism on such care as the "prime insurer", by assignment or basis in the Dodd Hall 70 office by an attorney or by behalf of women's issues. Services include: subrogation from any subsequent legal settlements a law student participating in a clinical program of Personal Referral, in the areas of career, and/or awards to the patient. the UCLA School of Law under the direct supervi- lifestyle, employment, medical, legal, Federal Income Tax Deduction. For federal income tax sion of an attorney. academic, affirmative action, financial and purposes, the amount allocated to Student Health credit information, and personal counseling. from each quarterly Registration Fee paid during University Policies Information Services, books and magazines on the taxable year may be taken as a deduction for Commission women, information on groups and women's medical care. This amount changes each year, and The University Policies Commission functions as a organizations, Women's Studies, single sheet the exact figure for the most current taxable year deliberative body to study and, when appropriate, and articles on a wide variety of topics that may be obtained by contacting the Information to recommend innovations or policy changes which can be used for research. Desk at Student Health. would enhance the quality of the campus environ- Group Involvement, in consciousness raising, assertion training referrals, women returning ment. Representing